2014-2015 Industrial Components Solution Selection Guide Sensing Co n t ro l Co m p o n e n t s S w i t c h i n g Co m p o n e n t s S a fe t y Better machines OMRON Automation and Safety is a leading global supplier of automation systems serving industrial customers. Our comprehensive product lines and application expertise are delivered via a well-trained distribution channel. They work with you to solve demanding automation challenges and apply the advanced technology built into Omron products. Our customers benefit from Omron's long standing legacy of sensing and control technologies that help deliver more capable and profitable machines in less time. We strive to be your trusted partner in automation. Leverage our industry expertise and powerful yet simple solutions in your next project. "We help customers build superior automated machines that are easy to use, install and integrate." Omron Facts * 80 years in the automation and controls business, founded in 1933 * $6.5 billion sales (USD, April 2013) * 40% of our sales come from industrial automation. Electronic components, social systems, automotive electronics and healthcare make up the balance * 35,411 employees worldwide Primary Industries Served * Automotive * Food/Beverage * Semiconductor * Electronics and Small Parts Assembly * Pharmaceutical/Cosmetics Automation Expertise * Packaging & Material Handling * Measurement & Gauging * Inspection * Track & Trace * Quality Improvement Section A B C D E F G H Products Sensing Photoelectric Sensors Fiber-Optic Sensors Proximity Sensors Cordsets Photomicrosensors Limit and Basic Switches Measurement Sensors Rotary Encoders I J K L M Control Components Temperature Controllers Power Supplies Timers and Counters Digital Panel Meters Monitoring Products N O Switching Components Electromechanical and Solid State Relays Pushbutton and Indicators P Q R S T Safety Light Curtains Safety Mats, Safety Edges and Bumpers Interlock Switches Monitoring Relays Emergency Stop & Rope Pull Switches U Index Part Number Index, NEMA and IP Ratings For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com i E D H ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I J Temperature Controllers M P Monitoring Products Q Power Supplies R K L Timers and Counters S O Digital Panel Meters T For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com iii iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com v vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Photoelectric Sensors A Contents Selection Guide A-ii Photoelectric Sensors E3S-CL Distance-settable photoelectric sensor in metal housing A-13 E3G Long distance photoelectric sensor in plastic housing A-13 E3JK All voltage (AC/DC) photoelectric sensor in plastic housing A-14 E3JM All voltage (AC/DC) photoelectric sensor, terminal block connection A-15 E3FA/ E3RA All-application sensor in plastic M18 housing A-1 E3FB/ E3RB All-application sensor in metal M18 housing A-2 E3Z General purpose sensor in compact plastic housing A-3 E3Z-L9 LASER sensor in compact plastic housing A-4 E3G-M A-15 E3ZM Detergent-resistant photoelectric sensor in compact stainless steel housing A-5 Long distance all voltage (AC/ DC) photoelectric sensor E3T Photoelectric sensor in miniature plastic housing A-16 E3S-A A-17 E3ZM-C Oil-resistant photoelectric sensor in compact stainless steel housing A-6 High performance small DC sensors E3K A-17 E3ZM-V Print mark detection photoelectric sensor in compact stainless steel housing A-7 Long Range Universal AC/ DC sensors for door control & material handling E3ZM-B Transparent PET plastic bottle detection sensor in compact stainless steel housing A-8 E3Z-B Transparent bottle detection photoelectric sensor in compact plastic housing A-9 E3Z-G Photoelectric sensor in plastic fork shape housing A-9 E3Z-L Narrow-beam sensor detects small objects A-10 E3Z-LS Miniature distance-settable sensors with built-in amplifiers A-11 E3Z-K Oil-resistant sensors A-12 Special Application E3NC Laser position verification sensors available with long range or variable spot size A-18 E3C-LDA Variable laser beam sensors with separate digital amplifiers A-19 F3ET2 Discrete Output Light Grid A-20 F3EM2 Analog Output Light Grid A-21 E3S-C Oil resistant, long distance sensors A-22 F3UV UV power monitor for sterilizing and curing operations A-23 Accessories E39-L Mounting brackets A-24 E39-R Reflectors A-24 A-i Photoelectric Sensors For machines that never stop Omron Automation and Safety's photoelectric sensor range is designed and tested to achieve the maximum levels of reliability and detection performance. Leveraging the latest technology, our sensors ensure your machines never stop. Through-beam 60 m Retroreflective with MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection) Compact square plastic housing MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection) is a function of Retroreflective Photoelectric Sensors to receive only the light reflected from the Retroreflector by using the characteristics of the polarizing filter built into the Sensor and the characteristics of the Retroreflector. E3Z * Highest water resistance * Highest electromagnetic noise immunity (e.g. from inverters) * Pulse synchronization for reliable ambient light immunity Diffuse-reflective Distance-settable with background suppression Special Applications Precision positioning and detection Detergent resistant Oil resistant, metal housing Oil resistant, plastic housing Print mark detection Transparent material detection Transparent bottle detection E3Z Laser E3ZM E3ZM-C, E3S-C E3Z E3ZM-V E3ZM-B E3Z-B General transparent materials or PET optimized models Transparent bottle optimized optical system Small visible light spot A-ii Detergent resistant stainless steel housing Oil resistance in stainless steel housing (E3ZM-C) or long distance detection (E3S-C) Oil resistant in plastic housing Autoteach button and 50 s response time For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A E3T E3T Cylindrical E3FA/E3RA E3FB/E3RB E3G E3Z-Laser Miniature housing: Cylindrical M18 housing: Longer distance: Special Applications Fork sensor Narrow beam sensor Distance settable sensor Multivoltage power supply High performance, small sensor Long range sensor UV power monitor E3ZG E3ZL E3Z-LS E3JK, E3JM, E3GM E3S-A E3K F3UV Material handling, door control and heavy duty switching applications Monitor ultraviolet light (UV) intensity or wavelength Slot width 25 mm for Registration Mark and Edge Control Detects 0.1 mm diameter objects Background/ foreground suppression sensor (BGS/FGS) AC/DC power supply and relay output Timer, alarm, turbo aiming models For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-iii Selection Table E3FA/E3RA Model Product type E3FB/E3RB E3Z E3Z-LASER Cylindrical plastic Cylindrical brass General purpose Laser * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Background suppression *Limited distance *Transparent detection * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Background suppression *Limited distance *Transparent detection * * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Distance-settable (BGS) * * * * * Through-beam: 20 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 1 m *Background suppression: 200 mm *Limited distance: 50 mm *Transparent detection: 2m * Through-beam: 20 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 1 m *Background suppression: 200 mm *Limited distance: 50 mm *Transparent detection: 2m * * Through-beam: 30 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 1 m *Distance-settable: 200 mm * * * * 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC Output type Light-on/Dark-on Selectable Light-on/Dark-on Selectable Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Output state NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Connections Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67 IP67 Sensor type Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage IP rating E3Z-L Model Product type Sensor type Narrow beam * *1 Lorem Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage * Diffuse Reflective Diffuse reflective: 90 mm E3Z-LS Distance-settable Distance-settable * Distance-settable: 200 mm * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Distance-settable (BGS) Through-beam: 60 m Retro-reflective: 15 m *Distance-settable: 300 mm E3Z-G Grooved head E3ZM Stainless steel housing; Wash down rated Fixed distance through-beam * 25 mm * * * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Background suppression * Through-beam: 15 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 1 m *Background suppression: 200 mm * 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 10-30 VDC Output type Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Output state NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Connections Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector IP67 IP67 IP64 IP67, IP69K IP rating A-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Photoelectric Sensors A E3ZM-C Model Product type Sensor type E3ZM-V Oil resistant Print mark detection Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Background suppression * Through-beam: 15 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 1 m *Background suppression: 200 mm E3ZM-B PET bottle detection; stainless steel housing Diffuse reflective mark sensor * * Diffuse: 12 mm 10-30 VDC Output type E3Z-B PET bottle detection; plastic housing Retro-reflective * * Retro-reflective: 500 mm * 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Output state NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Connections Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector Pre-wired, Connector IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67 * * Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage IP rating * Sensor type Retro-reflective: 2 m * Model Product type Retro-reflective E3S-CL Distance-settable E3JK E3JM All voltage All voltage * Retro-reflective Distance-settable * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse * * * * * Retro-reflective: 10 m Distance-settable: 2 m * Through-beam: 5 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 300 mm * * * * 10-30 VDC 12-240 VDC 24-240 VAC 12-240 VDC 24-240 VAC 12-240 VDC 24-240 VAC Output type Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Output state NPN or PNP NPN or PNP; Relay output NPN or PNP Relay or SSR Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, Terminal block IP67 IP67 (with protective cover) IP64 IP64 Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage IP rating Distance-settable E3G Long distance * 500 mm * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse Through-beam: 10 m Retro-reflective: 4 m *Diffuse: 700 mm For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-v Selection Table Compact Model Product type Sensor type Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage E3T Model Miniature sadsaf E3S-A 1111 Built-in amplifier E3K Long distance * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse *Convergent reflective *Background suppression * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse * * * * Through-beam: 2 m Retro-reflective: 200 mm *Diffuse: 30 mm *Convergent reflective: 30 mm *Background suppression: 30 mm * Through-beam: 7m *Retro-reflective: 2m *Diffuse: 700 mm 12-24 VDC * * F3UV Ultraviolet intensity detection UV intensity E3Z-K Oil resistant Retro-reflective Diffuse * Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse * Retro-reflective: 10 m *Diffuse: 2 m * 10-30 VDC 24-240 VDC 42-240 VAC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC * * N/A Through-beam: 15 m *Retro-reflective: 4m *Diffuse: 1 m * Output type Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Light-on/Dark-on Analog Light-on/Dark-on Output state NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Relay NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired, Connector Plated steel screw terminals Pre-wired Pre-wired, Connector IP rating IP65, IP67 IP67 IP67 IP30 IP67 E3S-C F3ET2 Long distance metal body detector Discrete output light grid Through-beam Retro-reflective *Diffuse * Through-beam: 30 m Retro-reflective: 3 m *Diffuse: 2 m * 10-30 VDC 24 VDC Output type Light-on/Dark-on Output state Connections Model Product type Sensor type * Through-beam F3EM2 Analog output light grid * Through-beam * *1 Lorem Maximum sensing distances Supply voltage IP rating A-vi * Through-beam: 3 m or 15 m Through-beam: 3 m or 15 m E3C-LDA Laser Laser beam sensor with separate amplifier E3NC-L variable spot *E3NC-S CMOS * * E3NC-L: 1200 mm E3NC-S: 250 mm Diffuse Retro-reflective * Diffuse: 1 m Retro-reflective: 7 m * * * * 24 VDC 10-30 VDC 12-24 VDC Light-on/Dark-on Selectable Light-on/Dark-on Selectable NPN or PNP Light-on/Dark-on Selectable NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Selectable 0-10 VDC Pre-wired, Connector M12 5-pin M12 5-pin Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP40 head; IP50 amp * * E3NC NPN or PNP, 1-5 VDC For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3FA/E3RA Photoelectric Sensors B278 A New All-Application Sensors in Plastic M18 Housing The E3FA/E3RA family provides a wide range of high quality sensors, with models designed for standard or special applications. * Compact size with flush mounting option * IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance * Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18 plastic housing * Background suppression, Limited Distance and Transparent detection models Sensor Type Setup Straight Sensor type PNP NPN Pre-wired (2 m) M12 connector Pre-wired (2 m) M12 connector Through-beam *1 20 m E3FA-TP11 2M E3FA-TP21 E3FA-TN11 2M E3FA-TN21 Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m* E3FA-RP11 2M E3FA-RP21 E3FA-RN11 2M E3FA-RN21 Retro-reflective (coaxial) *2 0 to 500 mm* E3FA-RP12 2M E3FA-RP22 E3FA-RN12 2M E3FA-RN22 Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3FA-DP11 2M E3FA-DP21 E3FA-DN11 2M E3FA-DN21 BGS (Background suppression) Radial Sensing distance 300 mm E3FA-DP12 2M E3FA-DP22 E3FA-DN12 2M E3FA-DN22 1m E3FA-DP13 2M E3FA-DP23 E3FA-DN13 2M E3FA-DN23 100 mm E3FA-LP11 2M E3FA-LP21 E3FA-LN11 2M E3FA-LN21 200 mm E3FA-LP12 2M E3FA-LP22 E3FA-LN12 2M E3FA-LN22 Limited distance reflective 10 to 50 mm E3FA-VP11 2M E3FA-VP21 E3FA-VN11 2M E3FA-VN21 Transparent detection *2 100 to 500 mm** E3FA-BP11 2M E3FA-BP21 E3FA-BN11 2M E3FA-BN21 0.1 to 2 m** E3FA-BP12 2M E3FA-BP22 E3FA-BN12 2M E3FA-BN22 Through-beam *1 15 m E3RA-TP11 2M E3RA-TP21 E3RA-TN11 2M E3RA-TN21 Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m* E3RA-RP11 2M E3RA-RP21 E3RA-RN11 2M E3RA-RN21 Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3RA-DP11 2M E3RA-DP21 E3RA-DN11 2M E3RA-DN21 300 mm E3RA-DP12 2M E3RA-DP22 E3RA-DN12 2M E3RA-DN22 700 mm E3RA-DP13 2M E3RA-DP23 E3RA-DN13 2M E3RA-DN23 *Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1 *1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately. Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-1 E3FB/E3RB Photoelectric Sensors B293 New All-Application Sensors in Brass M18 Housing The E3FB/E3RN family provides a wide range of high quality sensors, with models designed for standard or special applications. * Compact size with flush mounting option * IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance * Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18 brass housing * Background suppression, Limited Distance and Transparent detection models Sensor Type Setup Straight Sensor type PNP NPN Pre-wired (2 m) M12 connector Pre-wired (2 m) M12 connector Through-beam *1 20 m E3FB-TP11 2M E3FB-TP21 E3FB-TN11 2M E3FB-TN21 Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m* E3FB-RP11 2M E3FB-RP21 E3FB-RN11 2M E3FB-RN21 Retro-reflective (coaxial) *2 0 to 500 mm* E3FB-RP12 2M E3FB-RP22 E3FB-RN12 2M E3FB-RN22 Diffuse-reflective BGS (Background suppression) Limited distance reflective Transparent detection *2 Radial Sensing distance 100 mm E3FB-DP11 2M E3FB-DP21 E3FB-DN11 2M E3FB-DN21 300 mm E3FB-DP12 2M E3FB-DP22 E3FB-DN12 2M E3FB-DN22 1m E3FB-DP13 2M E3FB-DP23 E3FB-DN13 2M E3FB-DN23 100 mm E3FB-LP11 2M E3FB-LP21 E3FB-LN11 2M E3FB-LN21 200 mm E3FB-LP12 2M E3FB-LP22 E3FB-LN12 2M E3FB-LN22 10 to 50 mm E3FB-VP11 2M E3FB-VP21 E3FB-VN11 2M E3FB-VN21 100 to 500 mm** E3FB-BP11 2M E3FB-BP21 E3FB-BN11 2M E3FB-BN21 0.1 to 2 m** E3FB-BP12 2M E3FB-BP22 E3FB-BN12 2M E3FB-BN22 Through-beam *1 15 m E3RB-TP11 2M E3RB-TP21 E3RB-TN11 2M E3RB-TN21 Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m* E3RB-RP11 2M E3RB-RP21 E3RB-RN11 2M E3RB-RN21 Diffuse-reflective 100 mm E3RB-DP11 2M E3RB-DP21 E3RB-DN11 2M E3RB-DN21 300 mm E3RB-DP12 2M E3RB-DP22 E3RB-DN12 2M E3RB-DN22 700 mm E3RB-DP13 2M E3RB-DP23 E3RB-DN13 2M E3RB-DN23 *Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1 *1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately. Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring. A-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3Z Photoelectric Sensors B222 A General Purpose Sensor in Compact Plastic Housing Compact housing size and high-power LED for excellent performance-size ratio and best value-performance ratio for standard applications. * Minimal optical axis deviation for easy alignment * IP67 and IP69K for highest water resistance * Intensive shielding for highest noise immunity (EMC) * Multiple molding housing for high mechanical resistance Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model M8 -- 2m E3Z-T62 E3Z-T82 5 -- E3Z-T67 E3Z-T87 10 m (Red light) -- 2m E3Z-T61A E3Z-T81A 5 -- E3Z-T66A E3Z-T86A Retro-reflective with M.S.R 0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R15) (Red light) -- 2m E3Z-R61 E3Z-R81 5 -- E3Z-R66 E3Z-R86 Retro-reflective without M.S.R 0.1 to 5 m (with E39-R15) (Infrared light) -- 2m E3Z-R61-4 E3Z-R81-4 5 -- E3Z-R66-4 E3Z-R86-4 Diffuse-reflective 1 m (adjustable) (Infrared light) -- 2m E3Z-D62 E3Z-D82 5 -- E3Z-D67 E3Z-D87 100 mm (adjustable) (Infrared light) -- 2m E3Z-D61 E3Z-D81 5 -- E3Z-D66 E3Z-D86 -- 2m E3Z-LS63 E3Z-LS83 5 -- E3Z-LS68 E3Z-LS88 -- 2m E3ZLS61*2 E3Z-LS81*2 5 -- E3ZLS66*2 E3Z-LS86*2 Diffuse-reflective wide beam Distancesettable (background suppression)*2 Small spot (Red light) 2 mm 80 mm 20 mm BGS (set to minimum) BGS (set to maximum) Standard (Red light) (note 1) 20 mm BGS (at min. setting) 40 mm 200 mm BGS (at max. setting) Incident light level threshold (fixed) FGS (at min. setting) FGS (at max. setting) *2 PNP output 30 m (Infrared light) Through-beam *1 NPN output Infrared light models available To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-3 E3Z-L9 Laser Photoelectric Sensors B265 LASER Sensor in Compact Plastic Housing The E3Z LASER sensor in compact plastic housing features visible Laser light for precision positioning and detection applications. * Visible LASER light for precision positioning and small object detection * High power laser diode for long range precision * Class 1 LASER (JIS, IEC) Class 2 (FDA) LASER * Precise background suppression and low black/white error for accurate detection Sensor type Sensing distance Response time Connection Method Model NPN output PNP output E3Z-LT61 2M E3Z-LT81 2M E3Z-LT66 E3Z-LT86 E3Z-LR61 2M E3Z-LR81 2M E3Z-LR66 E3Z-LR86 E3Z-LL61 2M E3Z-LL81 2M E3Z-LL66 E3Z-LL86 E3Z-LL63 2M E3Z-LL83 2M E3Z-LL68 E3Z-LL88 M8 Through-beam 60 m 1 ms Retro-reflective with M.S.R 0.3 to 15 m (with E39-R15) Distance-settable (background suppression) 20 to 300 mm 25 to 300 mm 0.5 ms -- 2m 5 -- -- 2m 5 -- -- 2m 5 -- -- 2m 5 -- Note: To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or M8 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative. Detect the sides of large tiles A-4 Map glass sides Detect protruding straws For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Count bottles E3ZM Photoelectric Sensors B223 A Detergent-Resistant Photoelectric Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel Housing Compact housing size and high power LED for excellent performance-size ratio in a rugged, detergent-resistant stainless steel housing for demanding environments. * High grade stainless steel housing (SUS316L) * IP67 and IP69K for highest water resistance * ECOLAB tested and certified detergent resistance Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model NPN output PNP output E3ZM-T61 2M E3ZM-T81 2M E3ZM-T66 E3ZM-T86 E3ZM-T63 2M E3ZM-T83 2M E3ZM-T68 E3ZM-T88 E3ZM-R61 2M E3ZM-R81 2M E3ZM-R66 E3ZM-R86 E3ZM-D62 2M E3ZM-D82 2M E3ZM-D67 E3ZM-D87 -- 2m 5 -- 0.8 m with built in slit -- 2m 5 -- Retro-reflective with M.S.R 0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S) -- 2m 5 -- Diffuse-reflective 1 m (adjustable) -- 2m 5 -- 10 to 100 mm (fixed) -- 2m 5 -- 10 to 200 mm (fixed) -- 2m 5 -- Through-beam Diffuse-reflective (background suppression) 15 m *1 For ordering pigtail versions replace `2M' of the cable types with: - S1J: for M12 stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable - S3J: for M8 4-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable - S5J: for M8 3-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable (except for background suppression types) - M1J: for M12 brass plug with 30 cm cable - M3J: for M8 4-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable - M5J: for M8 3-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable (except for background suppression types) M8 E3ZM-LS61X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS81X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS66X E3ZM-LS86X*2 E3ZM-LS64X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS84X 2M*2 E3ZM-LS69X*2 E3ZM-LS89X*2 *2 *2 E3ZM-LS_X are fixed LIGHT-ON models. For Fixed DARK-ON models order E3ZM-LS_Y and for L-NO/D-NO selectable by wire please order E3ZM-LS_H. Robust construction Tight housing Detergent resistant For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-5 E3ZM-C Photoelectric Sensors B267 Oil-Resistant Photoelectric Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel Housing The oil-resistant compact photoelectric sensor in a robust stainless steel housing features reliable object detection in dirty and mechanically demanding environments such as automotive assembly lines. * Oil-resistant stainless steel housing * IP67 and IP69K for highest water resistance * High visibility orange LED in throughbeam model for easy alignment Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method M8 Through-beam 15 m (infrared light) 20 m (Orange light) Retro-reflective with M.S.R Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective (background suppression) 0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S) 1 m (adjustable) 10 to 100 mm (fixed) 10 to 200 mm (fixed) Model NPN output PNP output M12 -- 2m -- E3ZM-CT61 2M E3ZM-CT81 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CT61-M1TJ E3ZM-CT81-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CT66 E3ZM-CT86 -- 2m -- E3ZM-CT62B 2M E3ZM-CT82B 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CT62B-M1TJ E3ZM-CT82B-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CT67B E3ZM-CT87B -- 2m -- E3ZM-CR61 2M E3ZM-CR81 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CR61-M1TJ E3ZM-CR81-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CR66 E3ZM-CR86 -- 2m -- E3ZM-CD62 2M E3ZM-CD82 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CD62-M1TJ E3ZM-CD82-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CD67 E3ZM-CD87 -- 2m -- E3ZM-CL61H 2M E3ZM-CL81H 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CL61H-M1TJ E3ZM-CL81H-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CL66H E3ZM-CL86H -- 2m -- E3ZM-CL64H 2M E3ZM-CL84H 2M -- -- 5 E3ZM-CL64H-M1TJ E3ZM-CL84H-M1TJ 5 -- -- E3ZM-CL69H E3ZM-CL89H Note: M12 connector types use Omron Automation and Safety's XS5 Series "Twist & Click" M12 connector cordsets, 30 cm standard length. A-6 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3ZM-V Photoelectric Sensors B274 A Print Mark Detection Photoelectric Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel Housing The detergent resistant photoelectric sensor in a robust stainless steel housing provides reliable detection of all common print marks in food packaging applications. * White LED for stable detection of differently colored or black print marks * SUS 316L stainless steel housing * Easy-to-use teach-in button or remote teach * Fast response time of 50 s Sensor type Sensing distance Connection Method Model NPN output PNP output E3ZM-V61 2M E3ZM-V81 2M E3ZM-V66 E3ZM-V86 M8 Mark sensor 122 mm -- 2m 5 -- For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-7 E3ZM-B Photoelectric Sensors B266 Transparent Object Detection Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel Housing The E3ZM-B family provides models for general transparent material detection and specialized models providing highest stability for the detection of PET bottles. * Detergent resistant compact SUS316L housing * Includes Bi-refringent, P-opaquing sensing technology to provide the margin necessary to overcome the challenges in geometry, color and contents of PET bottle detection which standard retro-reflective sensors can not perform * Simple push button teach operation * Unique AC3 technology compensates for lens contamination to maintain expected sensor output * IP69K (DIN 40050-9) compliant * 316L stainless steel body resists detergents and disinfectants * High noise immunity against interference from inverters and other inductive loads Sensor type Sensing distance Special reflector Connection Method Model NPN output PNP output E3ZM-B61 2M E3ZM-B81 2M E3ZM-B66 E3ZM-B86 E3ZM-B81-C 2M M8 Retroreflective with M.S.R Optimized for PET bottles and trays 100 to 500 mm (teachable) Retroreflective with M.S.R For all transparent media (glass, PET, foils) 100 to 500 mm (potentiometer adjustment)*3 Order separately -- 2m 5 -- E39-RP1 included -- 2m E3ZM-B61-C 2M 5 -- E3ZM-B66-C E3ZM-B86-C Order separately*3 -- 2m E3ZM-B61T 2M E3ZM-B81T 2M 5 -- E3ZM-B66T E3ZM-B86T *1 For higher signal stability using circular polarization functionality for PET bottles, order special reflector E39-RP1 separately. Teachable all-transparent-media types are available. Contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative. *3 Order reflector separately: Use E39-RP1 for 500 mm sensing distance; E39-RP37 or E39-RSP1 for 250 mm sensing distance. *1 *2 A-8 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3Z-B Photoelectric Sensors B271 A Transparent Bottle Detection Photoelectric Sensor in Compact Plastic Housing The E3Z-B provides easy adjustment for the detection of a large variety of standard transparent objects. * Detects a wide range of bottles from single bottles to sets of stocked bottles * IP67/IP69K tested for highest water resistance Sensor type Sensing distance (with E39-R1S reflector) Connection Method Model NPN output PNP output E3Z-B61 2M E3Z-B81 2M E3Z-B66 E3Z-B86 E3Z-B62 2M E3Z-B82 2M E3Z-B67 E3Z-B87 M8 Retro-reflective without M.S.R. 80 to 500 mm (adjustable) 0.5 to 2 m (adjustable) -- 2m 5 -- -- 2m 5 -- E3Z-G Photoelectric Sensors B268 Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Fork Shape Housing The forked shape optical through-beam sensors combine simple installation with reliable passage detection of objects, machine parts or transportation elements such as hanging carriers. * Slotted head eliminates the need for optical axis adjustment * 1 or 2 axis models Sensor type Through-beam Sensing distance 25 mm (Infrared light) Number of optical axes Connection Method 1 2m -- -- 5 M8 4-pin 2 2m -- -- 5 M8 4-pin Model NPN output PNP output E3Z-G61 E3Z-G81 E3Z-G61-M3J E3Z-G81-M3J E3Z-G62 E3Z-G82 E3Z-G62-M3J E3Z-G82-M3J For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-9 E3Z-L General Purpose Photoelectric Sensors B263 Narrow-Beam Sensor Detects Small Objects * Small 2.5 mm beam diameter at 90 mm sensing distance enables detection through small holes or gaps * Detect objects as small as 0.1 mm diameter * Adjustable distance setting of 90 30 mm * Visible red light beam simplifies alignment for visual checking of sensing spot position * Integrated circuit design with advanced LED assures long sensing distances * High noise immunity against interference from inverters and other inductive loads * Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown * Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation Narrow-Beam Sensors Sensor type Diffuse reflective A-10 Setup Features Detects 0.1 mm dia. objects Light source Red (650 nm) Sensing distance 90 30 mm Connection method Model NPN output PNP output Pre-wired E3Z-L61 E3Z-L81 4-pin M8 Connector E3Z-L66 E3Z-L86 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3Z-LS B269 Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors A Miniature Distance-Settable Sensors with Built-In Amplifiers * Detect glossy/uneven surfaces with foreground suppression * Ignore objects beyond the set distance such as a conveyor belt or rail using background suppression * Web/edge position detection sensors (E3Z-LS63/-LS83) with 2 mm spot eliminate background influences in printing, converting and packaging * Detect presence of strip and sheet materials and non-woven fabric edges with 2% max. differential travel to compensate for vibration (E3Z-LS63/-LS83) * Integrated circuit design with advanced LED assures long sensing distances * High noise immunity against interference from inverters and other inductive loads * Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown * Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors BGS (Background Suppression) Objects beyond the set ON (incident) distance, such as the conveyor, will not be detected. The hysteresis is Distance 10% or less, so at a set threshold distance of 40 mm, steps with a thickness of 4 mm can be detected on objects. OFF (interrupted) Selectable by Changing Cable Connection FGS (Foreground Suppression) ON (interrupted) Conveyor (background) (for Light-ON setting) Distance threshold OFF Light level (incident) threshold (fixed) Conveyor (background) Glossy, uneven objects are reliably detected because the OFF (incident) status occurs only when the conveyor is detected, and ON (interrupted) status occurs only when an object exists or when reflected light is not returned to the Sensor. (Depending on the shape of the object, an OFFdelay timer may be required.) ON (interrupted) (for Dark-ON setting) Sensor type Distance settable Setup Features Light source Sensing distance Resists interference from fluorescent lighting Red (680 nm) Background setting 20 to 200 mm Foreground setting 40 to 200+ mm Web/edge position detector Red (650 nm) Background setting 2 to 80 mm Connection method Model NPN output PNP output Pre-wired E3Z-LS61 E3Z-LS81 4-pin M8 Connector E3Z-LS66 E3Z-LS86 Pre-wired E3Z-LS63 E3Z-LS83 4-pin M8 Connector E3Z-LS68 E3Z-LS88 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-11 E3Z-K Oil-Resistant Photoelectric Sensors B264 Oil-Resistant Sensors with Built-In Amplifiers * Sensor housing includes special coating to resist effects in environments subject to high pH oil mists, coolants and medium pH detergents that aggressively attach sensors * Long distance sensing: 15 m through-beam models; 3 m retro-reflective; 1 m diffusereflective * High noise immunity against interference from inverters and other inductive loads * Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown * Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation Sensor Type Sensor type Setup Features Throughbeam -- Retroreflective Diffuse reflective Sensing distance Connection method Model NPN output PNP output Infrared (870 nm) 15 m Polarized; Order reflector separately Red (660 nm) 0.1 to 4 m with E39-R1S reflector 0.1 to 3 m with E39-R1 reflector Pre-wired E3Z-R61K E3Z-R81K Pigtail, 4-pin M8 E3Z-R61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-R81K-M3J 0.3M Wide view Infrared (860 nm) 5 to 100 mm Pre-wired E3Z-D61K E3Z-D81K Pigtail, 4-pin M8 E3Z-D61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D81K-M3J 0.3M Pre-wired E3Z-D62K E3Z-D82K Pigtail, 4-pin M8 E3Z-D62K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D82K-M3J 0.3M Standard A-12 Light source 1m Pre-wired E3Z-T61K E3Z-T81K Pigtail, 4-pin M8 E3Z-T61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-T81K-M3J 0.3M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3S-CL Photoelectric Sensors B249 A Distance-Settable Sensor in Metal Housing * Minimal black/white error for highest reliability detecting differently colored objects * Setting distance up to 500 mm with reliable background suppression * Stable detection regardless of the target workpiece color, material or size * Simple to set distance with 6-turn adjustor and indicator Sensor type Light source Distancesettable (background suppression) Red (700 mm) Sensing distance 5 Min. setting Connection method 40mm Setting range 2m -- -- 5 M12 40 to 200 mm Max. setting 5 Detecting range Model E3S-CL1 E3S-CL1-M1J 200mm 5 to 200 mm Infrared (860 mm) 5 Min. setting 50mm 5 E3G Setting range 50 to 500 mm Max. setting Detecting range 5 to 500 mm 2m -- -- 5 M12 E3S-CL2 E3S-CL2-M1J 500mm Photoelectric Sensors B228 Long Distance Sensor in Plastic Housing Long distance retro-reflective and teachable distance-settable sensors in plastic housing. * Distance-settable model with 1.2 m maximum setting distance * Light-On/Dark-On operation, NPN/PNP output switch selectable Sensor type Sensing distance Connection method Model M12 Retro-reflective with M.S.R. Distance-settable (background suppression) 0.5 to 10 m measured with E39-R2 -- 2m 5 -- E3G-R17-G 0.2 to 2 m (0.2 to 1.2 m distance-settable) -- 2m E3G-L73 2M 5 -- E3G-R13-G 2M E3G-L77 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-13 E3JK Photoelectric Sensors B227 All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Housing The square sized E3JK family uses 12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage * Retro-reflective models accurately detect shiny objects * Relay outputs with long life expectancy and high switching capacity (3 A, 250 VAC) * cUL recognized Sensor type Sensing distance Through-beam 5 m (Infrared light) Retro-reflective with M.S.R. Connection method 2 m measured with E39-R1 (Red light) Operation mode Model Light ON E3JK-5M1-N-US Dark ON E3JK-5M2-N-US Light ON E3JK-R2M1-US Dark ON E3JK-R2M2-US 2m Retro-reflective without M.S.R. Diffuse-reflective 4 m (adjustable) measured with E39-R1 (Red light) 300 mm (adjustable) (Infrared light) Light ON E3JK-R4M1-US Dark ON E3JK-R4M2-US Light ON E3JK-DS30M1-US Dark ON E3JK-DS30M2-US Note: All part numbers include mounting hardware, Retro-reflective models include E39-R1 reflector. A-14 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3JM Photoelectric Sensors B226 A All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Housing The square sized E3JM family uses 12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage, an enhanced sensing distance and a timer function. * Easy to wire terminal block speeds installation and servicing * Relay or solid state relay output * Timer function models available * Mounting hardware and terminal protection cover included Sensor type Sensing distance Connection method Operation mode Model Relay output Through-beam 10 m (Infrared light) Terminal block (with PG 13.5 conduit opening) Retro-reflective with M.S.R. 4 m with E39-R1 reflector (Red light) Diffusereflective 700 mm (adjustable) (Infrared light) DC SSR output NPN Output PNP Output -- E3JM-10M4-US E3JM-10S4-US OMS E3JM-10R4-US ON or OFF delay 0.1 s to 5 s (adjustable) F3JM-10M4T-US F3JM-10S4T-US E3JM-10R4T-US -- E3JM-R4M4-US E3JM-R4S4-US E3JM-R4R4-US ON or OFF delay 0.1 s to 5 s (adjustable) E3JM-R4M4T-US E3JM-R4S4T-US E3JM-R4R4T-US -- E3JM-DS70M4-US E3JM-DS70S4-US E3JM-DS70R4-US ON or OFF delay 0.1 s to 5 s (adjustable) E3JM-DS70M4TUS E3JM-DS70S4TUS E3JM-DS70R4TUS E3G-M Photoelectric Sensors B228 Long Distance All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric Sensor The E3G-M series offers the long sensing distance of the E3G family for all voltage (AC/DC) installations. * 12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC * Terminal block connection Sensor type Sensing distance Connection method Timer Function Model Retro-reflective with M.S.R. 0.5 to 10 m with E39-R2 reflector (Red light) Terminal block Distance-settable (background detection) 0.2 to 2 m (0.2 to 1.2 m distance-settable) (Infrared light) Relay output -- E3G-MR19-G ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s (adjustable) E3G-MR19T-G -- E3G-ML79-G ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s (adjustable) E3G-ML79T-G For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-15 E3T Photoelectric Sensors B224 Photoelectric Sensor in Miniature Plastic Housing Small sized photoelectric sensors in flat, side view and M5 cylindrical shapes for demanding mounting conditions. * Small size with precision pinpoint LED * 3.5 mm flat model with reliable background suppression and small black/white error * Unique optical alignment technology ensuring minimal deviation of optical axis * High EMC and ambient light immunity Sensor type Sensing distance Through-beam Connection Method 1m Through-beam 500 mm 300 mm Through-beam, M5 1m Through-beam, M5 500 m Retro-reflective 30 to 200 mm on reflectors/ 10 to 100 mm on reflective foils (note 2) (note 3) Diffuse-reflective 5 to 30 mm Diffuse-reflective (with adjuster), M6 3-50 mm Limited-reflective 5 to 15 mm 5 to 30 mm Diffuse-reflective (background suppression) 1 to 15 mm 1 to 30 mm 2m To order pigtail connector versions, replace "2M" for cable types if present, then add a suffix: - M1TJ 0.3M: M12 with 30 cm cable - M3J 0.3M: M8 4-pin with 30 cm cable 300 mm Operation mode Model (note 1) NPN output PNP output Light- ON E3T-ST11 E3T-ST13 Dark-ON E3T-ST12 E3T-ST14 Light- ON E3T-ST21 E3T-ST23 Dark-ON E3T-ST22 E3T-ST24 Light- ON E3T-FT11 E3T-FT13 Dark-ON E3T-FT12 E3T-FT14 Light- ON E3T-FT21 E3T-FT23 Dark-ON E3T-FT22 E3T-FT24 Dark-ON E3T-CT12 E3T-CT14 Dark-ON E3T-CT22S E3T-CT24S Light- ON E3T-SR41-C E3T-SR43-C Dark-ON E3T-SR42-C E3T-SR44-C Light- ON E3T-FD11 E3T-FD13 Dark-ON E3T-FD12 E3T-FD14 Dark-ON E3T-CD11 E3T-CD13 Light- ON E3T-SL11 E3T-SL13 Dark-ON E3T-SL12 E3T-SL14 Light- ON E3T-SL21 E3T-SL23 Dark-ON E3T-SL22 E3T-SL24 Light- ON E3T-FL11 E3T-FL13 Dark-ON E3T-FL12 E3T-FL14 Light- ON E3T-FL21 E3T-FL23 Dark-ON E3T-FL22 E3T-FL24 Note: 1- For pre-wired models with robotic cables add `-R' to the order code (example: E3T-FT21R 2M) 2- The distances are measured with reflector E39-R4 and reflective foil E39-R37-CA. For applications with shorter distances between the sensor and the reflector contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative. Light-ON E3T-SR41-C 2M*3 3- Order reflector separately. Models with included reflectors are available. A-16 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3S-A Photoelectric Sensors B232 A High Performance Small DC Sensors * Enclosure meets NEMA 4X, 6 and IP67 * User-friendly features for ease of installation and use * Timer/alarm/turbo aiming tool models available * Light-ON/Dark-ON, switch selectable * Mounting bracket E39-L69 supplied with horizontal sensors * Mounting bracket E39-L70 supplied with vertical sensors * Polarized retro-reflective sensors include E39-R1 reflector * Through-beam sensors include both emitter and receiver * Pre-wired versions have 2 m cable; M12 4-pin connector versions available E3K Photoelectric Sensors B242 Long-range Sensing for Door Control and Material Handling Applications * AC/DC sensor for heavy-duty switching requirements * Long sensing distances: * Retro-reflective: 10 m, includes E39-R1 reflector * Diffuse-reflective: 2 m * Clean interior, easy-to-wire terminal strip * Plug-in replaceable relay output * Timer modules available * Rated IP67, NEMA 4X, 6 for washdown For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-17 E3NC Laser Photoelectric Sensors B289 Laser Position Verification Sensors with Long Range or Variable Spot Size * Compact, lightweight sensing heads * Slim DIN rail mounting amplifiers * Simple setup with 3 types of tuning * CMOS triangulation model E3NC-S detects regardless of surface or color * EtherCAT communication available Ordering Information B289 E3NC-L Sensing Heads Sensing method Focus Sensing distance Spot diameter Ratings Connection Model Limited-reflective Diffuse-reflective Spot Variable spot 70 15 mm 1200 mm max. 0.1 mm 0.8 mm or larger Laser Class 1, IP65 2 m robot cable to amplifier E3NC-LH01 2M E3NC-LH01 2M E3NC-L Amplifier Units Inputs/outputs Connection method Connection media E3NC-L Amplifier Model NPN PNP 1 In + 2 Out Pre-wired 2 m PVC cable E3NC-LA21 2M E23NC-LA51 2M E3NC-LA9 1 in + 1 Out Connector E3X-CN cables E3NC-LA7 2 Out Comm Unit for E3NW E3X-CN02 E3NC-LA0 B292 E3NC-S Sensing Heads Sensing method Diffuse-reflective Detected level difference 35 to 50 mm: 1.5 mm; 50 to 100 mm: 3 mm 35 to 180 mm: 9 mm; 180 to 250 mm: 25 mm Sensing distance 35 to 100 mm 35 to 250 mm Spot diameter Ratings Connection Model 0.5 mm Laser Class 1, IP67 2 m robot cable to amplifier E3NC-SH100 2M 1 mm E3NC-SH250 2M E3NC-S Amplifier Units Inputs/outputs Connection method Connection media E3NC-S Amplifier Model NPN PNP 1 In + 2 Out Pre-wired 2 m PVC cable E3NC-SA21 2M E23NC-SA51 2M 1 in + 1 Out Connector E3X-CN cables E3NC-SA7 E3NC-SA9 2 Out Comm Unit for E3NW E3X-CN02 E3NC-SA0 Connectors Type Master Connector Slave Connector A-18 Head Mounting Brackets Cable length 2m No. of Conductors 4 Model E3X-CN21 Applicable Sensor Head E3NC-LH01 Model E39-L186 2 E3X-CN22 E3NC-LH02 E39-L185 E3NC-SH100 E39-L188 E3NC-SH250 E39-L187 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3C-LDA Measurement Sensors C429 A Variable Laser Beam Sensors The E3C-LDA sensors for high-speed gauging applications combine compact Class II laser sensing heads with slim DINmount amplifiers. * Sensing heads offer variable focal point and optical axis alignment * Safe Class II lasers require no special protective hardware * Dual digital display on the amplifier simplifies setup and monitoring * Selectable detection modes with response speed as fast as 100 s Ordering Information Sensing Heads Sensing method Diffuse reflective Coaxial retroreflective with mirror surface rejection Beam shape Sensing distance Spot, 0.8 mm max. Line, 33 mm L Area, 33 x 15 mm Variable spot (0.8 mm dia.) Line, 28 mm L Area, 28 x 16 mm Fixed spot (2 mm dia.) 30 mm to 1 m Dimensions H x W x D mm 25 x 12.8 x 33 Up to 7 m with E39-R12 Up to 1.7 m with E39-R12 Up to 900 mm with E39-R12 Up to 7 m with E39-R12 27 x 13.2 x 36 25 x 12.8 x 39 Model E3C-LD11 E3C-LD21 E3C-LD31 E3C-LR11 E3C-LR11 + E39-P31 E3C-LR11 + E39-P41 E3C-LR12 Amplifiers Connector Description Functions Pre-wired models Analog + Discrete outputs Two discrete outputs External input + Discrete output Connector Two discrete outputs External input + Discrete output Output ratings Model NPN output PNP output Area output, differential 1 to 5 VDC, operation 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA11AN E3C-LDA41AN Area output, differential operation, self-diagnostics Built-in counter, differential operation, remote setting Area output, differential operation, self-diagnostics Built-in counter, differential operation, remote setting 2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA11 E3C-LDA41 1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA21 E3C-LDA51 2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA6 E3C-LDA8 1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC E3C-LDA7 E3C-LDA9 Connectors Description Master connector (for first unit) Slave connector (for second and additional units) Compatible amplifiers E3C-LDA6, E3C-LDA7, E3C-LDA8, E3C-LDA9 Cable length 2m Conductors 3 Model E3X-CN11 4 E3X-CN21 1 E3X-CN12 2 E3X-CN22 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-19 F3ET2 Photoelectric Sensor B634 New Non-Safety Discrete Output Light Grid The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area detection in robust IP65 aluminum housing. * Light grids detect area heights from 150 mm up to 2100 mm * Optical synchronization for reliable operation without additional wiring * NPN/PNP and Light-ON / Dark-ON selectable * Brackets included with Light Grids * Connects with M12, 5-wire cable Ordering Information Sensor Type Detection Area (mm) Pitch Sensing Distance** Number of Beams Detectable Object Size Output* Through-beam 150 5 mm 3m 30 10 mm min. PNP/NPN 18 mm 15 m 8 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-150 5 mm 3m 60 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-300 18 mm 15 m 16 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-300 5 mm 3m 90 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-450 18 mm 15 m 24 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-450 5 mm 3m 120 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-600 18 mm 15 m 32 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-600 5 mm 3m 180 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-900 18 mm 15 m 48 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-900 5 mm 3m 240 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1200 18 mm 15 m 64 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1200 5 mm 3m 300 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1500 18 mm 15 m 80 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1500 5 mm 3m 360 10 mm min. F3ET2-005-1800 18 mm 15 m 96 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-1800 18 mm 15 m 112 30 mm min. F3ET2-018-2100 300 450 600 5 pin 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 *Light-ON / Dark-ON selectable **The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids A-20 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Model F3ET2-005-150 F3EM2 Photoelectric Sensor B633 A New Non-Safety Analog Output Light Grid The F3ET2 light grids provide reliable area monitoring in robust IP65 aluminum housing. * Analog output for simple height detection * Light grids detect area heights from 150 mm up to 2100 mm * Optical synchronization for reliable operation without additional wiring * Brackets included with Light Grids * Connects with M12, 5-wire cable Ordering Information Sensor Type Measurement Range (mm) Pitch Sensing Distance* Number of Beams Through-beam 150 5 mm 3m 18 mm 15 m 5 mm 18 mm 300 450 5 pin 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 Detectable Object Size Analog Output Model 30 10 mm min. 8 30 mm min. 0-10 VDC (12 bits) 3m 60 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-300-AV 15 m 16 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-300-AV 5 mm 3m 90 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-450-AV 18 mm 15 m 24 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-450-AV 5 mm 3m 120 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-600-AV F3EM2-005-150-AV F3EM2-018-150-AV 18 mm 15 m 32 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-600-AV 5 mm 3m 180 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-900-AV 18 mm 15 m 48 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-900-AV 5 mm 3m 240 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1200-AV 18 mm 15 m 64 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1200-AV 5 mm 3m 300 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1500-AV 18 mm 15 m 80 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1500-AV 5 mm 3m 360 10 mm min. F3EM2-005-1800-AV 18 mm 15 m 96 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-1800-AV 18 mm 15 m 112 30 mm min. F3EM2-018-2100-AV *The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-21 E3S-C Photoelectric Sensor B262 Long Distance Sensor in Oil-Resistant, Metal Case * Long sensing distances: 30 m throughbeam; 3 m polarized retro-reflective; 2 m or 0.7 m diffuse reflective * Rugged zinc die cast housing protects against vibration (10 Hz to 2 kHz) and shock (up to approx. 100 G) * Meets IP67 and NEMA 4X, 6P for water washdown * High visibility indicators for light incidence and stability * Light-ON and Dark-ON operation selectable Metal Body Sensors Sensing type Throughbeam Setup Horizontal Features Light source Sensing distance Connection method Model Includes E39-L102 mounting bracket Infrared (880 nm) 30 m Using E39-S61 slits: 4 mm slit: 15 m 2 mm slit: 7 m 1 mm slit: 3.5 m 0.5 mm slit: 1.8 m Pre-wired E3S-CT11 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CT16 Pre-wired E3S-CT61 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CT66 Pre-wired E3S-CR11 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CR16 Pre-wired E3S-CR61 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CR66 Pre-wired E3S-CD11 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CD16 Pre-wired E3S-CD61 M12 4-pin connector E3S-CD66 Includes E39-L103 mounting bracket Vertical Retroreflective Horizontal Vertical Diffuse reflective Horizontal Polarized; includes E39-R1 reflector and E39-L102 mounting bracket Polarized; includes E39-R1 reflector and E39-L103 mounting bracket includes E39-L102 mounting bracket Includes E39-L103 mounting bracket Vertical A-22 Red (700 nm) Infrared (880 nm) 0 to 3 with E39-R1 reflector (included); Optional reflectors: E39-R2: 0 to 4 m E39-R3: 0 to 150 cm E39-R4: 0 to 75 cm E39-RSA: 5 to 35 cm E39-RSB: 5 to 60 cm 0 to 70 cm For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F3UV UV Power Monitors B256 A UV Power Monitor for Sterilizing and Curing Operations * Monitor ultraviolet light (UV) intensity or wavelength to maintain effective levels for critical processes * Compact monitors fit tight inspection spaces on existing machinery * Built-in amplifier models detect incident UV light power in two ranges (1 to 30 mW/cm2 or 0.2 to 3 mW/cm2) and provide a 1-5 V analog output * Fiber-optic detection heads and separate amplifiers detect in two ranges (10 to 300 mW/cm2 or 30 to 300 mW/cm2) * Fiber-optic monitor available with judgment, answer-back and current/voltage analog outputs For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A-23 E39-L Mounting Brackets B299 Photoelectric Sensor Mounting Brackets * Brackets enhance mounting flexibility * Protective mounts fortify sensors * Height adjustable and rotating mounts available E39-R Reflectors Reflectors Return Light to Retro-reflective Photoelectric Sensors and Photomicrosensors * Corner cube reflectors return maximum light with minimal scattering * Reflectors extend or shorten sensing distance * Hard acrylic reflectors are backed by ABS plastic * Easy-to-apply, adhesive-backed reflectors available * Sensor data sheets show recommended reflector models A-24 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B298 Fiber-optic Sensors Contents Selection Guide B-ii Fiber-optic Sensor Heads Fiber-optic Sensor Amplifiers E3X-HD Easy-Teach Digital Amplifier B-12 E32 Standard Cylindrical Sensor Heads B-1 E3NX-FA Advanced Functionality Amplifier B-13 E32 Square Shape Sensor Heads B-2 E3X-NA Bar Graph Amplifiers B-14 E3X-SD Single Display Amplifiers B-14 E32 Miniature Sensor Heads B-3 E3X-DA-S High Function Amplifier B-15 E32 Longer Distance Sensor Heads B-4 E3X-DA-SE-S Digital Amplifier with One Button Teaching B-16 E32 Built-in Lens Sensor Heads B-5 E3X-MDA Dual Fiber Amplifier B-17 E32 Robot Application Heads B-5 E3X-NA-F Fast Response Amplifier B-17 E32 Chemical Resistant Sensor Heads B-6 E3X-DAC-S Color Mark Detection Amplifier B-18 E32 Heat Resistant Sensor Heads B-7 E3X-DAH-S Infrared LED Amplifier B-18 E32 Vacuum Resistant Sensor Heads B-8 Network Communication Interface Units E32 Precision Detection Sensor Heads B-9 E32 Area Monitoring Sensor Heads B-10 E32 Special Application Sensor Heads B-11 E3X-ECT/ E3X Communication Units E3X-CRT/ E3X-DRT21S/ E3X-DRT21/ E3X-CIF11 B-19 B-i B Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensor Heads The simplicity of high performance in challenging areas With over 500 different fiber heads we offer one of the most comprehensive fiber portfolios bringing reliable detection to smallest spaces or most challenging environments. The easy usage and auto adjustment features of the fiber amplifiers provide highest stability and performance reducing setup and adjustment times. E32 Miniature Smaller size: Standard cylindrical fiber heads E32 Standard cylindrical E32 Square * Easy installation and long sensor lifetime for all general applications * High flex fibers and 90 models for fiber breakage prevention Square housing: 4000 mm 2100 mm E32 Longer distance Longer distance: 490 mm 210 mm Special Applications Heat, chemical vaccuum resistant Robotic applications Area monitoring Precision detection Special application E32 Harsh environment E32 Robot E32 Area monitoring E32 Precision E32 Special Heat resistant up to 400C B-ii Robot fibers withstand over 1 million bending cycles Area monitoring up to 70mm beam width Coaxial or limited reflective models, up to 100m resolution, variable focal lenses or fine beam For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Special solutions for liquid level, color, mark, wafer detection, etc. B E3X-NA / E3X-SD Basic functionality: Dual digital display amplifier E3X-HD * Easy 1-button teaching * Auto-teaching during operation * Auto power control for long term stability E3NX-FA Advanced functionality: Special Applications 2 in 1 double amplifier Fast response High stability Color (RGB) amplifier Infrared LED E3X-MDA E3X-NA-F E3NX-FA E3X-DAC-S E3X-DAH-S Infrared AND, OR signal Infrared LED comparison of two input signals saving space and set-up time Short turn on time of 20s Simple one button setting; detects large and lowreflection targets; light intensity and incidence compensation for stability. White LED and RGB ratio comparison for challenging color and mark detection Infrared LED For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-iii Selection Table Fiber-optic Sensor Heads Type Cylindrical Square shape Miniature Longer distance Chemical resistant Heat resistant Model E32 Standard Cylindrical E32 Square Shape E32 Miniature E32 Longer Distance E32 Chemical Resistant E32 Heat Resistant Key features * Standard and high-flex fibers *Sizes M3 to M6 * 3 or 4 mm thin housing *Models in X,Y or Z-axis *Direct mounting without bracket * Sizes from 500 m to 3 mm dia *Bendable sleeves * Throughbeam 4000 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm 20 m 4000 mm 4000 mm Diffusereflective 2100 mm 1260 mm 1260 mm 4000 mm 1260 mm 1680 mm * Fluoroplastic cover or coating Type Vacuum resistant Robot applications Precision detection Area monitoring Special application Model E32 Vacuum Resistant E32 Robot E32 Precision Detection E32 Area Monitoring E32 Special Key features *1 Built in focal lenses * Leakage rate of 1x10 -10 Pa*m3/s max * Free moving multicore fibers for >1 Mio bending cycles * Detection accuracy up to 100 m *Coaxial fibers *Adjustable focal points * Area monitoring up to 70 mm beam width Throughbeam 2000 mm 3750 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm Diffusereflective - 1260 mm 300 mm 1050 mm 300 mm * Heat resistant up to 400C * Detection of special objects (wafer, liquid level, flat glass, print mark, etc.) Sensing distance varies depending on the amplifier used. These sensing distances were measured with the Giga mode of the E3NX-FA. B-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensors Fiber-optic Amplifiers Type Easy Teach Digital Advanced Functionality Bar Graph/Single Display Model E3X-HD E3NX-FA E3X-NA, E3X-SD Key features Response time (min.) * * Longest sensing ranges White LED display *Advanced Smart Tuning *Predictive Maintenance DPC * * Simple 1 button setting Compensates for light reduction from grime, deterioration * Easy adjustment by potentiometer *Bar graph gain display (-NA) 50 s 30 s 200 s Type High functionality Easy Teach Double Amplifier Model E3X-DA-S E3X-DA-SE-S E3X-MDA Key features Response time (min.) High functionality signal processing (timer, counter, power tuning, etc.) * 1 ms (80 s in high speed mode) 1 button object teaching Auto teach during operation * * 1 ms 2 inputs with AND, OR signal comparison * 1 ms (130 s in high speed mode) Type High Speed Color/Print Mark Detection Infrared LED Model E3X-NA-F E3X-DAC-S E3X-DAH-S Key features Response time (min.) Fastest response time of Omron fiber amplifiers B White LED and RGB ratio comparison Infrared LED * * * 20 s 1 ms (60 s in super high speed) 1 ms (55 s in super high speed) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-v E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B533 Standard Cylindrical Sensor Heads The standard cylindrical fiber-optic sensing heads provide reliable object detection, easy installation and long sensor lifetime for all general applications. * High-flex fibers and 90 cable exit reduce fiber breakage * Models with hexagonal back for simplified one-nut mounting * Sizes M3 to M6 Sensor type Size Through-beam Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model Standard High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex M4 760 530 E32-TC200 E32-T11R M3 220 130 E32-TC200E E32-T21R M4 -- 530 -- E32-T11N 2M M6 250*2 -- E32-R21 -- M6 300 170 E32-DC200 E32-D11R 2M M4 80 30 E32-D211 2M E32-D211R 2M Through-beam Retro-reflective Diffuse-reflective M3 80 30 E32-DC200E E32-D21R 2M M6 -- 170 -- E32-D11N 2M 6 mm dia 110 45 E32-D14L E32-D14LR Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective *1 *2 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Measured with E39-R3 reflector Hi-flex multicore fibers for flexibility in installation without fiber breakage B-1 Models with hexagonal back for simple one-nut mounting For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B532 Square Shape Sensor Heads The fiber heads in square shaped housing provide fast and easy installation on flat surfaces. * Models with sensing direction in X, Y or Z axis B * 3 or 4 mm thick housings for minimal height requirement * Standard or high-flex fibers Sensor type Size (mm) Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber 15 x 8 x 3 760 560 E32-T15X 2M E32-T15XR 2M 15 x 8 x 3 460 210 E32-T15Y 2M E32-T15YR 2M 15 x 8 x 3 460 480 E32-T15Z 2M E32-T15ZR 2M 15 x 10 x 3 300 170 E32-D15X 2M E32-D15XR 2M 15 x 10 x 3 100 40 E32-D15Y 2M E32-D15YR 2M 15 x 10 x 3 100 60 E32-D15Z 2M E32-D15ZR 2M 24.5 x 10 x 3 890 -- E32-A03-1 2M -- 20.5 x 2 x 2 340 -- E32-A04-1 2M -- Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Through-beam *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Space saving and fast mounting without additional brackets Precise positioning during manufacturing for 90 optics to achieve minimal tolerance variations in optical output axis angle For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-2 E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B526 Miniature Sensor Heads The miniature fiber heads provide high accuracy in smallest spaces and reliable detection of miniature objects. * Sizes from 500 m diameter to 3 mm diameter * Side view models with precision axis alignment for highest accuracy * Bendable sleeves for precision positioning Sensor type Size Through-beam Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber 3 mm dia 750 530 E32-T12 2M E32-T12R 2 mm dia 220 130 E32-T22 E32-T22R 2M 1.5 mm dia 220 130 E32-T222 2M E32-T222R 2M 1 mm dia -- 130 -- E32-T223R 2M 3 mm dia 460 210 E32-T14L E32-T14LR 2 mm dia 340 -- E32-A04 -- 1 mm dia 130 50 E32-T24 E32-T24R 1.2 mm dia 750 530 E32-TC200B E32-TC200BR 0.9 mm dia 220 130 E32-TC200F E32-TC200FR 3 mm dia 80 30 E32-D22 2M E32-D22R 2 mm dia 75 40 E32-D32 E32-D32R 2M 1.5 mm dia -- 30 -- E32-D22B 2 mm dia 30 15 E32-D24 E32-D24R 2.5 mm dia 300 170 E32-DC200B *3 E32-DC200BR *3 1.2 mm dia 80 30 E32-DC200F E32-DC200FR 0.8 mm dia -- 16 -- E32-D33 0.5 mm dia -- 3 -- E32-D331 Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Models with 40 mm sleeve instead of 90 mm sleeve are available by adding '4' to the order code at the end, e.g. E32-TC200B4 *3 Sleeve cannot be bent *1 *2 B-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B525 Longer Distance Sensor Heads With built-in focal lenses the longer distance fiber heads provide enhanced operational stability in dusty environments or long distance applications * Sensing distance up to 20 m B * Built-in focal lens * Sizes from 2 mm dia to M14 dia Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model M14 20000 E32-T17L 25.2 x 10.5 x 8 mm 3400 E32-T14 M4 1330 E32-T11L Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam M3 680 E32-TC200A 3 mm dia 1330 E32-T12L 2 mm dia 440 E32-T22L 21.4 x 27 x 10 mm 1500 *2 E32-R16 22 x 17.5 x 9 mm 700 E32-D16 M6 400 E32-D11L M4 130 E32-D21L 3 mm dia 450 E32-D12 Reflector Convergent-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective *1 *2 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Measured with E39-R1 Light emission of conventional fibers With built-in focal lenses, longer sensing distances can be achieved up to 5 times longer compared to conventional sensors For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-4 E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B322 Built-in Lens Sensor Heads * Achieve high power, focused beam detection without the need to attach a lens * 15 beam aperture angle * Standard or Flexible fiber options * M4 through-beams and M6 Diffuse reflective fibers Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model Through-beam M4 4,000 E32-LT11 2M 4,000 E32-LT11R 2M 860 E32-LD11 2M 840 E32-LD11R 2M Diffuse-reflective *1 M6 Sensing distance measured with E3X-HD family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3NX-FA. E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B528 Robot Application Sensor Heads For applications on frequently or fast moving parts, the robot fibers reduce the risk of fiber breakage with a guaranteed operational life of more than 1 million bending cycles * Free moving multicore fibers for more than 1 million bending cycles * Square shapes for easy surface installation * Cylindrical sizes from 1.5 mm dia to M6 Sensor type Through-beam Through-beam Size Sensing distance (in mm)*1 Model M4 680 E32-T11 M3 200 E32-T21 3 mm dia 680 E32-T12B 2M 2 mm dia 200 E32-T221B 2M 1.5 mm dia 200 E32-T22B 15 x 18 x 3 mm 680 E32-T15XB M6 170 E32-D11 M4 70 E32-D21B M3 30 E32-D21 1.5 mm dia 30 E32-D22B 15 x 10 x 3 mm 170 E32-D15XB 2M Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. B-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B523 Chemical Resistant Sensor Heads The chemical resistant fibers provide long sensor lifetime in areas with frequent cleaning, usage of chemicals and higher temperatures. * Fluoroplastic cover for highest chemical resistance B * Temperature resistance up to 200C Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Cover material Model M4 680 Fluororesin coating E32-T11U 5 mm dia 3,000 Fluororesin cover E32-T12F 5 mm dia 1,400 Fluororesin cover E32-T14F M6 170 Fluororesin coating E32-D11U 6 mm dia 85 Fluororesin cover E32-D12F 6 mm dia 40 Fluororesin cover E32-D14F 6 mm dia 700 Fluororesin cover Heat resistant to 200C E32-T81F-S 5 mm dia 3,000 Fluororesin cover Heat resistant to 150C E32-T51F Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Through-beam Through-beam *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Enhanced temperature resistant models The fluororesin cover provides highest chemical resistance for longest lifetime in frequently cleaned environments like aseptic filling in pharmaceutical applications For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-6 E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B524 Heat Resistant Sensor Heads The wide range of heat resistant fibers provides long sensor lifetime with highest protection in demanding environments * Heat resistant up to 400C * Sizes from 2 mm dia to M6 * Models for long distances or high detection accuracy Sensor type Size Through-beam Sensing distance (mm)*1 Temperature Range Model For E3X-DA-S teachable amplifier M4 450 -40C to 150C E32-T51 M4 280 -40C to 200C E32-T81R-S M4 450 -60C to 350C E32-T61-S 2 mm dia 230 -40C to 150C E32-T54 3 mm dia 1300 -40C to 200C E32-T84S-S For E3X-NA amplifier with potentiometer adjustment Through-beam Through-beam Diffuse-reflective M6 230 -40C to 150C E32-D51 M6 280 -40C to 200C E32-D81R-S E32-D81R M6 150 -60C to 350C E32-D61-S E32-D61 M4 60 -40C to 400C E32-D73-S E32-D73 23 x 20 x 9 mm 35 -40C to 150C E32-A09H 2M 30 x 24 x 9 mm 25 -40C to 300C E32-A09H2 2M -40 to 300C E32-L66 Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective 36 x 18 x 5 mm 18 Diffuse-reflective *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. The temperature range optimized material selection provides best application fit and value - performance ratio. Stainless steel spiral coating for flexibility with highest mechanical protection. B-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B534 Vacuum Resistant Sensor Heads For applications in cleanest and hot environments the vacuum resistant fibers and connecting flanges provide long operational lifetime and vacuum integrity. * Leakage rate of 1X10-10 Pa*M3/s max B * Heat resistance up to 200C * Detergent resistant fluororesin or stainless steel fiber sheath Sensor Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm)*1 Temperature Range Model M4 200 -40C to 120C E32-T51V 1M 3 mm dia 130 -40C to 120C E32-T54V 1M 3 mm dia 480 -60C to 200C E32-T84SV 1M Through-beam Through-beam *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. Flange Type Size Model 4 channel flange 80 x 80 x 49 mm E32-VF4 1 channel flange 96 x 30 dia mm max. E32-VF1 Flange-to-amplifier connection fiber 2 m length E32-T10V 2M The vacuum resistant fiber heads and flanges are sealed to prevent gas leakage into vacuum areas For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-8 E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B527 Precision Detection Sensor Heads Highest precision in design and manufacturing of the fibers and focal lenses ensure highest beam and spot accuracy allowing the detection of smallest objects and height differences of less than 100 m. * Coaxial fibers with focal lenses for spot diameters of 100 m * Through-beam models with highly focused beam and precise optical axis alignment * Limited reflective models for height difference detection of less than 100 m Sensor type Through-beam Preferred usage Size Key feature Sensing distance (mm) *1 Model Precise thin object detection / accurate positioning 3 mm dia - High precision optical axis adjustment - Very focused beam 1900 E32-T22S Very small object detection M6 3 mm dia 890 E32-A03 2M 340 E32-A04 2M -- 300 E32-CC200 M3 Spot dia 0.5 mm 20 E32-C31 2M M3 Spot dia 0.2 mm 17 E32-C41 + E39-F3B M3 Spot dia 0.1 mm 7 E32-C41 + E39-F3A-5 3 mm dia -- 150 E32-D32L 2 mm dia -- 75 E32-D32 *2 M6 - 90 cable exit - Hexagonal back 3 mm dia Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective M3 *2 170 E32-C11N 2M 25 E32-C31N 2M Diffusereflective 2 mm dia Spot dia 0.5 to 1 mm 6-15 mm adjustable E32-D32 + E39-F3A 2 mm dia Spot dia 0.1 to 0.6 mm 6-15 mm adjustable E32-C42 + E39-F3A 23 x 20 x 9 mm -- 35 E32-A09 2M 16 x 18 x 4 mm -- 7.2 E32-L25L *2 20 x 20 x 5 mm -- 3.3 E32-L25 18 x 20 x 4 mm Precise spot e.g. for detection of a flat / reflective surface 4 E32-L24L *2 20.5 x 14 x 3.8 mm Wide beam e.g. for object detection on a flat surface 15 E32-L16-N 2M Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Convergentreflective Precision height difference detection / flat surface detection Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective *1 *2 Object detection in front of background Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. A high flex cable version is available. Add 'R' to the order code, e.g. E32-CC200R B-9 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B522 Area Monitoring Sensor Heads The area monitoring fibers allow the detection of objects passing anywhere through the detection range and can be used for height comparisons of different objects. * Area monitoring up to 70 mm height B * Multi-beam sensor with 4 separate heads for flexible detection points * Standard or high flex fibers Sensor type Area height (mm) Sensing distance (mm)*1 Model Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber 10 2800 - E32-T16 - 11 1100 840 E32-T16P E32-T16PR 30 1800 1300 E32-T16W E32-T16WR 50 - 1800 - E32-ET16WR-2 70 - 2000 - E32-ET16WR-1 11 1000 750 - E32-T16JR 4 separate M3 heads 610 - E32-M21 - 11 - 150 - E32-D36P1 Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Diffuse-reflective *1 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. The two outputs of the E3X-DA-S can be used to detect two different light levels In combination with the twin output function of the E3X-DA-S amplifier, the diffuse reflective area monitoring fibers can detect very small objects (e.g. needles) and a second state (e.g. cover present). The area beam compensates for position variations at high speed. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-10 E32 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads B529 Special Application Sensor Heads For a wide range of special applications, the task optimized fiber heads provide best fitting sensing performance and adaptation to environmental requirements. * Detection of special objects (liquids, labels on foils, etc.) * Fiber heads ideal for color mark detection * Fiber heads optimized for special tasks (wafer mapping, flat glass, etc.) Sensor type Size Sensing distance (mm) *1 Comment Model Fork shape 36 x 24 x 8 mm 10 - E32-G14 Wafer mapping 3 mm dia 1900 - E32-T22S 3 mm dia 1300 - E32-T24S Throughbeam Through-beam 3 mm dia 890 - E32-A03 2M 2 mm dia 340 - E32-A04 2M Liquid level sensor 6 mm dia Liquid contact Liquid level contact E32-D82F1 15 x 23.5 x 5 mm Tube contact Liquid level detection through transparent tube or container E32-D36T 2M Glass detection 21 x 16.5 x 4 mm 8 mm Metal housing E32-A10 2M 20.5 x 14 x 3.8 mm 15 mm Plastic housing E32-L16-N 2M Glass detection in hot environment 36 x 18 x 5.5 mm 18 mm Heat resistant up to 300C E32-L66 Glass detection in wet processes 38.5 x 39 x 17.5 mm 8 to 20 (recommended: 11 mm) - Heat resistant up to 85C - Recommended usage with `tough mode' of E3X-DA-S E32-L11FS 2M Label detection 20 x 20 x 5 mm 7.2 - E32-L25L 18 x 20 x 4 mm 4 - E32-L24L M6 300 Recommended for standard color and color mark detection E32-CC200 29 x 25.5 x 11.2 55 35 Recommended for challenging color and color mark detection E32-L15 2M 23 x 20 x 9 mm Through-beam Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Convergent-reflective Convergent-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective Diffuse-reflective *1 Color/print mark detection Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. B-11 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E32-A09 2M E3X-HD Fiber-optic Sensors B342 Easy-Teach Digital Amplifier Fiber-optic amplifier provides ultra-stable performance and smart tuning for highspeed, reliable input to open protocol industrial networks. * Simple one-button smart tuning for sensor threshold and light intensity B * Confirm settings, status with dual display and indicators on control buttons * Automatic compensation for large objects and low reflectance dark targets * Smart power control function compensates for grime build-up and LED deterioration * EtherCAT and CompoNet high-speed open network communication interfaces available Sensor Amplifiers Item Maximum connectable units Connection method NPN output model PNP output model Standard models 16 units Pre-wired, 2 m cable E3X-HD11 2M E3X-HD41 2M 16 units Wire-saving connector E3X-HD6 E3X-HD8 M8 models 16 units M8 4-pin connector (XS3F Series E3X-HD14 E3X-HD44 Network models 16 units (E3X-CRT CompoNet); 30 units (E3X-ECT EtherCAT) Communications unit E3X-HD0 Wire-saving Connectors Item Cable length Number of conductors Function Model Master connector 2m 3 First amplifier, with power line E3X-CN11 1 Second and subsequent amplifiers E3X-CN12 -- -- Use with amplifiers connected to a communication interface unit E3X-CN02 Slave connector Cordless slave connector Network Communication Interface Units Network type Applicable Fiber Amplifiers Model CompoNet E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3X-DA0-S E3X-CRT EtherCAT E3X-ECT For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-12 E3NX-FA Fiber-optic Sensors B345 Advanced Functionality Amplifier The E3NX-FA amplifier is the best choice for even the most challenging fiber applications in terms of long sensing distance, small object detection or high speed processes. * Easy calibration with Smart Tune allows for quick and stable setup * New N-Smart technology provides significant improvements in sensing distance, minimum object detection and speed * Straightforward sensor status information with Solution Viewer and Change Finder function * EtherCAT communication unit for highspeed field bus connectivity Sensor Amplifiers Item Connection method Inputs/outputs Model NPN output Standard models Advanced models Model for sensor communications unit PNP output Pre-wired (2 m) 1 output E3NX-FA11 2M E3NX-FA41 2M Wire-saving connector 1 output E3NX-FA6 E3NX-FA8 Pre-wired (2 m) 2 outputs + 1 input E3NX-FA21 2M E3NX-FA51 2M Wire-saving connector 1 output + 1 input E3NX-FA7 E3NX-FA9 2 outputs E3NX-FA7TW E3NX-FA9TW Connector for sensor communications unit 2 outputs E3NX-FA0 Wire-saving Connectors Item Cable length Number of conductors Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units Model Master connector 2m 4 E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NXFA9, E3NX-FA9TW E3X-CN21 E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8 E3X-CN11 Slave connector 2 Master connector 3 Slave connector 1 E3X-CN22 E3X-CN12 Network Communication Interface Units Type Model Sensor communications unit for EtherCAT E3NW-ECT Sensor dispersion unit E3NW-DS B-13 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3X-NA Fiber-optic Sensors B328 Simple, Easy-to-Read Amplifier with Bar Graph Display * Streamlined features provide basic sensing immediately after plug-in * Easy push button teach with or without workpiece B * Pre-wired (2 m cable) and wire-saving connector models available * IP66 water-resistant models available Ordering Information Type Item Model NPN output PNP output Pre-wired (2 m) Standard E3X-NA11 E3X-NA41 Pre-wired (2 m) Enhanced water resistance E3X-NA11V 2M E3X-NA41V 2M Connector Standard (fiber amplifier connector) E3X-NA6 E3X-NA8 Connector Enhanced water resistance (M8 4-pin connector) E3X-NA14V E3X-NA44V *1 *1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S. E3X-SD Fiber-optic Sensors B334 High Performance Amplifier with Single Digital Display * Large, 6 mm wide digital display provides read-out of incident and operating level * Incident settings and management can be performed reliably with fine tune adjustment * Connectivity for up to 16 amplifiers * Rated IP50 Ordering Information *1 Type Item Model Pre-wired (2 m) Standard Connector Standard (fiber amplifier connector) *1 NPN output PNP output E3X-SD21 2M E3X-SD51 2M E3X-SD6 E3X-SD8 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-14 E3X-DA-S Fiber-optic Sensors B324 High Function Digital Amplifier Advanced timing, LED power control and signal processing functionality providing highest detection accuracy and stability even for the most challenging objects and settings. * Power tuning function to adjust the received light to a maximum, minimum or pre-defined value * Auto power and threshold adjustment functions for highest operational stability * Two outputs for window monitoring or two level detections (e.g. object + object state change) Amplifier *1 Fiber amplifier connector *1 Yes Yes Yes Yes - selectable PNP output Yes NPN output Yes Power saving `Eco' functions (display/LED off) Yes Wet process `tough mode' Yes Differential operation Twin output Pre-wired External input Auto-threshold compensation (ATC) Model Timer Function Power Tuning Item Yes Yes Yes Yes E3X-DA21-S 2M E3X-DA51-S 2M Yes Yes Yes E3X-DA7-S E3X-DA9-S Order E3X-CNxx connector separately below. Wire-saving Connectors Item Cable length Number of conductors Function Compatible sensor amplifiers Model Master connector Slave connector 2m 3 First amplifier, with power line Second and subsequent amplifiers E3X-DA7F-S, E3X-DA9F-S, E3X-DA6SE-S, E3X DA8SE-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3XDAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-DAC6-S, E3X-DAC8-S, E3X-SD6, E3X-SD8, E3X-NA6, E3X-NA8, E3X-NA14V, E3X-NA44V, E3X-HD6, E3X-HD8, E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8 E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, E3X-DA6RM-S, E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3XDA8AT-S, E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3X-DA6E-S, E3X-DA8SE-S, E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-FA9, E3NX-FA9TW E3X-CN11 1 Master connector Slave connector Cordless slave connector B-15 4 2 -- -- First amplifier, with power line Second and subsequent amplifiers Use with amplifiers connected to a communication interface unit E3X-HD0, E3X-DA0-S, E3X-MDA0 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E3X-CN12 E3X-CN21 E3X-CN22 E3X-CN02 E3X-DA-SE-S Fiber-optic Sensors B337 Digital Amplifier With One Button Teaching E3X-DA-SE-S allows easy one button setting and provides the best value to performance ratio for standard applications. * Auto-teaching during machine operation B * Digital dual display for incident level and threshold * Object or 2-point teaching within a few seconds Amplifier Item Model Pre-wired Fiber amplifier connector *1 *1 NPN output PNP output E3X-DA11SE-S E3X-DA41SE-S E3X-DA6SE-S E3X-DA8SE-S Order connector separately. Amplifier Connectors Shape Type Comment Model Fiber amplifier connector 2 m PVC cable E3X-CN21 30 cm PVC cable with M12 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M1J 0.3M 30 cm PVC cable with M8 plug connector (4 pin) *1 E3X-CN21-M3J-2 0.3M Order connector separately. For M8 connector models see E3X-DA-S. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-16 E3X-MDA Fiber-optic Sensors B326 Dual Fiber Amplifier E3X-MDA incorporates 2 digital fiber amplifiers in one slimline housing. For applications requiring the detection of two objects simultaneously the E3X-MDA provides an easy to use operation saving space and set-up time. * Two digital amplifiers in one slimline housing * Twin output models - on/off or area (between two threshold values) * Signal comparison functions (AND, OR, etc.) Item Function NPN output PNP output Pre-wired AND/OR output E3X-MDA11 E3X-MDA41 Fiber amplifier connector AND/OR output E3X-MDA6 E3X-MDA8 Communication model AND/OR output *1 *1 Model E3X-MDA0 Order E3X-CNxx connector separately, see E3X-DA-S. E3X-NA-F Fiber-optic Sensors Fast Response Digital Amplifier with Potentiometer The E3X-NA-F provides a very fast response time and is the ideal amplifier for high speed detection applications. * Short turn on time of only 20 s * Easy adjustment with potentiometer Shape Pre-wired B-17 Model NPN output PNP output E3X-NA11F E3X-NA41F 2M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B339 E3X-DAC-S Fiber-optic Sensors B325 Color (RGB) Digital Fiber Amplifier The E3X-DAC-S detects the color and returned light intensity of a mark or object and compares it with a stored RGB ratio or intensity value. The RGB ratio or contrast difference allows the stable detection of differently colored, black, grey or white marks or objects. * White LED for color independence * Fast response time of 60 s * Timer function for variable ON or OFF delay up to 5 seconds * Remote teaching or easy one-button teaching B Pre-wired Item Functions Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable) NPN output PNP output Standard models Timer, response speed change E3X-DAC11-S 2M E3X-DAC41-S 2M Advanced models Standard models + simultaneous determination (2 colors) AND/ OR output, remote setting E3X-DAC21-S 2M E3X-DAC51-S 2M Standard models + 4-color detection AND/OR output, bank switching ESX-DAC21B-S 2M E3X-DAC518-S 2M Connector Versions Item Functions Standard models (fiber amplifier connector) Model Timer, response speed change NPN output PNP output E3X-DAC6-S E3X-DAC8-S *1 *1 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S. E3X-DAH-S Fiber-optic Sensors B338 Digital Amplifier with Infrared LED The digital fiber amplifiers with infrared LED are ideal for water detection applications or where visible light is not desired. * Infrared LED * LED power control and signal processing function Connector Versions Pre-wired Item Infrared light Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) NPN output PNP output E3X-DAH11-S E3X-DAH41-S *1 Item Model NPN output PNP output Infrared light (fiber amplifier connector)*1 E3X-DAH6-S E3X-DAH8-S Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com B-18 E3X Communication Units B327 E3X-ECT/-CRT/-DRT21S/-DRT21/-CIF11 Reduced Wiring Solution to Interface with Open Communication Networks Build efficient sensor input slave blocks using E3X Communication Interface Units and multiple E3X sensors. This solution reduces wiring, saves space and shortens setup time. * EtherCAT, CompoNet, DeviceNet and serial communication units available * Connect up to 16 fiber-optic sensors to each unit (up to 30 with EtherCAT) * Supports explicit message communications * Remote setting, monitoring and operating through CX-Integrator software * Use E3X-CN02 Cordless Slave Connector for each sensor * Mobile Programming Console for simple setting and monitoring locally Network Communication Interface Units Network type Maximum connectable amplifiers Compatible sensor amplifiers Model EtherCAT 30 units E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S E3X-ECT CompoNet 16 units E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S E3X-CRT DeviceNet 16 units E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3XDAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, E3X-DAH8-S, E3XDA6RM-S, E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-DA8AT-S, E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3C-LDA11, E3C-LDA41, E2C-EDA11, E2C-EDA41 E3X-DRT21S 16 units E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3XDA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P E3X-DRT21 SVER3 16 units E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3XDA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P E3X-CIF11 Serial RS-422 Note: The E3NX-FA is not compatible with the above devices. Please use the E3NW EtherCAT device with the E3NX-FA series. Connector Item Function Model Cordless slave connector Replaces individual cabling for network communications E3X-CN02 B-19 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Proximity Sensors Contents Selection Guide C-ii Inductive Proximity Sensors Standard Cylindrical E2E Standard, inductive AC, DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire C-1 E2B Standard Environment DC 3-Wire C-3 E2A Increased Range DC Inductive C-4 E2EM DC 2-Wire, 2x CENELEC Distance, IP67 C-5 Harsh Environment E2F Chemical-Resistant plastic cylindrical inductive sensors C-18 E2FM All-stainless steel, inductive sensors C-19 E2EH High temperature, IP69K compliant and detergent resistant ideal for food and beverage industry C-21 E2E-U Oil-resistant DC 2-Wire C-22 Weld spatter resistant face, inductive C-23 E2A3 DC 3-Wire, up to 3x CENELEC distance C-6 E2EQ E2E2 DC 2-Wire up to 1.5x CENELEC distance C-7 E2KQ-X Solid fluoroplastic cylindrical, capacitive C-24 E2E2 DC 3-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi C-8 E2FQ C-24 E2E2 AC 2-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi C-10 Weld spatter resistant inductive Stainless steel E2CEDA High-precision positioning, inductive C-25 Miniature/Block Style/Separate Amplifier E2E Miniature DC 3-Wire Cylindrical C-11 E2EC Miniature, 0.4 m cable between head and amp C-12 TL-W Rectangular block, DC 2-Wire and DC 3-Wire C-13 E2Q5 Long distance, square head inductive C-14 E2S Subminiature block style C-14 Special Application E2EV Detect all metals at equal distance C-26 E2CY Detects aluminum, inductive C-26 E2EY Detect only non-ferrous metals C-27 E2EZ Resists metal chip accumulation C-27 Capacitive E2K-X Threaded cylindrical, standard sizes C-15 E2K-C Adjustable Distance Cylindrical C-16 E2K-F Flat rectangular, built-in amplifier C-17 E2K-L Liquid level detector, direct pipe mounting C-17 C-i C Proximity Sensors For machines that never stop Our proximity sensors are designed and tested to ensure a long service life and achieve maximum machine availability even in the harshest environments. Cylindrical, Brass Housing, DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire E2E Cylindrical brass housing, DC 3-Wire and antivalent (DC 4-Wire) E2A Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing, DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire E2E2 Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing, DC 2-Wire E2A Short or Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing, DC 3-Wire E2B Shielded Unshielded * Highest water resistance * Highest electromagnetic noise immunity (e.g. from inverters) * Antivalent output for cable breakage detection * Wide connection range Special Applications Enhanced oil resistance Chemical resistant plastic body Detergent resistant Metal chip immune E2E-U E2F E2EH E2FM Tested oil resistance on commonly used lubricants C-ii Polyarylate plastic housing Stainless steel housing For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com All stainless steel body resists impacts, abrasive scouring E2EC E2E small diameter E2S Miniature housing: C TL-W Compact square housing: E2EM E2Q5 E2A3 Longer distance: Special Applications Chemical resistant Remote amplifier Weld spatter resistant E2FQ E2C-EDA E2EQ Fluoro plastic (PTFE) housing Heat resistant; Small sensing heads to fit tight spaces Rugged fluororesin coated brass housing For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-iii Selection Table Capacitive Sensors Detect nonmagnetic metals, glass, plastic, liquids, wood and leather, including liquids or solids inside nonmetalic containers. Standard cylindrical Unthreaded cylindrical Flat rectangular Liquid level Chemical resistant E2KX E2KC E2KF E2KL E2KQX ABS housing Adjustable distance; ABS housing Thin lowprofile ABS housing for conveyor rail mounting Detects clear and foamy liquids, mounts to sight glass and piping Proximity Sensors Special Application Inductive sensors that are specially tuned or sized to solve tough detection problems in challenging locations. Miniature separate amplifier Aluminum detection Nonferrous metals only Cutting chip resistant E2EC E2CY E2EY E2EZ For demanding mounting conditions C-iv Separate amplifier with compact head Aluminum; Copper; Brass Machine tool applications For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Fluoroplastic resin coating Proximity Sensors Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2E E2B E2A Model Product type Standard cylindrical Short or long barrel, standard or extended range cylindrical Short or long barrel, extended range cylindrical Maximum Shielded sensing distances 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm Maximum Unshielded sensing distances 20 mm 30 mm 30 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 10 to 30 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage 24 to 240 VAC or 90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz N/A N/A Load ratings 100, 200 or 300 mA max. 200 mA max. 100 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR NPN or PNP NPN or PNP Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector IP67 IP67 IP69K IP rating Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2EM E2A3 E2E2 Model Product type C Standard cylindrical, extended range cylindrical Standard cylindrical, extra longdistance cylindrical Long barrel cylindrical Maximum Shielded sensing distances 15 mm 20 mm 10 mm Maximum Unshielded sensing distances 30 mm N/A (Shielded only) 20 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage N/A N/A 24 to 240 VAC or 90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz Load ratings 100 mA and 200 mA max. 200 mA max. 100, 200 or 300 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire NPN or PNP NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector IP67 IP67 IP67 IP rating For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-v Selection Table Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2EC TL-W E2Q5 Model Product type Subminiature cylindrical with long-distance detection Flat rectangular proximity sensor Long distance square proximity sensor 4 mm 5 mm 20 mm N/A (Shielded only) 20 mm 40 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC and 5 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 10 to 30 VDC AC supply voltage N/A N/A N/A Load ratings 100 mA max. 100 mA and 200 mA max. 200 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP, or DC 2-Wire NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire NPN or PNP Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.O. + N.C. Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired M12 quick disconnect IP64 and IP67 IP67 IP67 and IP69K Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances IP rating Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2S E2F E2FM Model Super-compact rectangular proximity sensor Cylindrical proximity sensor with resin case and superb water resistance Highly durable cylindrical proximity sensor for tough environments N/A 10 mm 10 mm 2.5 mm N/A N/A DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage N/A 90 to 140 VAC and 24 to 240 VAC N/A Load ratings 50 mA max. 100, 200, 300 and 500 mA max. 100 mA and 200 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire NPN, PNP and SCR NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, connector IP67 IP68 IP67 Product type Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances IP rating C-vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Proximity Sensors Category Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2EH E2E-U E2EQ Model High temperature detergent resistant cylindrical proximity sensor Oil resistant cylindrical Spatter-resistant fluororesin coated proximity sensor 12 mm 10 mm 15 mm N/A N/A N/A DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage N/A N/A N/A Load ratings 50 mA and 100 mA max. 100 mA max. 100 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire DC 2-wire DC 2-Wire Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector Pre-wired, connector IP67, IP69K IP67 and IP67g IP67 Product type Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances IP rating Category Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity Inductive Proximity E2KQ-X E2FQ E2C-EDA Model Product type Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances Fluororesin coated, chemical resistant capacitive sensor with sensitivity adjuster Fluororesin coated, chemical resistant Inductive sensor High precision positioning proximity sensor with separate digital amplifier N/A 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm N/A 7 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage N/A N/A N/A Load ratings 100 mA max. 100, 200 and 300 mA max. 50 mA max. Output types NPN NPN, DC 2-wire and SCR NPN and PNP Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired, connector IP66 IP67 IP50, IP60, IP67 IP rating C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-vii Selection Table Category Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity Capacitive Proximity E2K-X E2K-C E2K-F Model General purpose threaded cylindrical capacitive sensor Long-distance cylindrical capacitive sensor with adjustable sensitivity Flat proximity sensor N/A N/A N/A 15 mm 25 mm 10 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC and 24 to 240 VDC 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage 100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz 100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz and 24 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz N/A Load ratings 200 mA max. 200 mA and 250 mA max. 100 mA max. Output types NPN, PNP and SCR NPN, PNP and SCR NPN Output state N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. N.O. or N.C. Connections Pre-wired Pre-wired Pre-wired IP66 IP66, IP67 IP64, IP66 Product type Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances IP rating Category Capacitive Proximity E2K-L Model Product type Maximum Shielded sensing distances Maximum Unshielded sensing distances C-viii Liquid level sensor N/A 1.5 mm DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC AC supply voltage N/A Load ratings 100 mA max. Output types NPN Output state N.O. Connections Pre-wired IP rating IP64, IP66 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2E Inductive Proximity Sensors A222 Standard Cylindrical DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire, and AC Proximity Sensors * DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire, AC/DC 2-wire, and AC 2-wire versions available * Popular for Automotive, Food/Beverage, and Packaging Industries * Thick nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel * Wrench flats for easy installation * Solid potted internal circuitry withstands shocks * IP67 and IP69K rated C * Flush mountable shielded versions * Built-in circuit protection * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E Ordering Information E2E - - 1 Code 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 Description 9 - 0 - ! @ # 5 Form of Output Switching Element 1 Appearance 1 Normally open (NO) C Cylindrical (not threaded) 2 Normally closed (NC) X Cylindrical (threaded) 6 Oscillation Frequency Type (Used to prevent mutual interference.) 2 Sensing Distance (number) Sensing distance (unit: mm) R Indication of decimal point Example: R6 = 0.6 mm; 1R5 = 1.5 mm (blank) Standard frequency 5 Different frequency 7 Self-diagnosis 3 Shielding (blank) No (blank) Shielded models 5 Yes M Unshielded models 8 Connection Method (blank) Pre-wired Whether D models have polarity is defined by 0. M1 M12-size metal connector B DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output M3 M8-size metal connector C DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output D DC 2-wire polarity/no polarity E DC 3-wire NPN collector load built-in output F DC 3-wire PNP collector load built-in output T AC/DC 2-wire Y AC 2-wire 4 Power Supply and Output Specifications (continued on next page) Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code numbers. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-1 E2E Inductive Proximity Sensors (continued) A222 (continued from previous page) E2E - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 Connector Specifications (blank) Connector models DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with self diagnosis output, DC 2 wire with old pin arrangement G Connector models DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement J Pre-wired connector models DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with old pin arrangement GJ Pre-wired connector models DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement TJ Pre-wired Smartclick connector models DC 2-wire TGJ Pre-wired Smartclick connector models DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement 0 DC 2-Wire Polarity (blank) Polarity T No polarity C-2 9 - - 0 ! @ # ! Cable Specifications (blank) Standard PVC cable (oil resistant) R Flexible PVC cable (oil resistant) U Polyurethane cable (oil resistant and reinforced) @ New Model N New model (Applies only to DC 2-wire prewired and shielded models.) This is blank if the cable specification in ! is R or U. # Cable Length (number) M Cable length (unit: m) (Applicable to prewired models and pre-wired connector models. Examples: 2M, 0.3M Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code numbers. The purpose of this model number legend is to provide understanding of the meaning of specifications from the model number. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2B Standard Environment DC 3-Wire A289 Standard Environment DC 3-Wire * Popular applications: Material handling, Conveying, Machine tools * All-around 360 visible output indicator * IP67 water resistance * Laser-etched part numbers that do not wear off * M8 - M30 sizes, Single or Double sensing distances, Short or Long body C Ordering Information E2B - - 1 2 3 4 5 - 6 - 7 8 9 Examples: E2B-M12LS04-M1-B1 Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO E2B-S08KN04-WP-B1 5M Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m Code Description 6 Type of Connection 1 Housing shape and material WP Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard) M Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass M1 M12 connector (4 pin) Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel MC M8 connector (3 pin) S 7 Power Source and Output 2 Housing Size 08 8 mm B DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector 12 12 mm C 18 18 mm 8 Operation Mode 30 30 mm 1 Normally open (NO) 3 Barrel Length 2 Normally closed (NC) K Standard length 9 Cable Length L Long body 4 Shield S Shielded N Non-shielded (blank) Connector type (number) Cable length Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code numbers. 5 Sensing Distance (number) Sensing distance Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-3 E2A Inductive Proximity Sensors A272 Increased Sensing Range DC Inductive * DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire, DC 4-Wire (NO+NC) * Popular in Food/Beverage, Bottling, and Packaging industries * Extended (double) sensing distance * IP67 and IP69K for wash down resistance * Standard or Long body length * Wide installation and connectivity range through modular concept Ordering Information E2A - 1 - 2 3 4 5 6 - 7 - 8 9 0 ! Examples: E2A-M12LS04-M1-B1 Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO E2A-M08KN04-WP-B1 5M Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m Code Description 7 Type of Connection 1 Sensing Technology WP Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard) (blank) M1 M12 connector (4-pole) M3 M8 connector (4-pole) M5 M8 connector (3-pole) Standard double distance 2 Housing shape and material M Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass S Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel 8 Power Source and Output 3 Housing Size B DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector 08 8 mm C DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector 12 12 mm E DC, 3-wire, NPN voltage output 18 18 mm F DC, 3-wire, PNP voltage output 30 30 mm 9 Operation Mode 4 Barrel Length 1 Normally open (NO) K Standard length 2 Normally closed (NC) L Long body 0 Specials Example: Cable material, oscillating frequency) 5 Shield S Shielded N Non-shielded 6 Sensing Distance (number) C-4 Sensing distance Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm ! Cable Length (blank) Connector type (number) Cable type Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code numbers. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2EM DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors A225 Extended Range, DC 2-Wire Standard Cylindrical Sensors * Nickel-Plated Brass (NPB) barrel * Wrench flats for easy installation * Solid potted internal circuitry withstands shocks * IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown * Built-in circuit protection * Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; Normally Closed (NC) available C DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type M12 4.0 Yes NO M18 8.0 M30 Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm 1 kHz NPB 33 (38) 500 Hz Model E2EM-X4X1 E2EM-X8X1 16.0 No 400 Hz 50 (65) 15.0 Yes 250 Hz 43 (48) E2EM-X16MX1 E2EM-X15X1 30.0 No 100 Hz 50 (70) E2EM-X30MX1 DC 2-Wire with M12 Micro-Changes Connectors NPN Normally Open (C1-M1) PNP Normally Open (B1-M1) Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M8 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 30 (43) M12 4.0 PNP-NO NPN-NO 8.0 NPN-NO 33 (48) 15.0 NPN-NO PNP-NO E2EM-X4C1-M1 E2EM-X4B1-M1 300 Hz 38 (53) PNP-NO M30 E2EM-X2C1-M1 E2EM-X2B1-M1 500 Hz PNP-NO M18 Model E2EM-X8C1-M1 E2EM-X8B1-M1 100 Hz 38 (53) E2EM-X15C1-M1 E2EM-X15B1-M1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-5 E2A3 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors A274 Triple Distance Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical Brass Housing The E2A3 family features an optimized sensing performance to achieve triple sensing distance for flush mounting requirements. * Triple distance for enhanced sensor protection from mechanical damage * IP67 and IP69K DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired (For different cable materials and lengths, special housing length or special connectors, please refer to complete datasheet) Size M8 M12 M18 M30 5 5 5 5 Sensing Distance Thread Length (overall length) Output Type Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC 3.0 mm 27 (40) mm PNP E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B1 2M E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B2 2M NPN E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C1 2M E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C2 2M PNP E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B2 2M NPN E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C2 2M PNP E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B2 2M NPN E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C2 2M PNP E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B1 2M E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B2 2M NPN E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C1 2M E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C2 2M 6.0 mm 11.0 mm 20.0 mm 34 (50) mm 39 (60) mm 44 (65) mm DC 3-Wire Sensors, Connector Versions (M12) Size M8 Sensing Distance Connection Thread Length (overall length) Output Type Model (for M12 connector types) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC PNP E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B1 E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B2 NPN E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C1 E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C2 PNP E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B1 E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B2 NPN E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C1 E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C2 PNP E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B1 E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B2 NPN E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C1 E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C2 PNP E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B1 E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B2 NPN E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C1 E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C2 5 3.0 mm 27 (44) mm 5 6.0 mm 34 (49) mm M18 5 11.0 mm M30 5 20.0 mm M12 C-6 M12 Connector 39 (54) mm 44 (59) mm For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2E2 DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors A275 Long-Barrel DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors Reduce Wiring to Control Devices * Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel * Wrench flats for easy installation * Solid potted internal circuitry withstands shocks * IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown * High visibility indicator * Flush mountable shielded versions C * Built-in circuit protection * Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; Normally Closed (NC) available * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 3.0 Yes NO 1000 Hz NPB 55 (60) NC 8.0 No NO 7.0 Yes NO 800 Hz 48 (60) No NO 500 Hz 60 (65) E2E2-X7D1 400 Hz 50 (65) E2E2-X14MD1 10.0 Yes NO 20.0 No NO E2E2-X7D2 NC M30 E2E2-X14MD2 65 (70) E2E2-X10D1 52 (70) E2E2-X20MD1 NC NC E2E2-X8MD1 E2E2-X8MD2 NC 14.0 E2E2-X3D1 E2E2-X3D2 NC M18 Model E2E2-X10D2 100 Hz E2E2-X20MD2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-7 E2E2 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors A276 Long-Barrel DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors Built for Rugged Duty * Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel * Wrench flats for easy installation * Solid potted internal circuitry withstands shocks * IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown * High visibility indicator * Voltage output eliminates the need for pull up/down resistors (standard models) * Flush mountable shielded versions * Unshielded models offer longest sensing distances * Built-in circuit and polarity protection * Normally Open (NO) models stocked; Normally Closed (NC) available * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 55 (60) PNP-NO 5.0 No NPN-NO Yes NPN-NO 400 Hz 48 (60) No NPN-NO 600 Hz 60 (65) 200 Hz 50 (65) Yes NPN-NO 400 Hz 65 (70) No NPN-NO 100 Hz 52 (70) PNP-NO C-8 E2E2-X10MC1 E2E2-X10MB1 PNP-NO 18.0 E2E2-X5C1 E2E2-X5B1 PNP-NO M30 E2E2-X5MC1 E2E2-X5MB1 PNP-NO 10.0 E2E2-X2C1 E2E2-X2B1 PNP-NO M18 Model E2E2-X10C1 E2E2-X10B1 E2E2-X18MC1 E2E2-X18MB1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2E2 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors (continued) A276 DC 3-Wire Sensors with Built-in M12 Micro-Changes Connectors NPN Normally Open (C1-M1) PNP Normally Open (B1-M1) Note: Terminal 2 is not used Note: Terminal 2 is not used Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 2.0 Yes NPN-NO 1.5 kHz NPB 55 (70) PNP-NO 5.0 No NPN-NO Yes NPN-NO 400 Hz 48 (70) 600 Hz 60 (75) No NPN-NO Yes NPN-NO 200 Hz 50 (75) No NPN-NO PNP-NO E2E2-X5C1-M1 E2E2-X10MC1-M1 E2E2-X10MB1-M1 400 Hz 65 (80) PNP-NO 18.0 E2E2-X5MC1-M1 E2E2-X5B1-M1 PNP-NO M30 C E2E2-X5MB1-M1 PNP-NO 10.0 E2E2-X2C1-M1 E2E2-X2B1-M1 PNP-NO M18 Model E2E2-X10C1-M1 E2E2-X10B1-M1 100 Hz 52 (80) E2E2-X18MC1-M1 E2E2-X18MB1-M1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-9 E2E2 AC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors A277 Long-Barrel AC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors Built for Rugged Duty * Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel * Wrench flats for easy installation * Solid potted internal circuitry withstands shocks * IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown * High visibility indicator * Flush mountable shielded versions * Normally Open (NO) models stocked; Normally Closed (NC) available * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E AC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 2.0 Yes NO 25 Hz NPB 55 (60) E2E2-X2Y1-US E2E2-X5MY1-US 5.0 M18 10.0 M30 18.0 Model No 48 (60) Yes 60 (65) E2E2-X5Y1-US No 50 (65) E2E2-X10MY1-US Yes 65 (70) E2E2-X10Y1-US No 52 (70) E2E2-X18MY1-US AC 2-Wire Sensors with M12, 3-Pin Dual Key-Way Micro-Changes Connectors Normally Open Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 2.0 Yes NO 25 Hz NPB 55 (70) E2E2-X2Y1-M4 5.0 No 48 (70) E2E2-X5MY1-M4 M18 10.0 M30 18.0 C-10 Model Yes 60 (75) E2E2-X5Y1-M4 No 50 (75) E2E2-X10MY1-M4 Yes 65 (80) E2E2-X10Y1-M4 No 52 (80) E2E2-X18MY1-M4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2E Miniature Proximity Sensors A286 Small Diameter, DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensor in Cylindrical Metal Housing The E2E Small Diameter line with housing sizes from 3 mm dia to 5.4 mm dia is part of the E2E family and is the ideal solution where space is crucial. The metal housing provides high mechanical protection. * Miniature housing sizes from 3 mm dia to 6.5 mm dia * Stainless steel or brass housing * 5 kHz switching frequency C * Mounting blocks, brackets and protective stainless steel tubes available Ordering Information E2E - - 1 Code 2 3 4 - 5 6 7 Description 8 6 Output Specifications 1 Case Material and Shape B DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output C SUS, cylindrical C DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output S SUS, threaded 7 Operation Mode 1 Normally open (NO) Outer diameter 3 mm 2 Normally closed (NC) 2 Size 03 04 Outer diameter 4 mm 8 Cable Length 05 Outer diameter 5 mm (blank) Connector models 06 Outer diameter 6 mm (number) M Cable length (Unit: m) (Applicable to pre-wired models 2M and prewired connector models 0.3M) 3 Shielding S Shielded models N Unshielded models 4 Sensing Distance (number) R8 = 0.8 mm, 12 = 1.2 mm, 02 = 2 mm, 03 = 3 mm, 04 = 4 mm Note: Models are not available for all combinations of code numbers. The purpose of this model number legend is to provide understanding of the meaning of specifications from the model number. 5 Connecting Method WC PVC pre-wired model MC M8 connector, 3-pin CJ M8 pre-wired connector, 3-pin For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-11 E2EC Proximity Sensors A226 Subminiature Sensor with In-line Amplifier Offers Great Mounting Flexibility * Small nickel-plated brass (NPB) sensing heads on 0.4 m cable fit space-confined installations * Shielded sensing head allows the sensor to be flush mounted in metal * Easy operation monitoring with LED indicator on the amplifier unit * Robotic cable on DC 2-wire models withstands repeated flexing on robots and reciprocating machinery * DC 2-wire models have cylindrical amplifiers; DC 3-wire rectangular amplifiers allow side-by-side mounting * Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; Normally Closed (NC) available * Rated IP67 (2-wire); IP64 (3-wire) DC 2-Wire Sensors Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm 3 mm dia. 0.8 Yes NO 1.5 kHz NPB 0 (12) NC 5.4 mm dia. 1.5 8 mm dia. 3 0 (18) NC 4 E2EC-C1R5D1 E2EC-C1R5D2 1 kHz E2EC-C3D1 NC M12 E2EC-CR8D1 E2EC-CR8D2 NO NO Model E2EC-C3D2 NO 18 (23.6) NC E2EC-X4D1 E2EC-X4D2 DC 3-Wire Sensors Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm Model 3 mm dia. 0.5 Yes NPN-NO 1 kHz NPB 0 (12) E2EC-CR5C1 8 mm dia. 2.5 0 (18) E2EC-C2R5C1 Accessories Description Mounting brackets C-12 Model Fits 5.4 mm dia. E2EC-C1R5D sensors, SUS304 strap Y92E-F5R4 Fits M12 size E2EC-X4D@ sensors Y92E-B12 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com TL-W Proximity Sensors A227 Subminiature, Flat-Pack DC Sensor Fits Tight Spaces * Rated IP67 for water washdown * Space-saving mounting area, as small as 10 x 27 mm (0.39 x 1.06 in), is ideal for conveyor wall mounting * Mounts directly onto metal base or rail * Rugged die-cast metal or heat-resistant ABS plastic housing * Pre-wired with 2 m (6.56 ft.) length cable * Built-in circuit protection C * DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models DC 2-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors Sensing distance (mm) Shielded 5 NO Circuit Type Response Frequency Body material Dimensions NPN-NO 500 Hz ABS 30.5 x 18 x 10 NON-NC Model TL-W5MD1 TL-W5MD2 DC 3-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Dimensions 1.5 No NPN-NO 1 kHz ABS 25 x 8 x 5.5 TL-W1R5MC1* 27 x 10 x 6 TL-W3MC1* 3 600 Hz NPN-NC 5 NPN-NO TL-W3MC2* 500 Hz NPN-NC Yes NPN-NO 300 Hz NPN-NC 20 No Model Die cast aluminum 30.5 x 18 x 10 TL-W5MC1 50 x 24.9 x 10 TL-W5E1 TL-W5MC2 TL-W5E2 NPN-NO TL-W5F1 NPN-NC TL-W5F2 NPN-NO NPN-NC 40 Hz ABS 53 x 40 x 23 TL-W20ME1 TL-W20MF1 * Model includes mounting bracket. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-13 E2Q5 Proximity Sensors A229 Long Distance Inductive Sensor in Short Plastic Body * M12 Plug-in connection * Integrated short circuit and reverse polarity protection * Active face positioning: Y-axis 15, X-axis 90 increments DC Models Sensing Distance (mm) Connection Active Face Model Type 20 mm shielded Plug-in Connector Changeable 40 mm non-shielded E2S NO NPN E2Q5-N20E1-M1 E2Q5-N20E3-M1 PNP E2Q5-N20F1-M1 E2Q5-N20F3-M1 NPN E2Q5-N40ME1-M1 E2Q5-N40ME3-M1 PNP E2Q5-N40MF1-M1 E2Q5-N40MF3-M1 Proximity Sensors World's Smallest Square Sensor with Built-In Amplifier * 5.5 x 5.5 mm type allows smaller, spacesaving machines and devices * High response frequency (1 kHz) for fast machine processes * Long sensing distance: (E2S-91, 1.6 mm) (E2S-92, 2.5 mm) * Front and end sensing face versions match mounting needs * DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models * Pre-wired with 3 m cable * Rated IP67 for water washdown C-14 NO+NC For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A234 E2K-X Proximity Sensors A323 Threaded, Cylindrical Sensor Detects Metallic and Non-Metallic Objects * Non-contact detection of metallic and non-metallic targets including water, oil, glass, plastic and wood * Detects level inside non-metallic containers * Built-in amplifier switches loads up to 200 mA * LED indicator and fixed sensitivity for simple installation * Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed (NC) available * Built-in circuit protection * CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models) * Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated IP66 * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E DC 3-Wire Models Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 4.0 NO NPN-NO 100 Hz ABS 40 (80) M18 M30 8.0 15.0 Model E2K-X4ME1 NPN-NC E2K-X4ME2 PNP-NO E2K-X4MF1 PNP-NC E2K-X4MF2 NPN-NO E2K-X8ME1 NPN-NC E2K-X8ME2 PNP-NO E2K-X8MF1 PNP-NC E2K-X8MF2 NPN-NO 50 (80) E2K-X15ME1 NPN-NC E2K-X15ME2 PNP-NO E2K-X15MF1 PNP-NC E2K-X15MF2 AC 2-Wire Models Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 4.0 NO SCR-NO 10 Hz ABS 40 (80) M18 M30 8.0 15.0 Model E2K-X4MY1 SCR-NC E2K-X4MY2 SCR-NO E2K-X8MY1 SCR-NC E2K-X8MY2 SCR-NO SCR-NC 50 (80) E2K-X15MY1 E2K-X15MY2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-15 C E2K-C Proximity Sensors A324 Cylindrical Sensor Offers Adjustable Detecting Distance * Non-contact detection of metallic and non-metallic targets including water, oil, glass, plastic and wood * Detects level inside non-metallic containers * Settable detection distance from 3 to 25 mm with multi-turn adjuster * Reliably detects foamy liquids in sight glass applications * Built-in amplifier switches up to 200 mA * Mounting bracket included * Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed (NC) available * AC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models available * Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated IP66 * CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models) DC 3-Wire Sensors Size (dia.) Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm 34 mm 3 to 25 No NPN-NO 70 Hz ABS 0 (89) Model E2K-C25ME1 NPN-NC E2K-C25ME2 PNP-NO E2K-C25MF1 PNP-NC E2K-C25MF2 AC 2-Wire Sensors Size (dia.) Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm 34 mm 3 to 25 No SCR-NO 10 Hz ABS 0 (89) SCR-NC Model E2K-C25MY1 E2K-C25MY2 Accessories Barrel size M30 (34 mm) C-16 Description Sight Glass Mount for M30 (34 mm) Barrel Proximity Sensor Model Y92E-SGM34 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2K-F Proximity Sensors A322 Thin Rectangular Plastic DC 3-Wire Sensor Fits Tight Spaces * Non-contact detection of metallic and non-metallic targets including water, oil, glass, plastic and wood * Detects level inside non-metallic containers * Thin, 10 mm (0.39 inch) body is ideal for conveyor wall mounting * Unshielded sensor has LED indicator and fixed sensitivity for simple installation * Heat-resistant ABS plastic body rated IP66 * Built-in amplifier provides NPN switching of loads to 100 mA C Flat-Pack Capacitive Sensors Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 10 No NPN-NO 100 Hz ABS 20.5 x 50 x 10.1 4-10 E2K-L Model E2K-F10MC1 NPN-NC E2K-F10MC2 NPN-NO E2K-F10MC1-A NPN-NC E2K-F10MC2-A Proximity Sensors A326 Capacitive Liquid Level Sensor * Mounts directly to sight glass and bypass pipes * Sensors unaffected by liquid color * Fits a wide range of pipe diameters: 8 to 11 mm or 12 to 26 mm * Built-in amplifier with indicator and sensitivity adjuster * Sensing heads rated IP66 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-17 E2F Proximity Sensors A242 Watertight and Chemical-Resistant Short Barrel, Plastic Body Sensors * IP68 watertight construction * Polyarylate plastic housing offers good chemical resistance to acids and solvents * Operation indicator on all models * Short-circuit protection available on all DC and some AC models * CE all models; UL and CSA (M18, M30 AC 2-wire) * Sensor mounting and protective accessories, see Y92E DC 3-Wire Models Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M8 1.5 Yes NPN-NO 2 kHz Polyarylate 20 (30) M12 2.0 E2F-X1R5E2 PNP-NO E2F-X1R5F1 PNP-NC E2F-X1R5F2 NPN-NO 5.0 1.5 kHz 24 (38) E2F-X2E2 PNP-NO E2F-X2F1 NPN-NO 10.0 E2F-X2E1 NPN-NC E2F-X2F2 600 Hz 29 (47) E2F-X5E1 NPN-NC E2F-X5E2 PNP-NO E2F-X5F1 NPN-NC M30 E2F-X1R5E1 NPN-NC PNP-NC M18 Model NPN-NO E2F-X5F2 400 Hz 38 (57) E2F-X10E1 NPN-NC E2F-X10E2 PNP-NO E2F-X10F1 NPN-NC E2F-X10F2 AC 2-Wire Sensors Without Short-Circuit Protection Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M8 1.5 Yes SCR-NO 25 Hz Polyarylate 29 (40) SCR-NC M12 2.0 SCR-NO 5.0 SCR-NO 25 kHz 29 (43) 10.0 SCR-NO SCR-NC C-18 E2F-X2Y1 E2F-X2Y2 25 Hz 29 (47) SCR-NC M30 E2F-X1R5Y1 E2F-X1R5Y2 SCR-NC M18 Model E2F-X5Y1-US E2F-X5Y2-US 38 (57) E2F-X10Y1-US E2F-X10Y2-US For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2FM Proximity Sensors A243 All-Stainless Inductive Sensor Resists Abrasion and Chemicals * One-piece 303 stainless steel face/barrel construction resists damage caused by work piece contact, scouring abrasion, and harsh chemicals * Up to 0.8 mm thick sensing face for superior mechanical durability, wear resistance * Operation not influenced by accumulation of aluminum or iron cutting chips and weld slag * 20% longer sensing range (10 mm) with M30 models versus the CENELEC standard 8 mm * Flush mountable in ferrous materials to protect sensor from side impact damage C * Thick insulation protects pig-tail lead for increased endurance in harsh environments * IP67 enclosure rating DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Output Type Response Frequency Thread Length (overall length) mm M8 1.5 Yes PNP-NO 200 Hz 25 (49) M12 2.0 100 Hz 33 (53) M18 5.0 M30 10.0 NPN-NO PNP-NO E2FM-X2B1 E2FM-X2C1 PNP-NO 36 (56) NPN-NO NPN-NO E2FM-X1R5B1 E2FM-X1R5C1 NPN-NO PNP-NO Model E2FM-X5B1 E2FM-X5C1 50 Hz 43 (63.5) E2FM-X10B1 E2FM-X10C1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-19 E2FM Proximity Sensors (continued) A243 DC 3-Wire Sensors, Built-in M12 Connector Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Circuit Type Response Frequency Thread Length (overall length) mm M8 1.5 Yes PNP-NO 200 Hz 25 (53.5) M12 2.0 100 Hz 33 (53) M18 5.0 M30 10.0 NPN-NO Model E2FM-X1R5B1-M1 E2FM-X1R5C1-M1 PNP-NO NPN-NO E2FM-X2B1-M1 E2FM-X2C1-M1 PNP-NO 36 (56) NPN-NO E2FM-X5B1-M1 E2FM-X5C1-M1 PNP-NO 50 Hz 43 (63.5) NPN-NO E2FM-X10B1-M1 E2FM-X10C1-M1 DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded M8 1.5 Yes M12 2.0 M18 5.0 NO, polarity M30 10.0 NO, polarity E2FM extra strong sensing face C-20 Circuit Type Response Frequency Thread Length (overall length) mm NO, polarity 200 Hz 25 (49) E2FM-X1R5D1 E2FM-QX1R5D1 100 Hz 33 (53) E2FM-X2D1 E2FM-QX2D1 36 (56) E2FM-X5D1 E2FM-QX5D1 43 (63.5) E2FM-X10D1 E2FM-QX10D1 No interference by small metal chips on sensing surface 50 Hz Model Standard with Flouroresin Coating Cable resistant to welding spatter For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2EH Proximity Sensors A244 Heat and Detergent Resistant Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical Stainless Steel Housing The heat and detergent resistant inductive sensors allow reliable metal object or machine part detection in demanding environments such as food processing. * Temperature resistant up to 120C * SUS316L housing with heat resistant plastic sensing face * IP69K for highest water resistance C * ECOLAB tested and certified detergent resistance DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired Size Sensing Distance M12 3 mm M18 7 mm 5 M30 12 mm Output Type Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC PNP E2EH-X3B1 2M E2EH-X3B2 2M NPN E2EH-X3C1 2M E2EH-X3C2 2M DC 2-wire E2EH-X3D1 2M E2EH-X3D2 2M PNP E2EH-X7B1 2M E2EH-X7B2 2M NPN E2EH-X7C1 2M E2EH-X7C2 2M DC 2-wire E2EH-X7D1 2M E2EH-X7D2 2M PNP E2EH-X12B1 2M E2EH-X12B2 2M NPN E2EH-X12C1 2M E2EH-X12C2 2M DC 2-wire E2EH-X12D1 2M E2EH-X12D2 2M DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Connector versions (M12) Size Sensing Distance M12 3 mm M18 7 mm 5 M30 12 mm Output Type Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC PNP E2EH-X3B1-M1 E2EH-X3B2-M1 NPN E2EH-X3C1-M1 E2EH-X3C2-M1 DC 2-wire E2EH-X3D1-M1G E2EH-X3D2-M1G PNP E2EH-X7B1-M1 E2EH-X7B2-M1 NPN E2EH-X7C1-M1 E2EH-X7C2-M1 DC 2-wire E2EH-X7D1-M1G E2EH-X7D2-M1G PNP E2EH-X12B1-M1 E2EH-X12B2-M1 NPN E2EH-X12C1-M1 E2EH-X12C2-M1 DC 2-wire E2EH-X12D1-M1G E2EH-X12D2-M1G For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-21 E2E-U DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors A285 Oil Resistant Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical Brass Housing The standard E2E family offers tested oil resistance on commonly used oils in the automotive industry for reliable long-life operation in automotive assembly lines. * Oil resistant PUR cable * M8, M12, M18 and M30 standard sizes * IP67 (water and oil resistant) DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired Size Sensing Distance Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC M8 2 mm E2E-X2D1-U E2E-X2D2-U M12 M18 5 M30 3 mm E2E-X3D1-U E2E-X3D2-U 7 mm E2E-X7D1-U E2E-X7D2-U 10 mm E2E-X10D1-U E2E-X10D2-U DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired with M12 Size Sensing Distance Model (for pre-wired types with 30 cm cable length and M12 connector) Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC M8 2 mm E2E-X2D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X2D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M M12 M18 M30 C-22 5 3 mm E2E-X3D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X3D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M 7 mm E2E-X7D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X7D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M 10 mm E2E-X10D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X10D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2EQ DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors A245 Weld-Spatter Resistant DC 2-Wire Cylindrical Sensors * Rugged flouroplastic-coated brass barrel withstands high tightening torque * Fluoroplastic resin face prevents weld slag build-up on sensor * Stability and operation indicators standard * Pre-wired and pig-tail connector models Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Output Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm M12 4.0 Yes NO 1.0 kHz Fluoroplastic resin coated brass 33 (38) E2EQ-X4X1 38 (43) E2EQ-X8X1 43 (48) E2EQ-X15X1 M18 8.0 500 Hz M30 15.0 250 Hz Model C M12 Connector on 300 mm Pigtail Lead Size Sensing Distance (mm) Shielded Output Type Response Frequency Body Material Thread Length (overall length) mm Model M12 4.0 Yes NO 1.0 kHz E2EQ-X4X1-M1J 8.0 500 Hz Fluoroplastic resin coated brass 33 (38) M18 38 (43) E2EQ-X8X1-M1J M30 15.0 250 Hz 43 (48) E2EQ-X15X1-M1J For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-23 E2KQ-X Proximity Sensors A327 Chemical Resistant Capacitive Sensor * Complete fluoroplastic resin coating for superior chemical and oil resistance * Detect ferrous and non-ferrous metals as well as other materials * Adjustable sensitivity from 6 to 10 mm * Built-in indicator located on cable connection face * Rated IP66 E2FQ Proximity Sensors A246 Chemical Resistant Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical PTFE Housing The E2FQ features a full-body fluoroplastic housing for chemical resistance (e.g. against cleaning agents used in the semiconductor industry). * Full body fluoroplastic housing for chemical resistance * DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models DC 2-Wire, Pre-Wired Size M12 M18 5 M30 Sensing Distance Output Type 2 mm DC 2-wire with polarity 5 mm Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO 10 mm E2FQ-X2D1 E2FQ-X5D1 E2FQ-X10D1 DC 3-Wire, Pre-Wired Size Sensing Distance Output Type M12 2 mm PNP NPN E2FQ-X2E1 M18 5 mm PNP E2FQ-X5F1 NPN E2FQ-X5E1 10 mm PNP E2FQ-X10F1 NPN E2FQ-X10E1 M30 C-24 5 Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length) Operation Mode NO E2FQ-X2F1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E2C-EDA Proximity Sensors C433 High Precision Positioning Inductive Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier The separate amplifier inductive sensor family E2C-EDA offers high precision distance positioning and detection. The teach-in function allows simple installation, and with the window function (2 outputs) production tolerance checks can easily be set up and modified. * Typically several hundred m detection precision * Precision distance teaching * Window function (2 outputs) for production tolerance checks C Sensor Heads Appearance Cylindrical Screw Sensing Distance Repeat Accuracy Model 3 dia. x 18 0.6 mm 1 m E2C-EDR6-F 5.4 dia. x 18 1 mm 1 m E2C-ED01*1 8 dia. x 22 2 mm 2 m E2C-ED02*1 M10 x 22 2 mm 2 m E2C-EM02*1 5 Flat 30 x 14 x 4.8 5 mm 2 m E2C-EV05*1 Screw M18 xx 6.3 7 mm 5 m E2C-EM07M*1 2 mm 2 m E2C-EM02H -- Screw (heat resistant 5 M12 x 22 5 *1 -- -- For models with cut-to-length cables add `-F' for example E2C-ED01-F For models with protective stainless steel spiral tubes add `-S' for example E2C-ED01-S Amplifier Units with Cables Item Sensing Distance Amplifier Units with Connector*2 Model Item NPN Output PNP Output Sensing Distance Model NPN Output PNP Output Twin-output models Area output, open circuit detection, Differential operation E2CEDA11 E2C-EDA41 Twin-output models Area output, open circuit detection, Differential operation E2C-EDA6 E2C-EDA8 Externalinput models Remote setting, Differential operation E2CEDA21 E2C-EDA51 Externalinput models Remote setting, Differential operation E2C-EDA7 E2C-EDA9 *2 Order connector E3X-CN21 separately. See E3X-DA-S in FiberOptic Sensors for details. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-25 E2EV Proximity Sensors A248 Inductive Sensor Detects All Metals at Equal Distance * One sensor detects all kinds of metal at equal distance * Detect aluminum up to 3x conventional sensing distance * Shielded for flush mounting in metal * Sensing distance: 2 mm (M12); 5 mm (M18); 10 mm (M30) * Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil contamination E2CY Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Detects Aluminum in Tight Spaces * Compact sensing heads and separate amplifier for mounting flexibility * Detect differences between object types, object position, distance within a range * Monitor operation with excess gain level bar graph indicator and diagnostic output * One-touch teaching for sensitivity adjustment * Shielded for flush mounting in metal * Sensing distance by sensing head: * 1.5 mm (M5 and unthreaded 5.4 mm dia.) * 2 mm (unthreaded 8 mm dia.) * 3 mm (flat) * Pre-wired sensing heads and amplifier each with 2 m cable * Sensing heads rated IP67 C-26 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A249 E2EY Proximity Sensors A252 Inductive Sensor for Aluminum and Non-Ferrous Metals * Detects non-magnetic ones such as aluminum, copper and brass and ignores ferrous materials * Shielded for flush mounting in metal * Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm (M30) * Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil contamination C E2EZ Proximity Sensors A253 Cutting Chip Resistant Inductive Sensor * Detects objects without influence of accumulated aluminum and cast iron cutting chips * Ideal for machine tool applications * Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm (M30) * Shielded for flush mounting in metal * DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire models * Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil contamination For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com C-27 Proximity Sensors C-28 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Cordsets Contents Connector Cordsets XS2F-M12 M12 Cordsets D-1 XS5F M12 Smartclick Connector Cordsets D-3 XS3F-M8 M8 Cordsets D-4 Y96E-M12 Connectors for AC cables D-6 XW3D Connector terminal boxes D-7 E39-VA Handy checker for sensors D-7 D D-i XS2F-M12 Connector Cables A264 Water- and Environment-Resistant M12 Connectors Save Wiring and Maintenance Effort * Single-ended cables with M12 connectors satisfy IP67 requirements and ensure a 94V-0 fire retardant rating. * Connectors make wiring a system more modular, simplify maintenance, and reduce downtime. * Connectors with Cables and Connector Assemblies are available. XS2F - M12 Single-ended Cable with Socket XS2F-M12PVC9999M PVC Cable XS2F-M12PUR9999M PUR Cable Dimensions Straight M12 5 dia. 45 14.9 dia. 30 5 50 (40: For PUR cable) 40.7 L L 25.3 Angled 28.3 30 5 50 (40: For PUR cable) M12 5 dia. 45 3 cores Contact No. 1 2 3 4 D-1 4 cores Cable lead colors Brown Blue Black Contact No. 1 2 3 4 5 cores Cable lead colors Brown White Blue Black Contact No. 2 4 1 3 5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Cable lead colors Brown White Blue Black Green / Yellow XS2F-M12 Connector Size Connector Cables (continued) Cores Shape Length (m) PVC Cable Model PUR Cable Model 2 XS2F-M12PVC3A2M XS2F-M12PUR3A2M 5 XS2F-M12PVC3A5M XS2F-M12PUR3A5M 10 XS2F-M12PVC3A10M XS2F-M12PUR3A10M 2 XS2F-M12PVC3S2M XS2F-M12PUR3S2M 5 XS2F-M12PVC3S5M XS2F-M12PUR3S5M 10 XS2F-M12PVC3S10M XS2F-M12PUR3S10M 2 XS2F-M12PVC4A2M XS2F-M12PUR4A2M Angled 3 Straight Socket 5 XS2F-M12PVC4A5M XS2F-M12PUR4A5M 10 XS2F-M12PVC4A10M XS2F-M12PUR4A10M 2 XS2F-M12PVC4S2M XS2F-M12PUR4S2M 5 XS2F-M12PVC4S5M XS2F-M12PUR4S5M 10 XS2F-M12PVC4S10M XS2F-M12PUR4S10M 2 XS2F-M12PVC5A2M XS2F-M12PUR5A2M 5 XS2F-M12PVC5A5M XS2F-M12PUR5A5M 2 XS2F-M12PVC5S2M XS2F-M12PUR5S2M 5 XS2F-M12PVC5S5M XS2F-M12PUR5S5M Angled M12 4 A264 Straight Angled 5 Straight Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M12 Sensor Connectors Description D Model Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Length Straight Connector 4-wire DC female socket and male plug Single 22 AWG 2 m (6.56 ft.) XS2W-D421-D81-F 5 m (16.40 ft.) XS2W-D421-G81-F Plug and Socket Field Wireable Assemblies Description Model Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Length Straight Connector M12 male plug Single 5 to 6 mm dia 58.7 mm XS2G-D4S1 54.9 mm XS2C-D4S1 M12 female socket Insulation Displacement Contact M12 male plug M12 female socket Single 2 to 8 mm dia. 66 m XS5G-D418 62.4 mm XS5C-D418 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-2 XS5F Connector Cables K249 Premium M12 Smartclick Connectors * Single-ended cables with M12 connectors * Smartclick offers a fast, one-step connection with only a 1/8th turn lock * Smartclick can connect with standard screwtype M12 connectors * IP67 water resistance Dimensions (Unit: mm) Wiring Diagram Note: The cover of the Standard Cable (XS5F-D421-981-A) and the Oil-resistant Polyurethane Cable (XS5F-D421-981-P) is black, and the cover of the Vibration-proof Robot Cable (XS5F-D421-981-F) is warm gray. Ordering Information Cable type Cable connection direction No. of cable cores Cable length Model Standard cable Straight 4 1 XS5F-D421-C80-A 2 XS5F-D421-D80-A 3 XS5F-D421-E80-A 5 XS5F-D421-G80-A 10 XS5F-D421-J80-A 1 XS5F-D421-C80-F 2 XS5F-D421-D80-F 3 XS5F-D421-E80-F Vibration-proof robot cable Oil-resistant polyurethane cable D-3 5 XS5F-D421-G80-F 10 XS5F-D421-J80-F 2 XS5F-D421-D80-P 5 XS5F-D421-G80-P 10 XS5F-D421-J80-P For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Minimum Order 10 5 10 5 10 5 XS3F-M8 Connector Cables A267 Compact, Watertight M8 Connectors * Water-resistive, compact connector meets IP67 requirements. * Using connectors for wiring ensures ease of equipment maintenance and reduces downtime required for equipment maintenance. 3 poles Male 4 poles Female Male 4 4 3 1 3 1 2 Female 4 4 3 1 2 3 1 Connectors with Cable Attached XS3F - M8 Socket on One Cable End XS3F-M8PVC9999M PVC Cable XS3F-M8PUR9999M PUR Cable D Dimensions (Unit: mm) Straight 12.9 9 dia. 21.5 5 50 (40: For PUR cable) 30 31.4 L Angled (40: For PUR cable) 50 L 23.1 30 5 20.5 9 dia. Wiring Diagram 3 Poles Contact No. 4 Poles Cable lead colors 1 Brown 3 4 Blue Black Contact No. 1 2 3 4 Cable lead colors Brown White Blue Black For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-4 XS3F-M8 Connector Cables (continued) Connector Size Cable Material Poles Type Length Angled 3 Straight PVC Angled 4 Straight Socket A267 M8 Angled 3 Straight PUR Angled 4 Straight Model 2 XS3F-M8PVC3A2M 5 XS3F-M8PVC3A5M 10 XS3F-M8PVC3A10M 2 XS3F-M8PVC3S2M 5 XS3F-M8PVC3S5M 10 XS3F-M8PVC3S10M 2 XS3F-M8PVC4A2M 5 XS3F-M8PVC4A5M 10 XS3F-M8PVC4A10M 2 XS3F-M8PVC4S2M 5 XS3F-M8PVC4S5M 10 XS3F-M8PVC4S10M 2 XS3F-M8PUR3A2M 5 XS3F-M8PUR3A5M 10 XS3F-M8PUR3A10M 2 XS3F-M8PUR3S2M 5 XS3F-M8PUR3S5M 10 XS3F-M8PUR3S10M 2 XS3F-M8PUR4A2M 5 XS3F-M8PUR4A5M 10 XS3F-M8PUR4A10M 2 XS3F-M8PUR4S2M 5 XS3F-M8PUR4S5M 10 XS3F-M8PUR4S10M Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M8 Sensor Connectors Description Model Connector Type Keyway Cable Size Cable Type Length Straight Connector 4-wire DC female socket and male plug Single 22 AWG Robotic 1 m (3.28 ft.) XS3W-M421-401-R 2 m (6.56 ft.) XS3W-M421-402-R D-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Y96E-M12 Connector Cables A263 AC Cordsets with M12 Micro-Changes Connectors * Quick-disconnect AC cordsets allow easy installation and replacement of AC sensors * Female 3-pole dual keyway socket * Oil-resistant, PVC jacketed cable with internal metal sheath protects conductors against cuts and abrasions * Straight and right-angle connector cordsets available * Rated IP67 * UL recognized, CSA certified Micro-Change(R): Registered trademark of Woodhead Industries Description Connector Type 3-wire AC, female Micro-Change(R) socket Model Keyway Dual Cable Size 22 AWG Straight Connector Cordsets Length Straight Connector Right Angle Connector 6 ft. Y96E-33SA6 Y96E-33RA6 12 ft. Y96E-33SA12 Y96E-33RA12 20 ft. Y96E-33SA20 Y96E-33RA20 D Face View Female Connector Y96E-33SA9 Gold/palladium/ nickel plated brass contacts Right Angle Connector Cordsets Y96E-33RA9 Gold/palladium/ nickel plated brass contacts For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D-6 XW3D Connector Terminal Boxes H324 Simple Wiring of Sensor Actuators * Greatly reduces wiring work * Higher rated current to enable output applications. * Compatible with other M12 screw connectors. * Degree of protection : IP67 (IEC60529) Ratings and Specifications Rated current 4 A/port, 12 A/Box (power line) Rated voltage 10 to 30 VDC Contact resistance (connector) 40 m max. (20 mV max., 100 mA max.) Insulation resistance 100 m min. (at 500 VDC) Dielectric strength (connector) 500 VAC for 1 min. (leakage current: 1 mA max.) Insertion tolerance 50 times min. Ambient operating temperature range -25 to 70C Ordering Information Sensor type and wiring 3-Wire DC NPN/2-Wire DC 3-4 2-Wire DC 1-4/Without polarity 3-4 3-Wire DC PNP/2-Wire DC 1-4 Actuator wiring Actuator wiring 1-4 - Actuator wiring 3-4 No. of ports Model Model Model No. of I/O 4 4 XW3D-P455-G11 XW3D-P452-G11 XW3D-P453-G11 8 8 XW3D-P855-G11 XW3D-P852-G11 XW3D-P853-G11 4 8 XW3D-P458-G11 - XW3D-P457-G11 Note: 1. "1-4" and "3-4" are the connector pin numbers that are wired. 2. All cables are 5 m long. E39-VA Hand-held Checker B297 Handheld Power Supply to Check Sensor Operation * Portable Power Supply Unit for Sensors * Check sensor operation via buzzer and LED indicator * Low battery indicator for easy battery maintenance * Use with both PNP and NPN three wire sensors Ratings Description Model Power supply voltage 18 V (use two 9 V dry-cell batteries) E39-VA Note: Two 9 VDC dry-cell batteries are included. D-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Photomicrosensors Contents Selection Guide E-ii Slotted EESX959 Ultra-small, 5 mm slot sensors E-1 EE-SX779/ EE-SX879 Thin profile, pre-wired 5 mm slot sensors E-2 EE-SX479/ EESX-679 Plug-in or pre-wired slotted sensors E-3 EE-SX979 Plug-in slot sensors with reduced mounting depth E-5 EE-SPX749/ Plug-in light modulated EE-SPX849 slot sensors E-6 EE-SPX301/ EE-SPX401 Plug-in 3.6 mm slot sensors E-7 EE-SPXW2A Pre-wired light modulated slot sensors E-8 EEPlug-in 13 mm slot sensors SPX303N/ EE-SPX403N E-9 Reflective EE-SPY319/ Reflective plug-in sensors EE-SPY-419 E-10 EE-SY671/ EE-SY672 Adjustable sensitivity reflective plug-in sensors E-11 EE-SPY301/ 302/401/402 Reflective sensors with plug-in/solder terminals E-7 Through-Beam EE-SPW311/ Long-distance miniature EE-SPW411 built in amp E-12 EE-SPW321/ Miniature sensing heads EE-SPW421 with in-line cable amplifier E-13 Special Application EE-SPX613 Liquid level sensor E-14 EE-SPZ-A Retro-reflective sensor E-15 EE-SA701/ EE-SA801 Pushbutton actuator sensors E-16 EE-SPY801/ EE-SPY802 Wafer carrier mounting sensor E-17 E-i E Photomicrosensors SMALL SENSORS DELIVER PRECISE POSITIONING Continuous miniaturization of robots and machinery for semiconductor, photovoltaic and electronics manufacturing require increasingly precise positioning data to maximize production yield and maintain high quality. Amplified Photomicrosensors deliver high precision in a simply mounted format. Embed them in rails for robots, X-Y positioning tables and conveyors for end-of-travel and home position inputs. All are designed for easy connection to PLCs and other controllers as part of a motion control solution. * Wide choice of models: slotted, through-beam, reflective, and retro-reflective * Special application solutions for liquid level detection, wafer carrier positioning, and object confirmation for robotic grippers What kind of sensor do you need? Slot Sensor Slot width E-ii 5 mm 13 mm 5, 7, 10 mm 5 mm 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6, 5 mm 3.6 mm EESX97 EESPX303N EESPX403N EE-SX47 EE-SX67 EE-SX77 EE-SX87 EE-SX95 EE-SPX74 EE-SPX84 EE-SPX-W EE-SPX301 EE-SPX401 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Through Beam Sensor Reflective sensors Sensing distance Sensing distance RetroReflective Sensors Application Specific Sensors Sensing distance What type of application? E 1m 300 mm 25 mm 15 mm 5 mm 200 mm Liquid level detection Wafer carrier position detection Pushbutton actuator for robotic gripper EE-SPW311 EE-SPW411 EE-SPW321 EE-SPW421 EE-SPY31 EE-SPY41 EE-SY671 EE-SY672 EE-SPY30_ EE-SPY40_ EE-SPZ-W EE-SPY613 EE-SPY801 EE-SPY-802 EE-SA701 EE-SA801 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-iii Selection Table Type Slotted Through-Beam EE-SX95 Model Features EE-SX47/67 EE-SPX74/84 Indicator visible from many directions *Mount using M2 or M3 Screws *Robot Cable option Compact size Indicator visible from both sides *M3 mounting holes and slotted mounting holes for easy adjustment * Visible indicator from many directions *Response frequency as high as 1 kHz *Robot Cable standard on pre-wired models * Housing material Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (Case/Cover) Polycarbonate (PC) (Emitter/receiver) Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (Case/Cover) Polycarbonate (PC) (Emitter/receiver) Polycarbonate (PC) Sensing distance 5 mm slot width 5 mm slot width 5 mm slot width 3.6 or 5 mm slot width NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN, PNP NPN Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On/Dark-On (selectable) Light-On or Dark-On 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 4 wire cable (1 m std length) * Solder Connector *Connector with 1 m Cable * Output type Output configuration Supply voltage Connection type E-iv EE-SX77/87 * * Pre-wired (4 wire cable) (1 m std length) * * Pre-wired (3 wire cable) (2 m std length) * * For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com 4 models Connectors with locks for vibration applications *Mount with M3 screws * Special Connector (EE-1013 with 1 m cable) Photomicrosensors Type Slotted Through-Beam EE-SX97 Model Features Diffuse Reflective EE-SPX-W2A EE-SPX-303N/403N Reduced mounting height from deeply embedded socket *7 mounting shapes *Indicator visible from 4 directions *Locking connectors for secure wiring 4 models Light Modulation to reduce external light interference *Bright Light Indicator * * * Housing material Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (Case/Cover) Polycarbonate (PC) (Emitter/receiver) Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate PC (case) Polybutylene terephthalate PBT (holder) Sensing distance 5 mm slot width 3.6 or 5 mm slot width 13 mm slot width 2 to 5 mm NPN, PNP NPN NPN NPN Light-On and Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC Connector with standard cable *Connector with robot cable *NPN to PNP Conversion connector * Output type Output configuration Supply voltage Connection type Commercially available connector: EE-1017 with 1 m or 3 m cable; EE-1017-R with 1 m or 3 m robotic cable * Pre-wired (3 wire cable) (1 m std length) * Widest Slot type Resistant to common noise EE-SPY31_ * * * Can be used in front of shiny background *Small object detection (0.05 mm dia.) *Light modulation reduces external light interference * Connector with standard cable *Connector with robot cable *NPN to PNP Conversion connector E For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-v Selection Table Type Diffuse Reflective Features EE-SPW311/411 EE-SPW321/421 Built in sensitivity adjustment *Built-in amplifier with 100 mA capacity *Bright indicator light * Light Modulation, sensor not affected by external light *Optical Axis mark for easy adjustment * Through Beam Easy-to wire connector *Bright indicator light * Housing material Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (Case/Cover) Polycarbonate (PC) (Emitter/receiver) Polycarbonate (PC) Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) (Case/Cover) Polycarbonate (PC) (Emitter/receiver) ABS Resin (case) Acrylic Resin (lens) Sensing distance 1 to 5 mm 3 - 6 mm slot width or 5 mm distance 1m 300 mm max. distance between sensing heads NPN NPN NPN NPN Light-On/Dark-On (selectable) Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On Light-On or Dark-On 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 5 - 24 VDC 12 - 24 VDC * Connector only Connector with cable *Connector with robot cable * Connector only Connector with cable *NPN to PNP Conversion connector * * * Output type Output configuration Supply voltage Connection type E-vi EE-SPX301/401 EE-SPY301/401 EE-SY671/672 Model Through-beam * * Connector with 2 m cable For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Cable mounted amplifier for space savings mounting *Through beam *Both sensor head and amplifier have indicating lights * Pre-wired 2 m cable Photomicrosensors Type Retro-reflective EE-SPZ-A Model Features Liquid level Pushbutton actuator EE-SPX613 Wafer carrier positioning EE-SA701-/801 EE-SPY801/802 * Longer sensing distance, simpler to align than diffuse and through-beam sensors *Supports connection with PLCs * Can mount on 6 mm to 13 mm diameter pipe *Liquid level indicator *Built-in sensitivity selector * Pushbutton actuator detects FOUP cassettes loading on robotic transfer arms *5 million operation mechanical life * Housing material Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC) Polycarbonate (PC) (Base) Polyacetal (Actuator) Ethylene tetrafluoro ethylene (ETFE) case Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) base plate Sensing distance 200 mm 6-13 mm dia. pipe 3.5-4.5 mm operating position 0-3 mm NPN NPN NPN or PNP NPN Light-On or Dark-On Light-On/Dark-On (selectable) -- Dark-On 5 - 24 VDC 12 - 24 VDC 12 - 24 VDC 12 - 24 VDC Connector only Connector with cable *NPN to PNP Conversion connector * Output type Output configuration Supply voltage Connection type * * Pre-wired 1 m cable Pre-wired 1 m cable Pre-wired 1 m robot cable * * Diffuse reflective sensors detect leg section of wafer carriers *Pedestals guide carrier for detection *Left- and right-hand models * Pre-wired with 2 m, talc-free cable E For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-vii EE-SX959 Slotted Photomicrosensors B443 Ultra-Small Size for Space Constrained Locations * 5 body shapes enable easier fit and alignment * Indicator light can be viewed from 4 directions for simple installation and operation * Easy to mount with either M2 or M3 screws * Flexible robot cable options available, ideal for moving part applications Standard * Wire selectable Dark-ON or Light-ON output Standard Standard 6 23.9 12 Standard Sensors 6 23.9 Appearance 12 L-shaped Standard 6 Standard 23.9 12 L-shaped 23.9 L-shaped 6 12 12 Sensor method Sensing distance Throughbeam (with slot) Infrared light 5 mm (slot width) Output configuration Connection method (cable length) Output type Model Light-ON Dark-ON (2 outputs) Pre-wired model with standard cable (1 m) NPN EE-SX950-W 1M *1 PNP EE-SX950P-W *2 6 12 12 12 Pre-wired model with robot cage (1 m) NPN EE-SX950-R 1M *1 13.4 F-shaped L-shaped 12 12 Pre-wired model with standard cable (1 m) NPN EE-SX951-W 1M *1 13.4 F-shaped 1212 PNP EE-SX951P-W 1M *2 Pre-wired model with robot cage (1 m) NPN EE-SX951-R 1M *1 Pre-wired model with standard cable (1 m) NPN EE-SX952-W 1M *1 PNP EE-SX952P-W 1M *2 Pre-wired model with robot cage (1 m) NPN EE-SX952P-R 1M *1 Pre-wired model with standard cable (1 m) NPN EE-SX953-W 1M *1 PNP EE-SX953P-W 1M *2 23.9 13.4 L-shaped L-shaped 13.4 11.7 F-shaped 13.4 F-shaped 11.7 F-shaped 13.4 13.4 11.7 R-shaped F-shaped 12 12 12 12 12 11.7 13.4 12 11.7 12 R-shaped 13.4 R-shaped 11.7 R-shaped 11.7 13.4 12 12 11.7 13.4 12 Pre-wired model with robot cage (1 m) NPN EE-SX953-R 1M *1 U-shaped 13.4 12 Pre-wired model with standard cable (1 m) NPN EE-SX954-W 1M *1 13.4 11.7 12 PNP EE-SX954P-W 1M *2 NPN EE-SX954-R 1M *1 13.4 R-shaped U-shaped R-shaped 11.7 U-shaped U-shaped 13.4 13.4 U-shaped 6 16 12 6 Pre-wired model with robot cage (1 m) *1. A13.4 model with a16 3 m cable is available.. The model number is EE-SX959-93M. (Example: EE-SX950-W 3M) *2. A pre-wired model with PNP output and 1 m cable is available. The model number is EE-SX959P-R 1M. 6 U-shaped (Example: EE-SX950P-R 1M). 16 13.4 E-1 13.4 6 16 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com 6 16 EE-SX779/EE-SX879 B422 Slotted Photomicrosensors Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with Open Collector Output * Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available * Pre-wired with 2 m flexible cable that conforms to machine contours * Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations * Response frequency as high as 1 kHz * Easy to monitor, indicators are visible from both sides * Indicator turns OFF when light is interrupted; opposite operation models available * Readily-visible, molded workpiece insertion mark allows fine-tuning of sensing position * Allows standard M3-screw mounting * Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor connection to TTLs, relays, and programmable controllers (PLC) * Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position and operation trigger applications E Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors Appearance Standard Sensor type Throughbeam (slot) Slot width/depth Dimensions H x W x D mm Output form Output Type 5 mm W x 9 mm D 31.1 x 18 x 4.6 Light-ON NPN EE-SX870 PNP EE-SX870P NPN EE-SX770 PNP EE-SX770P NPN EE-SX871 PNP EE-SX871P NPN EE-SX771 PNP EE-SX771P NPN EE-SX872 PNP EE-SX872P NPN EE-SX772 PNP EE-SX772P Dark-ON L-shaped 21 x 18 x 13 Light-ON Dark-ON T-shaped 31.1 x 12.3 x 19.1 Light-ON Dark-ON Model For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-2 EE-SX479/EE-SX679 B423 Slotted Photomicrosensors Widest Variety of Body Shapes of Connector-Ready Slotted Sensors * 8 body configurations available with connector, prewired cable or pre-wired connector * Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator * Choose Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON output models * Light modulation reduces external light interference * Flexible robot cable is standard on all pre-wired models * Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor connection to TTLs, relays and programmable controllers (PLC) Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors Shape Sensor type Standard Throughbeam Slot width/depth Dimensions H x W x D mm Output form Indicator operation 5 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 25.4 x 6.95 Light-ON Light-ON Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Dark-ON EE-SX670 Light-ON EE-SX670A Dark-ON PNP EE-SX670P Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX471 Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Dark-ON EE-SX671 Light-ON EE-SX671A Dark-ON PNP EE-SX671P Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX472 Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Dark-ON EE-SX672 Light-ON EE-SX672A Dark-ON PNP EE-SX672P Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX473 Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Dark-ON EE-SX673 Light-ON EE-SX673A Dark-ON PNP EE-SX673P Light-ON Light-ON NPN EE-SX474 Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Dark-ON EE-SX674 Light-ON EE-SX674A 15.5 x 26.2 x 20.7 L-shaped 7 mm W x 9 mm H T-shaped Close-mounting vertical 5 mm W x 9 mm H Close-mounting horizontal T-shaped F-shaped 28.4 x 29 x 13.7 28.4 x 13.4 x 12.8 15.5 x 13.6 x 27.7 10 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 31 x 16.7 5 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 13.2 x 13.7 NPN Model EE-SX470 Dark-ON PNP EE-SX674P Light-ON NPN EE-SX675 PNP EE-SX675P NPN EE-SX676 PNP EE-SX676P NPN EE-SX677 PNP EE-SX677P R-shaped E-3 Output Type For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EE-SX479/EE-SX679 B423 Slotted Photomicrosensors (continued) Connectors and Accessories (continued) Appearance Item Description Solder connector -- Dimensions H x W x D mm Model 16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1001 Makes selectable operation models into Light-ON operation sensors. The L and positive (+) terminals are already short-circuited. Connector with cable EE-1001-1 Connector has locking mechanism 13.5 x 13 x 4 EE-1009 2 m cable 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 EE-1006 Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors Shape Standard Sensor type Slot width/ depth Dimensions HxWxD mm Output form Connection Method (cable length) Throughbeam 5 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 25.4 x 6.95 Light-ON Dark-ON (selectable) Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX670-WR EE-SX670P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX670-C1J-R EE-SX670P-C1J-R 15.5 x 26.2 x 20.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX671-WR EE-SX671P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX671-C1J-R EE-SX671P-C1J-R 7 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 29 x 13.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX672-WR EE-SX672P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX672-C1J-R EE-SX672P-C1J-R 5 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 13.4 x 12.8 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX673-WR EE-SX673P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX673-C1J-R EE-SX673P-C1J-R 15.5 x 13.6 x 27.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX674-WR EE-SX674P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX674-C1J-R EE-SX674P-C1J-R 10 mm Wx 9 mm H 28.4 x 31 x 16.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX675-WR EE-SX675P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX675-C1J-R EE-SX675P-C1J-R 5 mm W x 9 mm H 28.4 x 13.2 x 13.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX676-WR EE-SX676P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX676-C1J-R EE-SX676P-C1J-R 28.4 x 13.2 x 13.7 Pre-wired models (1 m) EE-SX677-WR EE-SX677P-WR Models with junction connectors (0.3 m) EE-SX677-C1J-R EE-SX677P-C1J-R L-shaped T-shaped Closemounting vertical Closemounting horizontal T-shaped Fshaped Rshaped Model NPN Output PNP Output For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-4 E EE-SX97 Slotted Photomicrosensors B442 Space Saving Sensor with Secure Connector * Deeply embedded socket reduces overall mounting height * 7 shapes to match most applications * Light-ON and Dark-ON outputs wire selectable * PNP and NPN output models * Locking connector for secure wiring * Indicator visible from 4 directions * Power reverse polarity protection and output overcurrent with thermal * Shutdown circuit built into NPN output models Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors Shape Sensor type Standard Through beam with slot Slot width/depth Dimensions H x W x D mm 5Wx 9 D mm 22 x 26 x 6.8 L-shaped 5Wx 9 D mm T-shaped Output form Dark-ON/ Light-ON/ (selectable) NPN output Model PNP output model EE-SX970-C1 EE-SX970PC1 15.5 x 26.2 x 14.7 EE-SX971-C1 EE-SX971PC1 5Wx 9 D mm slot center 7 mm 22 x 13.7 x 26 EE-SX972-C1 EE-SX972PC1 Closemounting 5Wx 9 D mm 15.5 x 13.4 x 21.7 EE-SX974-C1 EE-SX974PC1 T-shaped slot center 10 mm 5Wx 9 D mm slot center 10 mm 22 x 16.7 x 26 EE-SX975-C1 EE-SX975PC1 T-shaped 5Wx 9 D mm 22 x 15.9 x 13.2 EE-SX976-C1 EE-SX976PC1 F-shaped 5Wx 9 D mm 22 x 15.9 x 13.2 EE-SX977-C1 EE-SX977PC Connector Description Connector with standard cable Connector with robotic cable E-5 Cable length Model 1m EE-1017 1M 3m EE-1017 3M 1m EE-1017-R 1M 3m EE-1017-R 3M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EE-SPX749/EE-SPX849 B425 Slotted Photomicrosensors Connector-Ready Photomicrosensors with Open Collector Output * Compact sensor for high-density mounting * Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available * Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector cordset EE-1013 * Connector features built-in safety lock vibration and shock resistance * Models available with Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON output configurations * Powerful light modulation against external light interference * Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator * Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor connection to TTLs, relays, and programmable controllers (PLC) * Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position and operation trigger applications Plug-In Slotted Photomicrosensors Shape Standard Sensor type Through beam (slot) Slot width/depth 3.6 mm W x 6.6 mm D Dimensions H x W x D mm 21.2 x 25 x 7.4 Output form Model Light-ON EE-SPX840 Dark-ON EE-SPX740 E L-shaped, left tab 21.2 x 15.5 x 13 L-shaped, right tab T-shaped 5 mm W x 9 mm H 15.4 x 27.2 x 15.5 Light-ON EE-SPX842 Dark-ON EE-SPX742 Light-ON EE-SPX843 Dark-ON EE-SPX743 Light-ON EE-SPX841 Dark-ON EE-SPX741 Connector Appearance Item Connector with cable Description 1 m cable Dimensions H x W x D mm 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 Model EE-1013 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-6 EE-SPX301/401, -SPY301/302/401/402 Slotted/Reflective Photomicrosensors B426 Narrow Slot Sensors and Reflective Sensors with Plug in Connection * Slotted DC sensor with plug-in connection for counting and presence/absence detection applications * Light modulation reduces external light interference * Light-ON and Dark-ON operation models * Built-in Light-ON indicator * Connector simplifies installation and maintenance: choose connector with 1 m cable (EE-1003) or solder terminals (EE-1002) * Convert EE-SPX301/401 NPN output to PNP with EE-2001 output converter Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Sensing distance Dimensions H x W x D mm Output type Output form Through beam with slot 3.6 W x 9 L mm slot 31.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm NPN Dark-ON EE-SPX301 LightON EE-SPX401 Horizontal type Diffuse reflective 5 mm Dark-ON EE-SPY301 LightON EE-SPY401 Vertical type Diffuse reflective Dark-ON EE-SPY302 LightON EE-SPY402 5 mm 27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm 27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm Connectors and Accessories Description Model Solder connector EE-1002 Connector with cable 1 m length EE-1003 Connector hold-down clip for EE-1003 EE-1003A NPN/PNP conversion connector, 0.46 length EE-2001 E-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Model EE-SPX-W2A B427 Slotted Photomicrosensors Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with Open Collector Output * Compact sensor for high-density mounting * Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available * Incorporating dust-proof slit * Detects objects as small as 0.5 mm diameter * Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations models available * Optical axis monitoring with a Light-ON indicator * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Pre-wired with 2 m cable Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors Appearance Standard Sensor type Through beam (slot) Slot width/depth 3.6 mm W x 6.6 mm D L-shaped, left tab Dimensions H x W x D mm 29.2 x 25 x 7.4 29.2 x 15.5 x 13 Output form Light-ON Output Type NPN Model EE-SPX306-W2A Dark-ON EE-SPX406-W2A Light-ON EE-SPX302-W2A Dark-ON EE-SPX402-W2A E L-shaped, right tab T-shaped 21.2 x 15.5 x 13 5 mm W x 9 mm H 15.5 x 27.2 x 22.5 Light-ON EE-SPX304-W2A Dark-ON EE-SPX404-W2A Light-ON EE-SPX305-W2A Dark-ON EE-SPX405-W2A For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-8 EE-SPX303N/EE-SPX403N B428 Slotted Photomicrosensors Connector-Ready Wide Slot Sensors * Large slot width (13 mm W x 10 mm D) * Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations * Powerful light modulation against external light interference * Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring with a Light-ON indicator * Convert to PNP output with EE-2002 conversion connector Wide Slot Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Through beam with slot Slot width/depth 13 mm W x 10 mm D Dimensions H x W x D mm 26 x 26 x 7.4 Output form Light-ON Output Type NPN Dark-ON Model EE-SPX303N EE-SPX403N Connectors and Accessories Appearance Item Description Dimensions H x W x D mm Solder connector Connector makes selectable operation sensors into Light-ON operation sensors. Short-circuits L and positive (+) terminals. 16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1001 Connector with cable 2 m cable 11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3 EE-1006 Connector holder For EE-1006 25.2 x 29.2 x 5.5 EE-1006A Connector with cable 2 m cable 13.5 x 13.0 x 4.0 EE-1010 Connector with robotic cable NPN/PNP conversion connector E-9 Model EE-1010R 16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EE-2002 EE-SPY319/EE-SPY419 B429 Reflective Photomicrosensors Connector-Ready Reflective Sensors * Detect dark colored objects and targets in front of mirror-like backgrounds * Detect objects as small as 0.05 mm diameter copper wire * 2 to 5 mm sensing distance * Vertical and horizontal mounting models available * Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector cordset EE-1006 * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator Plug-in Reflective Appearance Horizontal Vertical Sensor type Convergent reflective Slot width/depth 2-5 mm Dimensions H x W x D mm 29 x 26 x 8 Output form Dark-ON Output type NPN Model EE-SPY311 Light-ON EE-SPY411 Dark-ON EE-SPY312 Light-ON EE-SPY412 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E E-10 EE-SY671/EE-SY672 B432 Reflective Photomicrosensors Reflective Sensors with Sensitivity Adjuster * 1 to 5 mm sensing distance * Vertical and horizontal mounting models available * Light-ON/Dark-ON output wire selectable * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors Appearance Horizontal Vertical E-11 Sensor type Convergent reflective Sensing distance 1 to 5 mm Dimensions H x W x D mm 31.4 x 25.4 x 6.95 Output form Light-ON/DarkON selectable Output type NPN 31.2 x 25.4 x 6.95 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Model EE-SY671 EE-SY672 EE-SPW311/EE-SPW411 B434 Through-Beam Photomicrosensors Long Distance Miniature Sensors with Built-In Amplifier * 1 meter sensing distance with 5 mm diameter minimum object size * Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator * Cordsets with 2 m cable supplied for emitter and receiver * Convert to PNP output with EE-2002 conversion connector * Extend cabling up to 10 m Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Through-beam Sensing Distance 1m Dimensions H x W x D mm 33.2 x 25.4 x 8.6 Output form Light-ON Output type NPN Dark-ON Model EE-SPW411 EE-SPW311 E (Receiver shown) Connector Cordsets (Cordsets Included with Sensor) Appearance Sensor type Description Dimensions H x W x D mm Model Horizontal Emitter cordset 2 m cable, 2 conductors 29 x 26 x 8 EE-1006L Vertical Receiver cordset 2 m cable, 3 conductors 16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3 EE-1006D For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-12 EE-SPW321/EE-SPW421 B435 Through-Beam Photomicrosensors Miniature Sensing Heads with In-Line Cable Amplifier * 30 cm sensing distance with 2 mm diameter minimum object size * Detect objects as small as 0.5 mm using slit pairs supplied * Operation indicators allow monitoring from the amplifier housing or sensor head * Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Slim amplifier (12 H x 7.5 W x 50 D mm) with NPN output for easy handling and mounting * Pre-wired with 2 m, 3-conductor cable for simple wiring * 0.5 or 1 m sensing head-to-amplifier cable lengths available Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Through-beam Sensing distance 30 cm Dimensions H x W x D mm 14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable Output form Light-ON Output type NPN 14 x 5.8 x 14, 1 m cable 14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable Model EE-SPW421 EE-SPW421A Dark-ON EE-SPW321 14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable EE-SPW321A Slit Sets Reduce beam size to detect smaller objects more accurately by applying slits to the emitter and receiver. Two sizes included with the sensor. Size of aperture Sensing distance Minimum object size 0.5 x 3 mm 10 cm Opaque: 0.5 mm dia. 1 x 3 mm 20 cm Opaque: 1 mm dia. E-13 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EE-SPX613 B436 Special Application Photomicrosensors Liquid Level Sensor with Built-In Amplifier * Detect liquid level in manufacturing processes used in food & beverage and semiconductor industries * Fits 6-13 mm diameter transparent or semi-transparent pipe with a wall thickness of 1 mm * Easy to install tie-wrap and rubber tube provided to prevent slippage * Incorporates a sensitivity selector, built-in amplifier, and operation mode selector * Built-in amplifier with NPN output saves space and wiring effort * Pre-wired with 1 m, talc-free cable, safe for use in clean room equipment Liquid Level Photomicrosensor Appearance Sensor type Through-beam (slot) Sensing Distance 6-13 mm diameter pipes, as transparent as FEP Dimensions H x W x D mm 16 x 26 x 19 Output form Light-ON/ Dark-ON selectable Output type NPN Model EE-SPX613 E For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-14 EE-SPZ-A B438 Retro-reflective Photomicrosensors with Lens Longer Sensing Distance, Simpler to Align Than Diffuse and Through-Beam Sensors * Photomicrosensor with light modulation for reduced external light interference * Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring with a light indicator * Wide operating voltage range: 5 to 24 VDC * Supports connection with Programmable Controllers (PLCs) * Easy-to-wire connectors assure easy maintenance Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Retro-reflective type Sensing distance Output type Output form Model 200 mm NPN output Dark-ON EE-SPZ301-A Light-ON EE-SPZ401-A Accessories (Order Separately) Type Cable length Model Remarks Connector -- EE-1002 -- Connector with cable 1m EE-1003 -- NPN/PNP Conversion Connector 0.46 m (total length) EE-2001 -- Connector Hold-Down Clip -- EE-1003A For EE-1003 only. Reflector -- E39-R1 -- E-15 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EE-SA701/EE-SA801 B439 Pushbutton-type Photomicrosensors Pushbutton Actuator Accurately Detects Presence of Difficult-to-Detect Objects * Conforms to semiconductor standards to enable accurate detection of FOUP cassettes without being affected by the material, color, or reflectance of the cassette bottoms. Thin design enables mounting in a wider range of applications, e.g., on transfer arms * Increased visibility with 4-direction indicator * Optical detection of actuator operation provides a long life (mechanical life: 5 million operations min.) * Models with PNP or NPN output * Models are available with very flexible robot cable Pushbutton Type Photomicrosensor Appearance Sensor distance Sensing method Operation mode 0 to 3.5 mm (pressed position) (see note. 1) Pushbutton ON with no load OFF with no load Cable length Model NPN output PNP output 1m EE-SA801A 1M EE-SA801R 1M 1m (robot cable) EE-SA801A-R 1M EE-SA801R-R 1M EE-SA701-R- 1M EE-SA701P-R 1M Note: 1. Distance from the top surface of the housing to the top of the actuator. E For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E-16 EE-SPY801/EE-SPY802 B437 Special Application Photomicrosensors Wafer Carrier Position Sensor * Unique optical system enables stable detection of almost all wafer-carriers * Contact surfaces with the wafer carrier use a special chemical-resistant fluororesin * Set the mounting position using optional pedestals * Light modulation effectively reduces external light interference * Pre-wired with 2 m, talc-free cable, safe for use in clean room equipment Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors Appearance Sensor type Sensing distance Diffuse reflective 0-3 mm Dimensions H x W x D mm 15 x 32 x 30 Output form Turns on when a wafer carrier is present Output Type NPN Model EE-SPY801 EE-SPY802 Pedestal (no sensor function) -- 15 x 32 x 30 Guides carrier for detection -- EE9-C01 EE9-C02 Application Mount sensors to detect the support rails along the bottom of the wafer carrier. Install a Sensor or Pedestal at each of the four corners indicated by a circle in the following diagram. Points A and C Points B and D E-17 EE-SPY801 or EE9-C01 EE-SPY802 or EE9-C02 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Limit and Basic Switches Contents Selection Guide F-ii Limit Switches WL/ WL-N Robust single-pole/double break switches F-1 D4A-N Heavy-duty SPDT and DPDT switches, plug-in construction F-2 D4C Sealed, compact, slim pre-wired limit switch F-3 D4CC Sealed, compact, slim limit switch with connector F-3 D4MC Compact enclosed limit switch F-4 D4E-N Slim and compact enclosed limit switch with a long life F-4 SHL Enclosed limit switch with coil spring action F-5 D5B Tactile switches detect objects from multiple directions F-6 VB Multiple plunger limit switch F-6 ZE/ZV/ High-capacity switches, ZV2 3 mounting styles F-7 Basic Switches Z High precision basic switch F-8 A High capacity basic switch F-9 X Direct current basic switch F-10 DZ Basic switch with two independent circuits F-11 TZ High temperature basic switch F-11 F-i F Limit Switches DOWNSIZE WITHOUT COMPROMISE D4C - Compact, flat, high-performing switches With only a width of 16 mm, these compact and flat switches let you meet the demand for down-sizing without compromising on specifications. The reliable SPDT contact inside can switch up to 5 A/250 VAC resistive load. A full range of actuators is available to meet all your mechanical requirements. * Slim, compact body sizes * Wide range of actuators * Strong metal housing, triple sealed with IP67 rating * Pre-wired and quick-to-service connector models Which type of switch is needed? D4A-N F-ii General purpose Miniature switch What type of actuator? What type of actuator? Plunger, lever, spring Plunger, lever IP67 IP67 WL WL-N D4C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D4CC Enclosed switch Multiple switch Tactile switch What type of actuator? What type of actuator? What type of actuator? Plunger, lever Plunger Plunger, wobble-stick IP67 IP67 IP67 VB D5B IP65 ZE/ZV/ZV2 D4E-_N D4MC SHL For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F F-iii Type Two circuit limit switch Heavy duty limit switch Enclosed switch, pre-wired Enclosed switch, connector High-capacity switch Model WL/WL-N D4A-N D4C D4CC ZE/ZV/ZV2 Degree of protection IEC SPDT DPDT SPST-NC Switch ratings (Resistive load) Contact type Features Selection criteria Selection Table IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 4 - - *10 A, 500 VAC *6 A, 30 VDC *0.8 A, 125 VDC *0.4 A, 250 VDC 4 4 - *10 A, 480 VAC *10 A, 14 VDC *6 A, 30 VDC *0.8 A, 125 VDC 4 - - *5 A, 250 VAC *4 A, 30 VDC *0.4 A, 125 VDC *0.2 A, 250 VDC 4 - - *1 A, 125 VAC *1 A, 30 VDC 4 - - *15 A, 250 VAC *10 A, 480 VAC *10 A, 30 VDC *0.5 A, 125 VDC *0.25 A, 250 VDC Microload type 4 - 4 - - Operation indicator Adjustable rod lever 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 - 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 4 4 - - - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - Adjustable roller lever Bevel plunger Center roller lever Coil spring Cross roller plunger Fork lever lock Hinge lever Hinge roller lever Horizontal roller plunger Horizontal ball plunger One-way action hinge roller lever Panel mount plunger Actuators IP67 Panel mount pin plunger Panel mount roller plunger Panel mount cross roller plunger Pin plunger Plastic rod Roller lever Roller plunger Sealed cross roller plunger Sealed plunger Sealed roller plunger Short hinge lever Short hinge roller lever Side plunger Side roller plunger Top ball plunger Top plunger Hemispherical ball Cone plunger Wire plunger - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available F-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Type Small sealed switch Enclosed switch Coil spring action switch Multiple plunger switch Tactile switch Model D4E-_N D4MC SHL VB D5B Degree of protection IEC SPDT DPDT SPST-NC Switch ratings (Resistive load) Actuators IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 4 - - *5 A, 250 VAC *5 A, 30 VDC *0.5 A, 125 VDC *0.25 A, 250 VDC 4 - - *10 A, 250 VAC *2 A, 480 VAC *10 A, 14 VDC *0.4 A, 125 VDC *0.2 A, 250 VDC 4 4 (Up to 6PDT) 10 A, 250 VAC 0.6 A, 125 VDC *0.3 A, 250 VDC - - 4 *1 mA, 5 VDC *30 mA, 30 VDC 4 Microload type 4 Operation indicator Adjustable rod lever 4 - 4 4 - 4 - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 4 - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - 4 - - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 Adjustable roller lever Bevel plunger Center roller lever Coil spring Cross roller plunger Fork lever lock Hinge lever Hinge roller lever Horizontal roller plunger Horizontal ball plunger One-way action hinge roller lever Panel mount plunger Panel mount pin plunger Panel mount roller plunger Panel mount cross roller plunger Pin plunger Plastic rod Roller lever Roller plunger Sealed cross roller plunger Sealed plunger Sealed roller plunger Short hinge lever Short hinge roller lever Side plunger Side roller plunger Top ball plunger Top plunger Hemispherical ball Cone plunger Wire plunger 4 Standard IP67 4 - - *10 A, 250 VAC *3 A, 480 VAC *10 A, 14 VDC *6 A, 30 VDC *0.5 A, 125 VDC *0.25 A, 250 VDC - Contact type Features Selection criteria Limit Switches 8 Available * * F - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-v Basic Switches GLOBAL STANDARD BASIC SWITCHES Wide range offering the most standard basic switches High precision and wide variety of styles meet wide range of applications. * Long life, high-accuracy and high quality * A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy * Micro load models available * Molded terminal-type models available Which type of switch is needed? High precision High capacity Direct current switch High temperature Two independent circuits Maximum load rating Maximum load rating Maximum load rating Maximum load rating Maximum load rating 15A @ 250VAC 20A @ 250VAC 10A @ 125VDC/AC 1A @ 250VAC 10A @ 250VAC SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT DPDT Z A X TZ DZ F-vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Actuators Type High precision switch High capacity switch Direct Current switch High-temperature switch Two independent circuits Model Z-15G A-20G X-10G TZ-1G DZ-10G SPDT 4 4 4 4 - DPDT - - - - 4 Switch ratings (Resistive load) * 15A @ 250VAC 6A @ 30VDC *0.5A @ 125VDC * 20A @ 250VAC 6A @ 30VDC *0.5A @ 125VDC * * 1A @ 250VAC 1A @ 30VDC * * 10A @ 125VDC/AC 3A @ 250VDC/AC * * * * 1 million * 100,000 * 100,000 50,000 Contact type Service Life Specifications Selection Table Mechanical (cycles) * 20 million * Electrical (cycles) * 500,000 * Pin plunger 4 Slim spring plunger Short spring plunger Panel mount plunger Panel mount roller plunger Panel mount cross roller plunger Leaf spring lever Roller leaf spring lever Short hinge lever Hinge lever Low-force hinge lever Low-force wire hinge lever Short hinge roller lever 8 8 4 4 Short hinge cross roller lever Hinge roller lever Hinge cross roller lever One-way short hinge roller lever Reverse hinge lever Reverse short hinge roller lever Reverse hinge roller lever 4 Standard 8 Available 10A @ 250VAC 0.5A @ 125VDC 1 million * 1 million 500,000 * * * 4 4 4 4 - 8 4 4 8 8 4 4 - - - - - - - - 8 8 8 - - 8 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 - - 8 4 - - 8 - 8 4 8 - - - - 4 - - - - - 4 - - 8 - 4 - 4 - 8 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 4 - 8 - - - - 8 - 8 - - 8 - 8 - - 8 - 8 - - 500,000 F - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-vii WL/WL-N General-Purpose Limit Switches L822 Robust Single-Pole/Double Break Switches with Built-In Actuators * Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with high mechanical strength * Rated IP67 with waterproof, oil-tight and dust-proof construction * Easy to install and maintain * Wide range of actuators: * Roller levers: Short, medium, long; flush mounting; flange mounting * Adjustable levers: Roller lever, rod lever * Fork roller levers * Plungers: Plain top, top roller, top ball, plain side, side roller, side ball * Wobble levers: Steel wire, nylon rod, coil spring * Wide variety of standard, high-precision and overtravel models * LED or neon lamp status indicator models available Specifications * Load rating: 10 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA A600 * Contact configuration: SPDT double break * Mechanical life: 15 million operations * High temperature, low temperature, corrosion proof, hermetic, anti-coolant, spatter resistant types available Type * Micro-load and "Long-Life" types available * Class 1 protection against electric shock * Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance, terminal screw connections * Enclosure rating: IP67; NEMA 3, 4, and 13 Basic High sensitivity overtravel 90-degree High-precision overtravel Features * Used with roller levers * Operation is highly sensitive with only 10 pretravel * Overtravel is large, making setting the dog easier * Mounting is compatible with basic models * Overtravel is large, * making setting the dog easier * Mounting is compatible with basic models * Repeat accuracy is twice that of basic models * Operation is highly sensitive with only 5 pretravel * Ideal for positioning, e.g., with machine tools One-way operation Possible Not possible Not possible Not possible Head mounting Any of 4 directions Any of 4 directions Any of 4 directions Any of 4 directions Action F-1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D4A-N General-Purpose Limit Switches L823 Heavy-Duty SPDT and DPDT Switches with Plug-In Construction * Oil-tight, watertight construction with double seal on the head, a complete gasket cover * Plug-in construction reduces downtime for maintenance * Convenient front mounting simplifies installation * User-selectable operating direction for side rotary switches--CW, CCW, or both * Position and lock the operating head at any of four 90 positions * Wide operating temperature range: -40 to 100 C (side rotary) * Side rotary switches accept a wide selection of levers * DPDT, double-break models available for sequential operation and center neutral switching Specifications * Load rating: SPDT double break: 10 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA A600 * DPDT double break: 5 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA B600 * Mechanical life: * SPDT double break: 50 million operations * DPDT double break: 30 million operations * Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance, terminal screw connections * Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 * Class I protection against electrical shock * Wide range of actuators: * Roller lever: Standard, high-sensitivity, low torque, maintained, sequential operation, center neutral operation * Adjustable lever: Side plunger, top plunger * Wobble lever: Spring wire, plastic rod, cat whisker, coil spring For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-2 F D4C Enclosed Limit Switches L824 Sealed, Compact, Slim Pre-Wired Limit Switch * * * * Rugged die-cast aluminum housing Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction Designed for easy gang mounting Standard cable offers high flexibility, outstanding oil and extreme temperature resistance * Wide range of actuators: Specifications * Load rating: SPDT: 5 A max. at 250 VAC, NEMA B300 * Micro load versions available * Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13 * Weather-resistant models available D4CC Enclosed Limit Switches Sealed, Compact, Slim Limit Switch with Connector * Center roller lever models enable ganged mounting of up to 6 switches * M12 4-pin connector reduces installation and maintenance time * Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction for plungers provides oil-tight and watertight protection * AC and DC switching models * Wide range of actuators Specifications * Load rating: SPDT, 1 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA D150 or 1 A max. at 30 VDC * Connection: M12 single keyway 4-pin connector * Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13 F-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L825 D4MC Limit Switches L827 Compact Enclosed Limit Switch * Suitable for applications demanding higher mechanical strength, dustproof and drip-proof properties * Rated IP67; gasket diaphragm seal provides high environmental resistance * High-precision and long life (10,000,000 mechanical operations) * Wide range of actuators: * Panel mount plunger, roller plunger, cross roller plunger * Short and standard hinge lever * Standard, short and one-way action short hinge roller lever * Screw terminals or pre-wired with 1 m cable Specifications * Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load) * NEMA A300 rated * Dimensions: 44.8 H x 21.7 W x 50 D mm (switch body with boot) D4E-N Limit Switches L828 Slim and Compact Enclosed Limit Switch with a Long Life * Ideal for gang mounting * Rated IP67; NEMA 3, 4 and 13 * Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical operations) * Wide range of actuators: * Plunger, roller plunger, cross roller plunger * Sealed plunger, roller plunger, cross roller plunger * Standard and one-way action roller lever * Screw terminals, connector or pre-wired with 1 m cable models * Micro-load types available F Specifications * Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 5 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load) * NEMA A300 rated * Dimensions: 32.9 H x 18 W x 43 D mm (switch body) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-4 SHL Limit Switches L829 Enclosed Limit Switch with Coil Spring Action * Coil spring mechanism extends life of the switch * Rated IP67; rigid zinc die-cast alloy housing * Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical operations) * Wide range of actuators: * Plunger panel mount plunger, roller plunger, cross roller plunger * Standard and short hinge lever * Standard and short hinge roller lever * One-way action standard and short hinge roller lever * Screw terminals or pre-wired with cable models * Molded terminal and indicator models available Specifications * Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A max. at 250 VAC (resistive load) * Microload types rated 0.1 A at 125 VAC/ 30 VDC (resistive load) F-5 * UL & NEMA A300 rated * Dimensions: 32.9 H x 17.5 W x 45.6 D mm (switch body) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com D5B Limit Switches L833 Tactile Switches Detect Objects from Multiple Directions * Detects object contact and operates even with a slight force * Gold-plated contacts provide high contact reliability * Switches micro current/voltage loads * Long service life (10 million mechanical operations) * Rated IP67 for resistance to dust, fine particles and water or oil splash * Three sizes (M10, M8, and M5) to match total travel and operating force requirements * Three actuator types: hemispheric, coneshaped, and wobble-stick type * Pre-wired with 1, 3 or 5 m cable Specifications * Control output: Normally closed; 1 mA at 5 VDC to 30 mA max. at 30 VDC (resistive load) * Dimensions: M5 x 24.5 L mm (hemispheric); 27 L mm (cone-shaped); 64.1 L mm (wobble stick) * M8 x 28 L mm (hemispheric); 32.5 L mm (cone-shaped); 92.8 L mm (wobble stick) * M10 x 33.3 L mm (hemispheric); 39.3 L mm (cone-shaped) * 111.1 L mm (wobble stick) VB Limit Switches L832 Multiple Plunger Limit Switch * Multiple plunger switches are ideal for machine tools and sequential control * Robust solution offers 2 to 6 switches in one enclosure * Easy to install and service; switch box has an oil drain * Rated IP67; rugged die-cast aluminum housing * Ground terminal models have EN/IEC approval (CE marking) * Long service life (5,000,000 mechanical operations) * Roller plunger or bevel plunger actuators * G1/2 conduit entrance; screw terminals Specifications * Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A max. at 125 VAC (resistive load) * Microload types rated @ 0.1 A F * Dimensions: 68 H x 85 W x 58 D mm (2 switch model) * 106 D mm (6 switch model) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-6 ZE/ZV/ZV2 Limit Switches L826 High-Capacity Switches * Large 15 A, 125 VAC switching capacity and long service life * Wide range of actuators: * Plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller * Roller arm lever: Standard and sealed * Sealed plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller * Rugged die-cast aluminum housing * Sealed switches rated IP65 (Z9-N) * Three mounting styles available: * Side mounting (ZE) * Diagonal side mounting (ZV2) is ideal for gang mounting several switches * Flanged base mounting (ZV) Specifications * Load rating: SPDT, 15 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA B300 or 1 A max. at 30 VDC * Mechanical life: 10 million operations F-7 * Connection: Screw terminals on internal switch face forward when the cover is opened * Enclosure rating: IP65 (ZE-N); IP60 (ZE-Q) * Micro load version available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Z Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L862 Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting High Precision and Wide Variety * Long life with high-accuracy and high quality * A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy * A wide range of variations in contact form available: basic, split-contact, and maintained-contact * Micro load models available * Molded terminal-type models incorporate a finger protection safety terminal cover Specifications * Electrical operating frequency: 20 operations/minute maximum * Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum * Switch rating: 15 A, 250 VAC * Contact form: SPDT * Ambient operating temperature: -25C to +80C (with no icing) * Ambient operating humidity: 35%RH to 85%RH Ordering Information Actuator Dimensions H x W x D mm Rating Contact form Mounting hole size Terminal type Model Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 15 A, 250 VAC 10 A, 500 VAC 0.5 A, 125 VDC 0.25 A, 250 VDC SPDT 4.2 mm Screw terminal Size : M4 Z-15G-B Screw terminal Size : #6-32NC Z-15G-B7-K Screw terminal Size : M4 Z-15GQ-B Panel mount plunger 48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 Z-15GQ22-B Hinge lever 38 X 49.2 X 17.45 Z-15GW-B Short hinge roller lever 42.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 Z-15GW22-B For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F F-8 A Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L863 High-capacity Switch Handles 20 A Loads with Large Inrush Currents * Long life with high-accuracy and high quality * Directly switches loads such as motors, halogen lamps and solenoids * Same shape as Omron snap action switch model Z except pin plunger position, yet endures inrush currents as large as 75 A Specifications * Switch Rating: 20 A, 250 VAC * Contact form: SPDT * Ambient operating temperature: -25C to +80C (with no icing) * Ambient operating humidity: 35%RH to 85%RH * Electrical operating frequency: 20 operations/minute maximum * Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum Ordering Information Actuator Dimensions H x W x D mm Rating Contact form Mounting hole size Terminal type Model Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 20 A, 250 VAC 15 A, 500 VAC 0.5 A, 125 VDC 0.25 A, 250 VDC SPDT 4.2 mm Screw terminal Size : M4 A-20G-B 3.56 mm Screw terminal Size : #6-32NC A-20G-B7-K 4.2 mm Screw terminal Size : M4 A-20GQ-B Panel mount plunger 48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45 A-20GQ22-B Hinge lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45 A-20GV-B Hinge roller lever 57 X 49.2 X 17.45 A-20GV2-B F-9 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com X Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L864 Direct Current Switch with Built-in Magnetic Blowout * Can be used for either load rating of DC or AC for wide variety of applications * Incorporates a small permanent magnet in the contact mechanism to deflect the arc to effectively extinguish it * Ideal for switching DC circuits * Wide variety of actuators for a wide scope of applications * Same shape and mounting procedures as Omron's Model Z snap action switches. Specifications * Electrical operating frequency: 20 operations/minute maximum * Electrical service life: 100,000 operations minimum * Switch Rating: 10 A, 125 VAC * Contact form: SPDT * Ambient operating temperature: -25C to +80C (with no icing) * Ambient operating humidity: 35%RH to 85%RH Ordering Information Actuator Dimensions H x W x D mm Rating Contact form Mounting hole size Terminal type Model Pin plunger 30 X 49.2 X 17.45 4.2 Screw terminal Size : M4 X-10G-B 54 X 49.2 X 17.45 10 A, 125 VDC/AC 3 A, 250 VDC/AC SPDT Panel mount plunger X-10GQ-B Panel mount roller plunger 65 X 49.2 X 17.45 X-10GQ22-B Hinge lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45 X-10GW-B Short hinge roller lever 52 X 49.2 X 17.45 X-10GW22-B F For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com F-10 DZ Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L866 DPDT Basic Switch for Two Independent Circuit Control * Compact DPDT contacts for size restricted applications * Incorporates two completely independent built-in switches * Ideal for switching the circuits operating on two different voltages, and for controlling two independent circuits Specifications * Ambient operating temperature: -25C to +80C (with no icing) * Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum Ordering Information Actuator Dimensions H x W x D mm Rating Contact form Mounting hole size Terminal type Model Pin plunger 25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 4.2 mm Screw terminal Size : M3 DZ-10G-1B 41.6 X 49.2 X 17.45 Hinge lever 54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 10 A, 250 VAC 10 A, 30 VDC 0.5 A, 125 VDC 0.25 A, 250 VDC DPDT Hinge roller lever Short hinge roller lever 47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45 DZ-10GV2-1B DZ-10GW-1B DZ-10GW22-1B TZ Series General-Purpose Basic Switches L865 High-temperature Basic Switch for Extreme Applications * Stable operation at an ambient temperature of 400C * Carefully chosen materials ensure high contact reliability at high ambient temperature Specifications * Ambient operating temperature: -65C to +400C (with no icing) * Electrical service life: 50,000 operations minimum Ordering Information Actuator Dimensions H x W x D mm Rating Contact form Mounting hole size Terminal type Model Pin plunger 25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 3.56 mm Screw terminal Size : M3.5 TZ-1G 54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45 Short hinge roller lever 47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45 1 A, 250 VAC 1 A, 30 VDC 0.4 A, 125 VDC SPDT Hinge lever Hinge roller lever 49 X 49.2 X 17.45 F-11 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com TZ-1GV TZ-1GV22 TZ-1GV2 Measurement Sensors Contents Selection Guide G-ii Laser Displacement ZX1 CMOS laser displacement sensors with built-in amplifier, long distance models G-1 ZX2 CMOS laser displacement sensors for stable measurement G-2 ZX-L-N Laser measurement sensors, smart amplifier G-3 ZS-L Scalable precision laser measurement sensor G-4 ZS-HL Scalable high-precision and long distance measurement sensor G-5 Inductive Displacement ZX-E Inductive displacement sensors, smart amplifier G-6 Contact Displacement ZX-T Contact displacement sensors, smart amplifier G-7 Confocal Displacement ZW Confocal fiber displacement sensor G-8 Width-Measuring ZX-GT Wide laser measurement sensors, smart amplifier G-9 Laser 2D Profile ZG2 2D measurement sensor G-10 G G-i Measurement Sensors HIGH-PRECISION QUALITY INSPECTION Zero defect becomes reality-scalable accuracy in inspection The Smart displacement sensor family offers a modular and scalable approach to solve the most challenging measurement tasks. This powerful portfolio enables you to measure profiles, thickness, distance, evenness/warpage, as well as width, edge, and more. Several measurement profiles can be performed simultaneously, using a single- or multi-controller unit. Aided by Omron's advanced technologies, the highest accuracy over long distances, speed and reliability will be achieved. * Accurate and fast - models available with 0.25 m at less than 110 s sampling time * Scalable - multi-controller connectivity allows coordinate measurement with multiple points * Smart - data storage and remote control via networking capabilities Displacement sensors Laser triangulation Confocal Type All surfaces including glass, shiny, mirror and black matte surfaces ZW G-ii All surfaces including glass, shiny, mirror and black matte surfaces General surfaces Long distance, multitask type Standard Long distance, built-in amplifier Standard, IP67 sensing heads ZS-HL ZS-L ZX1 ZX2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX-L-N Measurement sensors Contact Inductive On/Off E3NC ZX-E 2D Profile Analog On/Off ZX-T E9NC Position/ Diameter/Width ZG2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX-GT G G-iii Selection Table Application Features Selection criteria 1D Smart laser measuring sensors ZS-HL 10 0.5 mm 1500 500 mm - - 0.25 m - 0.05% 110 s IP64/IP67 IP40 0 to 50C 9 - - - - - - ZS-L 20 1 mm 350135 mm - - 0.25 m - 0.1% 110 s IP66 (0.5 m); IP67 (2 m) IP40 0 to 50 C 9 - - - - - - - ZX-L-N 30 2 mm 300 200 mm - - 0.25 m - 0.2% 150 s IP50 IP40 0 to 50C 5 - - - - - - - - - ZW 2 1 mm 40 +/- 6 mm 40 m 80 m 0.25 m - Note 1 500 s - IP40 IP20 0 to 50C 1 - - - - - - - 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 4 to 20 mA 1 to 5 VDC Judgement output High/Pass/Low - -10 to +10 V Trigger RS-232C USB 2.0 - - Ethernet - - - Model Measurement range Z Min. Max. Spot diameter Min. Max Resolution Resolution X Linearity (% of full scale) Response time Spot beam Line beam IP-rating head IP-rating controller Ambient operating temperature Number of connectable sensors Thickness measurement Eccentricity Height Step Profile Distance Evenness Warpage Edge Width Peak Peak to peak Bottom Self-trigger Calibration Signal scaling PC-software Mirror Glass Metal Plastic Black rubber VDC Communication Control I/O Supply voltage Paper Standard Available - No/not available Note1: See lens specifications G-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Measurement Sensors 1D Smart laser measuring sensors Selection criteria Features Application CommuSupply Control I/O nication voltage Inductive measuring sensors Contact measuring sensors ZX1 50 10 mm 600+/-400 mm 0.17 mm 0.56 mm 2 to 80 m - 0.15 to 0.5% F.S. 1 ms IP67 - -10 to +55C 1 - - - - - - - - - - - ZX2 48 5 mm 10035 mm 60 m 110 m 1.5 m - 5 m - 0.05 to 0.1% F.S. 30 s IP67 IP40 0 to +50C 5 n n n n - n n n - n n n n n n n - n n n n n n ZX-E 0.5 mm 7 mm - - 1 m - 0.5% 150 s - - IP67 IP40 0 to 50C 5 - - - - - - - - ZX-T 1 mm 10 mm - - 0.1 m - 0.3% 1 ms - - IP67 IP40 0 to 50C 7 - - - - - 10 to 30 VDC 10 to 30 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA 1 to 5 VDC Judgement output High/Pass/Low - n n and 5 V n Trigger n RS-232C - - USB 2.0 - - - - Model Standard 1D Smart laser measuring sensors Measurement range Z Min. Max. Spot diameter Min. Max Resolution Resolution X Linearity (% of full scale) Response time Spot beam Line beam IP-rating head IP-rating controller Ambient operating temperature Number of connectable sensors Thickness measurement Eccentricity Height Step Profile Distance Evenness Warpage Edge Width Peak Peak to peak Bottom Self-trigger Calibration Signal scaling PC-software Mirror Glass Metal Plastic Black rubber Paper VDC Available * For unit specifics see data sheets. G - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-v Measurement Sensors CommuSupply Control I/O nication voltage Application Features Selection criteria Profile measuring sensor Standard 21.6 to 26.4 VDC 24 VDC -10 to +10 V Trigger RS-232C USB 2.0 - VDC 4 to 20 mA 1 to 5 VDC Judgement output High/Pass/Low Available * For unit specifics see data sheets. G-vi - - - - ZX-GT - 28 mm - - 10 m - 0.1% 0.5 ms - IP40 IP40 0 to 50C 5 - - - - - - Model Measurement range Z Min. Max. Spot diameter Min. Max Resolution Resolution X Linearity (% of full scale) Response time Spot beam Line beam IP-rating head IP-rating controller Ambient operating temperature Number of connectable sensors Thickness measurement Eccentricity Height Step Profile Distance Evenness Warpage Edge Width Peak Peak to peak Bottom Self-trigger Calibration Signal scaling PC-software Mirror Glass Metal Plastic Black rubber Paper ZG2 22.3 0.5 mm 210 48 mm 3 mm 70 mm 0.25 m * 631 pixels 0.5% 5 ms - IP66/67 IP20 0 to 50C 1 Smart laser micrometer - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX1 Measurement Sensors C437 CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor with Built-in Amplifier Smart sensor for simple measurements that do not require additional equipment for configuration. All-in-one laser now provides ease of use and stable measurements for any type of work piece. Different sensing distance ranges provide a solution for every application. * Amplifier setup built into laser sensor * Long distance model up to 1,000 mm * Pre-wired connector version allows extension up to 20 m * IP67 heads and Robotic cables Ordering Information Shape Spot diameter Connection method 0.17 mm Pre-wired 0.33 mm Cable length PNP output model 2m ZX1-LD50A61 2M ZX1-LD50A81 2M ZX1-LD50A61 5M ZX1-LD50A81 5M ZX1-LD50A66 0.5M ZX1-LD50A86 0.5M ZX1-LD100A61 2M ZX1-LD100A81 2M ZX1-LD100A61 5M ZX1-LD100A81 5M ZX1-LD100A66 0.5M ZX1-LD100A86 0.5M ZX1-LD300A61 2M ZX1-LD300A81 2M Pre-wired connector 0.5 m Pre-wired 2m Pre-wired connector 0.5 m Pre-wired 2m Pre-wired connector 0.5 m Pre-wired 2m Pre-wired connector 0.5 m 50 10 mm 40 60 100 35 mm 65 5m 0.56 mm NPN output model 5m 5m 0.52 mm Sensing distance 5m 135 300 150 mm 150 450 600 400 mm 200 1,000 ZX1-LD300A61 5M ZX1-LD300A81 5M ZX1-LD300A66 0.5M ZX1-LD300A86 0.5M ZX1-LD600A61 2M ZX1-LD600A81 2M ZX1-LD600A61 5M ZX1-LD600A81 5M ZX1-LD600A66 0.5M ZX1-LD600A86 0.5M Extension Cables Order extension cables for Pre-wired Connector Models only. Cable length Model 10 m ZX0-XC10R 20 m ZX0-XC20R For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G G-1 ZX2 Measurement Sensors C436 CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor This next generation smart sensor provides stable measurements with ease of use. Achieve accurate measurements for distance and thickness calculations even with product in motion. The CMOS sensor provides repeatable measurements for any color or surface condition. * 11 Segment display for easy configuration * World's smallest CMOS head with laser life display * 4 bank function for easy setup changeover * IP67 heads and robotic cables Ordering Information Sensor Heads Appearance Optical system Beam shape Diffuse reflective Line beam Sensing distance 5010mm Spot beam 40 Line beam Regular reflective 65 Spot beam ZX2-LD50 ZX2-LD50L 5 m ZX2-LD100 ZX2-LD100L 135 485mm 43 Model 1.5 m 60 10035mm Spot beam Resolution 1.5 m ZX2-LD50V 53 Amplifiers Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination output function Output type Model Amplifier with 2 m cable 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 5 VDC High, Pass, Low NPN ZX2-LDA11 2M PNP ZX2-LDA41 2M Sensor Head Extension Cables Length Model 1m ZX2-XC1R 4m ZX2-XC4R 9m ZX2-XC9R 20 m ZX2-XC20R Calculating Unit Appearance Model ZX2-CAL Mounting Brackets Contents Applicable sensor heads Model Mounting bracket: 1 ZX2-LD50V, ZX2-LD50L, ZX-LD50 E39-L178 Nut plate: 1 Phillips screws (M3x30): 2 ZX-LD100L, ZX-LD100 E39-L179 G-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX-L-N Measurement Sensors C426 Smart, Fast Laser Measurement Sensor Smart ZX-L offers simple setup and measurement for applications where high resolution and fast response time are required. A wide range of interchangeable sensor heads provides great flexibility in solving demanding applications. * Small and light sensor heads for easy integration * High-speed response time of 150 s * Easy sensor head replacement * Scalability through a modular platform concept Ordering Information Reflective Sensing Heads Sensing method Sensing distance Beam shape Resolution Dimensions (H x W x D mm) Model Diffuse reflective 40 10 mm Spot, 50 mm dia. 2 m 39 x 33 x 17 ZX-LD40 100 40 mm Spot, 100 mm dia. 16 m ZX-LD100 300 200 mm Spot, 300 mm dia. 300 m ZX-LD300 40 10 mm Line, 75 m x 2 mm 2 m ZX-LD40L 100 40 mm Line, 150 m x 2 mm 16 m ZX-LD100L 300 200 mm Line, 450 m x 2 mm 300 m 30 2 mm Spot, 75 mm dia. 0.25 m Regular reflective ZX-LD300L 45 x 55 x 25 ZX-LD30V Line, 100 m x 1.8 mm ZX-LD30VL Through-beam Sensing Heads Sensing method Sensing distance Measuring width Resolution Dimensions (H x W x D mm) Model Through-beam 0 to 2000 mm 1 mm dia. 4 m 15 x 15 x 34 emitter; 15 x 15 x 19 receiver ZX-LT001 0 to 500 mm 5 mm dia 20 x 20 x 42 emitter; 20 x 20 x 25 receiver ZX-LT005 20 x 64 x 68 emitter; 20 x 64 x 58 receiver ZX-LT010 10 mm dia. 30 mm dia. 12 m ZX-LT030 Amplifiers Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination output function Output type Model Amplifier with 2 m cable 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 4 VDC, 5 VDC High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-LDA11N 2M PNP ZX-LDA41N 2M G Accessories Please refer to data sheet for Attachments, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-3 ZS-L Measurement Sensors C424 Scalable Precision Laser Measurement Sensor Smart ZS-L sensor offers high-precision, high-speed and high-sensitivity inspections and detects nearly all surfaces. * Sensitive enough to measure thickness of coating or sealer on glass * High resolution of 0.25 m * Fast response time of 110 s for accurate measurements of moving work pieces * Sensor head with 2D-CMOS technology delivers high dynamic sensing range to measure black rubber, plastic, shiny glass and mirror surfaces Ordering Information Sensing Heads Sensing method Measurement center distance Diffuse reflective 50 mm 80 mm Beam type Beam diameter 5 mm 50 - Line 900 x 60 m 15 mm 50S - Spot 50 m 50 mm +/-5 mm 80 - Line 900 x 60 m Resolution* 0.8 m 2 m Model ZS-LD50 ZS-LD50S ZS-LD80 130 mm 15 mm 130 - Line 900 x 70 m 3 m ZS-LD130 200 mm 50 mm 200 - Line 900 x 100 m 5 m ZS-LD200 20 m 350 mm Regular reflective Measurement range 20 mm 40 mm 135 mm 350S - Spot 240 m dia. 1 mm 20T - Line 900 x 25 m 20 mm +/-1 mm 20ST - Spot 25 m 2.5 mm 40T - Line 2000 x 35 m 0.25 m 0.4 m ZS-LD350S ZS-LD20T ZS-LD20ST ZS-LD40T *Resolution is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in high-precision mode, when the number of samples to average is set to 128, and the measuring mode is set to high-resolution mode. The standard work piece is white aluminum ceramic for diffuse reflection heads and glass in the regular reflection heads. Controllers Description Supply voltage Control outputs Model Sensor Controllers 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-LDC11 PNP outputs ZS-LDC41 Multi-Controllers for Calculation 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-MDC11 PNP outputs ZS-MDC41 NPN outputs ZS-DSU11 PNP outputs ZS-DSU41 Data Storage Units Support Data Logging 24 VDC Accessories Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector. G-4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZS-HL Measurement Sensors C425 High-Precision Long Distance Laser Measurement Sensors High performance sensors support critical quality inspection with precise measurements over long distances. * Sensor heads support measuring center distances from 20 to 1,500 mm * Achieves a maximum high resolution of 0.25 m * Solve tough inspection problems: Stable measurement of black rubber, black resin, glass and metal sheets, and printed circuit boards * Fast response time of 110 s for accurate measurements of moving work pieces Ordering Information Sensing Heads Sensing method Measuring range [Sensing distance] Beam size/ measuring region Resolution FDA laser Model class Regular 20 mm 1 mm 1.0 mm x 20 m 0.25 m Class II Diffuse 5.2 mm 1 mm Regular 50 mm 5 mm 1.0 mm x 30 m 0.1 m ZS-HLDS5T 2M Diffuse 44 mm 4 mm Regular 100 mm 20 mm 3.5 mm x 60 m 1.0 m ZS-HLDS10 2M Diffuse 94 mm 16 mm Regular 600 mm 350 mm 16 mm x 0.3 mm 8 m @ 250 mm, 40 m @ 600 mm ZS-HLDS60 1500 mm 500 mm 40 mm x 1.5 mm 500 m ZS-HLDS150 ZS-HLDS2T 2M Series Sensor Heads for Nozzle Gaps Optical system Sensing distance Beam shape Beam diameter Resolution Model Regular reflective models 10 0.5 mm Line beam 900 x 25 m 0.25 m ZS-LD10GT 15 0.75 mm ZS-LD15GT Series Sensor Controllers Shape Supply voltage Control outputs Model 24 VDC NPN outputs ZS-HLDC11 PNP outputs ZS-HLDC41 G Accessories Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, Controller Link and Controller options. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-5 ZX-E Measurement Sensors C427 Smart Inductive Displacement Sensor Smart ZX-E offers simple setup for applications requiring non-contact displacement measurements of metal objects. A wide range of interchangeable sensor heads provides great flexibility in solving demanding applications. * Compact inductive sensor heads for easy integration * High-speed response time of 150 s * Easy sensor head replacement * Scalability through a modular platform concept Ordering Information Inductive Sensing Heads Shape Dimensions Unthreaded cylindrical Threaded cylindrical Sensing distance Resolution 1 m Model 3 dia. x 18 mm 0.5 mm 5.4 dia. x 18 mm 1 mm ZX-ED01T ZX-EDR5T 8 dia. x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-ED02T M10 x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-EM02T M18 x 46.3 mm 7 mm ZX-EM07MT Flat 30 x 14 x 4.8 mm 4 mm ZX-EV04T Heat-resistant, cylindrical M12 x 22 mm 2 mm ZX-EM02HT Amplifiers Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination output function Output type Model Amplifier with 2 m cable 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 4 VDC, 5 VDC High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-EDA11 2M PNP ZX-EDA41 2M Accessories Please refer to data sheet for Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module. G-6 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX-T Measurement Sensors C428 Smart Contact Displacement Sensor Smart ZX-T offers simple setup for applications requiring high-precision contact displacement measurements to verify part shape and orientation. * Slim sensor heads make it easy to integrate * Fast response time of 1 ms * Multipoint measurement with up to 7 sensors * Dust-tight linear ball bearing construction assures long service life: 10 million mechanical operations minimum Ordering Information Contact Sensing Heads Type Sensing distance Resolution Tip size Dimensions (sensing head) Model Short type 1 mm 0.1 m 4.5 dia. mm 57.1 L x 6 dia. mm ZX-TDS01T Standard type 4 mm 86 L x 6 dia. mm ZX-TDS04T Low-load type ZX-TDS04T-L Standard type 10 mm 0.4 m 5 dia. mm 123 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T Ultra-low-load type 7.5 dia. mm 132.15 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-L Vacuum retracting type 5 dia. mm 129.5 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-V Vacuum retracting/Air push type 7 dia. mm 124.5 L x 8 dia. mm ZX-TDS10T-VL Amplifiers Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination output function Output type Model Amplifier with 2 m cable 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 4 VDC, 5 VDC High, Pass, Low NPN ZX-TDA11 2M PNP ZX-TDA41 2M Accessories Please refer to data sheet for Actuator options, Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module. G For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-7 ZW Confocal Fiber Displacement Sensor C438 Ultra-compact, Lightweight Sensor Measures Any Material The ZW confocal fiber displacement sensor delivers stable, non-contact, in-line measurement of heights, thicknesses and other dimensions. It solves the problems of traditional laser triangulation sensors: deviation between different material with inclination tolerance. The compact sensing head has no electronic parts to eliminate problems of installation space and mutual interference, electrical/magnetic noise, temperature rise and mechanical positioning. * Ultra-compact sensing head: 24 x 24 mm; weighs only 105 g * Separate amplifier provides white LED light source, spectroscope and processor to convert reflected color light to distance * High flexibility fiber-optic cable from sensor to controller, extends up to 32 m * Smart Monitor ZW Software simplifies setup and data collection/analysis * Mount sensing head one time: no need to re-tune for changing materials * EtherCAT models includes EtherNet/IP communications interface Ordering Information Sensor Heads Measuring range Cables Spot diameter Static resolution Model* Description Feature Sensor head to controller extension cable Fiber-optic cable; includes Fiber Adapter ZW-XFC 7 1 mm 18 m dia. 0.25 m ZW-S079M 20 1 mm 40 m dia. 0.25 m ZW-S209M 30 1 mm 60 m dia. 0.25 m ZW-S309M 40 6 mm 80 m dia. 0.25 m ZW-S409M *Note: Cable length (specified in meters) should be added in place of the box at the end of the part number. Fiber adapter Parallel I/O Cable Controller to personal computer cable Controller to PLC/HMI cable Cable length Model 2m 5m 10 m 20 m 30 m Coupler between fibers Input/Output 2m Wiring RS-232C cable 2m ZW-XF02R ZW-XF05R ZW-XF10R ZW-XF20R ZW-XF30R ZW-XFC RS-232C cable ZW-XPT2 2m ZW-XCP2E ZX-XRS2 Controllers and Software Dimensions Power supply 124 x 72 x 128 mm 24 VDC 124 x 72 x 128 mm 24 VDC Fiber Optic Cleaner SYSMAC Software & License G-8 Output type Software included Model NPN PNP No No ZW-CE10T ZW-CE15T ZW-XCL Contact Omron or see website for details For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com ZX-GT Measurement Sensors C435 Wide Laser Beam CCD Measurement Sensor Now you can accurately and reliably get precision measurements of 10 m at a distance of up to 500 mm by using the ZX-GT. The ZX-GT provides unparalleled measurement precision with high-speed measurement of 2,000 samples per second. The ZX-GT's ability to measure glass and mirror surfaces along with its "Smart Recipe" PC software, makes the ZX-GT the most powerful and easy to use measurement sensor in its class. * 10 m accuracy by 500 mm range * High-speed processing of 2,000 images per second ensures fast, accurate in-line measurements * Dedicated glass detection function * "Smart Recipe" software makes setup easy Ordering Information Sensor Appearance Optical system Measuring width Sensing distance Resolution Output type Model Separate type Through-beam 28 mm 0 to 500 mm 10 m NPN ZX-GT28S11 PNP ZX-GT28S41 NPN ZX-GT2840S11 PNP ZX-GT2840S41 Integrated type 40 mm Amplifiers Appearance Power supply Output type Model DC NPN ZX-GTC11 PNP ZX-GTC41 G Accessories Please refer to data sheet for Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G-9 ZG2 2D Laser Profiling Sensor C422 2D Measurement Sensor The ZG2 sensor measures the height and width of entire objects simultaneously, using a wide laser beam. * All-in-one controller with built-in LCD display * Measure entire shapes in 2D, X and Z axis * Immediate live feedback * Fast 5 ms sampling time FDA Class IIIb * Accuracy as fine as 0.25 m Ordering Information Sensing Heads Measurement mode Measurement range regular reflective Measurement range diffuse reflective Beam size/ measuring region Resolution X dir/Z dir FDA laser class Model Regular reflective 22.3 0.5 mm 10.6 0.4 mm 3 mm 5 m / 0.25 m Class II ZG2-WDS3VT 0.5M Diffuse reflective 44 2 mm 13 m / 1 m Class IIIb 50 3 mm 8 mm ZG2-WDS3VT 2M ZG2-WDS8T 0.5M ZG2-WDS8T 2M 94 10 mm mode not available 100 12 mm 210 48 mm 22 mm 70 mm 35 m / 2.5 m ZG2-WDS22 0.5M 111 m / 6 m ZG2-WDS70 0.5M ZG2-WDS22 2M ZG2-WDS70 2M Controller Description Power supply Analog output (Switch selectable) Discrimination output function Output type Model Controller 24 VDC 4 to 20 mA, -10 to 10 VDC All Pass/NG/ Error NPN ZG2-WDC11 PNP ZG2-WDC41 NPN ZG2-WDC11A PNP ZG2-WDC41A Note: Models with `A' suffix includes Smart Monitor ZG Set-up Software. Accessories Extension cables, Software, Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector. G-10 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Rotary Encoders H Contents Selection Guide H-ii Absolute Rotary Encoders E6C3-A Standard, 50 mm dia. H-1 E6CP-A Plastic body, 50 mm dia. H-2 E6F-A H-3 Rugged housing, 60 mm dia. Incremental Rotary Encoders E6A2-C Small diameter encoder, 25 mm dia. H-4 E6B2-C Small diameter encoder, 40 mm dia. H-5 E6C3-C Standard, 50 mm dia. H-6 E6D-C Rugged housing, Narrow shaft, 40 mm dia. H-7 E6F-C Rugged housing, Narrow shaft, 60 mm dia. H-7 H-i Rotary Encoders ACCURACY AND ROBUSTNESS MADE RELIABLE Close the loop - angle, position and velocity on hand Rotary encoders create information which represent the movement of your application. To meet challenging demands, Omron offers a wide range of absolute and incremental encoders. * Wide resolution variety * Models with rugged housing * Models for multi-turn applications Rotary encoders Incremental Absolute Small diameter Standard Narrow shaft Rugged housing Standard Rugged housing Plastic body E6A2-C E6B2-C E6C3-C E6D-C E6F-C E6C3-A E6F-A E6CP-A H-ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Selection Table Output E6A2-C E6B2-C E6D-C Small diameter shaft Small diameter shaft Small diameter shaft Standard Rugged housing Model Type H Incremental E6C3-C E6F-C Resolution range (Pulse/ rev) Min 10 10 10 100 100 Max 500 2,000 6,000 3,600 1,000 Output NPN PNP - - 25 40 55 50 60 10 N 30 N 50 N 80 N 120 N Axial 5N 20 N 30 N 50 N 50 N IP50 - - IP64 - - - - - Size dia. (mm) Max. force IP rating Radial IP65 Max. rotation frequency (rpm) - - - 5,000 6,000 12,000 5,000 5,000 Output Absolute E6C3-A Model Type E6F-A E6CP-A Standard Rugged housing Lightweight, plastic body Resolution range (Pulse/rev) Min 6 256 10 Max 1,024 1,024 256 Output NPN PNP - Size dia. (mm) Max. force IP rating 50 60 50 Radial 80 N 120 N 30 N Axial 50 N 50 N 20 N IP50 - - IP64 - - - IP65 - 5,000 5,000 1,000 Max. rotation frequency (rpm) Standard Available - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-iii E6C3-A Rotary Encoders -Absolute F522 Water Resistant Encoder for Tough Environments * IP65 drip-proof, oil-proof construction with sealed bearing * 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides superior shaft loading performance: Radial: 8 kg-f; Axial: 5.1 kg-f * NPN, or PNP open collector or voltage outputs * Optimum angle control when combined with cam positioner (stand-alone H8PS or PLC-based) or encoder-input PLC position control modules * Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000 rpm max * Pre-wired with 1 meter cable; 2 meter cable available, connector version available for direct connection to an H8PS Cam Positioning Unit Ordering Information When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M). Size Shaft Supply Voltage Output configuration Output code Resolution (pulses/ rotation) Connection method Model 50 dia. x 43 D mm 8 dia. x 15 L mm, stainless steel 12 to 24 VDC NPN opencollector output Gray 256, 360, 720 2m connector for H8PS Cam Positioner E6C3-AG5C-C 256, 360, 720, 1,024 Pre-wired, 1 m cable E6C3-AG5C Binary PNP opencollector output 5 VDC Voltage output 32, 40 BCD 6, 8, 12 E6C3-AB5C Gray 256, 360, 720, 1,024 E6C3-AG5B Binary 32, 40 E6C3-AN5B BCD 6, 8, 12 E6C3-AB5B Binary 256 E6C3-AN1E 12 VDC H-1 E6C3-AN5C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E6C3-AN2E E6CP-A Rotary Encoders - Absolute F523 H Low-Cost Absolute Encoder, 50 mm Diameter * High-precision detection of automatic machine timing, also ideal for robot limit signals * Absolute encoder performance at the cost of an incremental encoder * Gray code output eliminates reading mistakes * Lightweight, plastic body construction, IP50 enclosure rating * Shaft loading: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f * Open collector output * Response frequency: 5 kHz max., 1,000 rpm max * Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector version available for direct connection to an H8PS Cam Positioning unit Ordering Information Size Shaft 50 dia. x 55 D mm 6 dia. x 10 L mm Power supply voltage Output configuration Output code Resolution (pulses/ rotation) Connection method Model 5 to 12 VDC Open-collector output Gray 256 (8-bit) Pre-wired, 2 m cable E6CP-AG3C 2 m cable with connector for H8PS Cam Positioner E6CP-AG5C-C 12 to 24 VDC E6CP-AG5C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-2 E6F-A Rotary Encoders - Absolute F524 Rugged Encoder for HighPrecision Detection * 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged construction provide the highest shaft loading among Omron encoders: Radial: 12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f * IP65f water and oil-proof construction * High response speed for faster control: Gray code: 20 kHz; BCD: 10 kHz, 5,000 rpm max * Combine with H8PS Cam Positioner or PLC encoder input module for optimum angle control * Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector version available for direct connection to an H8PS Cam Positioning unit Ordering Information When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M). Size Shaft Power supply voltage Output configuration Output code Resolution (pulses/ rotation) Connection method Model 60 mm dia. x 65 D mm 10 dia. x 20 L mm 5 to 12 VDC NPN open collector BCD 360 Pre-wired 2 m cable E6F-AB3C 12 to 24 VDC E6F-AB5C PNP open collector NPN open collector NPN open collector E6F-AB5B Gray code 256, 360, 720 2 m cable with connector for H8PS Cam Positioner E6F-AG5C-C 256, 360, 720, 1,024 Pre-wired 2 m cable E6F-AG5C PNP open collector H-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E6F-AG5B E6A2-C Rotary Encoders - Incremental F525 H Rugged Encoder for HighPrecision Detection * High response frequency and noise immunity make encoders ideal for factory automation applications with 10 to 500 pulses/revolution * Space saving enclosure: 25 mm dia. * 4 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 1 kg-f; Axial: 0.5 kg-f * Open collector output, other output types available * Output phases: A/A, B and A, B, Z (reversible) are available * Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000 rpm max * Enclosure rating: IP50 * Pre-wired with 0.5 meter cable Ordering Information Size Shaft Supply voltage Output configuration Resolution (pulses/revolution) Model 25 dia. x 31 D mm 4 dia. x 10 L mm 12 to 24 VDC NPN open collector, 30 mA max 100 E6A2-CW5C 100P/R 05M 200 E6A2-CW5C 200P/R 05M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-4 E6B2-C Rotary Encoders - Incremental F526 General-Purpose Compact Encoders * High resolution models (up to 2000 pulses per revolution available) substantially improve measuring accuracy * Rugged construction: 6 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f * Output phases: A, B, Z (reversible) * Response frequency: up to 100 kHz max., 6,000 rpm max * Protected against short-circuit and reversed connections for highly reliable operation * Available with NPN and PNP open collector, voltage and line driver outputs * Enclosure rating: IP50 * Pre-wired with 0.5- or 2 m cables Ordering Information Size Shaft Supply voltage Output configuration 40 mm dia. x 44 D mm 6 dia. x 15 L mm 12 to 24 VDC NPN open collector, 35 mA max Resolution (pulse/ revolution) Cable length Model 100 2m E6B2-CWZ6C 100P/R 2M 200 360 0.5 m E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 05M 360 2m E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 2M 500 E6B2-CWZ6C 500P/R 2M 600 E6B2-CWZ6C 600P/R 2M 1000 5 VDC H-5 Line driver: High: -20 mA or 2.5 V min Low: +20 mA or 0.5 V max E6B2-CWZ6C 200P/R 2M 0.5 m E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 05M 2m E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 2M 0.5 m E6B2-CWZ1X 1000P/R 05M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E6C3-C Rotary Encoders - Incremental F527 H Water Resistant Incremental Encoder for Tough Environments * High resolution solutions from 100 to 3600 pulses/revolution * IP65f drip-proof, oil-proof construction with sealed bearing * 8 mm stainless steel shaft provides a load rating of: Radial: 88 kg-f; Axial: 5 kg-f * Complementary outputs simplify interfacing to NPN or PNP input devices * Output phases: A, B and Z (reversible) * Response frequency: 125 kHz max. (65 kHz for Z-phase), 5,000 rpm max * Surge protection built-in * Voltage and line driver output versions available * Pre-wired with 1 meter cable, 2 meter cable is available Ordering Information Size Shaft Supply Voltage Output configuration Resolution (pulse/ revolution) Model 50 dia. x 43 D mm 8 dia. x 15 L mm, stainless steel 12 to 24 VDC Complementary output (NPN and PNP), 35 mA max. 100 E6C3-CWZ5GH 100P/R 1M 200 E6C3-CWZ5GH 200P/R 1M 360 E6C3-CWZ5GH 360P/R 1M 500 E6C3-CWZ5GH 500P/R 1M 720 E6C3-CWZ5GH 720P/R 1M 800 E6C3-CWZ5GH 800P/R 1M 1000 E6C3-CWZ5GH 1000P/R 1M 2048 E6C3-CWZ5GH 2048P/R 1M 2500 E6C3-CWZ5GH 2500P/R 1M 3600 E6C3-CWZ5GH 3600P/R 1M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H-6 E6D-C Rotary Encoders - Incremental F528 Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder * Resolution as high as 6,000 pulses/ revolution in a rugged construction * Outputs: A, B (reversible) and Z (zero) * 55 mm diameter housing * Superb reliability and accuracy: phase error as small as 1/4T0.07T * High response frequency of 200 kHz, 12,000 rpm max * 6 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 5 kg-f; Axial: 3 kg-f Ordering Information Size Shaft Supply voltage Output configuration Resolution (pulses/ revolution) Cable length Model 44 mm dia. x 44 D mm 6 dia. x 15 L mm 12 VDC NPN open collector, 35 mA max 720, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3000, 3200, 3600, 4096, 5000, 6000 0.5 m E6D-CWZ2C9999P/R 05M E6F-C 5 VDC E6D-CWZ1E9999P/R 05M Rotary Encoders - Incremental F529 Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder * 10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged construction provides the highest shaft loading among Omron encoders; Radial: 12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f * IP65f water and oil-proof construction * 60 mm diameter housing * Complementary output for longer cable length extension * Output load short-circuit protection to reduce risks from incorrect wiring * High response frequency of 83 kHz, 5,000 rpm max * Pre-wired 2 m cable Ordering Information Size Shaft Supply voltage Output configuration Resolution (pulses/ revolution) Cable length Model 60 mm dia. x 65 D mm 10 dia. x 20 L mm 12 to 24 VDC Complementary NPN and PNP, 30 mA 100, 200, 360, 500, 600, 1000 2m E6F-CWZ5GP/R 2M H-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Temperature Controllers Contents Selection Guide Single-loop Controllers E5CB Temperature Controller E5CC Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/16 DIN E5EC Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/8 DIN E5AC Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/4 DIN E5DC Temperature Controllers, socket mounted E5CC-U Temperature Controllers, 1/16 DIN, socket mounted E5CC-T Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/16 DIN, Ramp/Soak E5EC-T Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/8 DIN, Ramp/Soak E5AC-T Temperature & Process Controllers, 1/4 DIN, Ramp/Soak E5GN Ultra compact temperature controller, 1/32 DIN E5CN-H High-performance digital temperature and process controllers, 1/16 DIN E5CN-HT Ramp/soak temperature and process controllers, 1/16 DIN E5AN-H/ High-performance digital E5EN-H temperature and process controllers, 1/4 and 1/8 DIN E5AN-HT/ Ramp/soak temperature and E5EN-HT process controllers, 1/4 and 1/8 DIN E5CSV Simple-to-use digital temperature controller, 1/16 DIN E5C2 Analog set temperature controllers, 1/16 DIN K8AK-TH Temperature monitoring relays, protection against overtemperature I-ii I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4 Multi-loop Controllers E5AR/ Multi-zone process controller, E5ER 1/4 and 1/8 DIN size, panel mount E5ZN Modular multi-zone temperature controller, DIN track mount EJ1 Multi-zone temperature & process controller, up to 256 zones, DIN track mount I-18 I I-19 I-20 I-5 I-6 I-7 I-8 I-9 I-10 I-11 I-12 I-13 I-14 I-15 I-16 I-17 I-i Temperature Controllers E5CC/EC/AC - High Performance with Simplicity E5CC/E5EC/E5AC - Temperature Controller Sets new global standards in the crucial areas of precision, user friendliness and control performance. * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from large distances and from any angle * Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * 50 ms sampling period On-panel How many control loops are required? One loop What type of control is needed? Temperature control Process control, Ramp/Soak What input types are available? What input types are available? TC/Pt inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs What output types are available? What output types are available? Relay or Voltage (Pulse) Dial Display E5C2 I-ii Voltage (Pulse)/ Relay/Linear Current Single Digital Display E5CSV Dual/Triple Digital Display E5CB E5_C E5_C-T For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Field Configurable: Relay/SSR/ Voltage (Pulse)/Linear Current/Linear Voltage Triple Digital Display E5_N-H/HT I Where will you mount the controller? In-panel How many control loops are required? Multi-loop One Loop What type of control is needed? What type of control is needed? Advanced Temp/ Process Control What input types are available? Temperature Control What input types are available? Temperature Monitor What input types are available? TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt/V/mA inputs TC/Pt inputs What output types are available? What output types are available? What output types are available? Field Configurable: Relay/Voltage (Pulse)/ Linear Current Relay/Voltage (pulse)/ Linear Current Relay Dual Digital Display Dual Digital Display No Display E5DC K8AK-TH E5_R What type of control is needed? E5ZN For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com EJ1 I-iii Selection Table Category Analog Temperature Controller Temperature Digital Temperature Controller Compact Digital Temperature Controller Control mode Selection criteria v E5C2 Basic In- & on-panel type Single loop 1/16 DIN *1 - Heating - E5CSV Basic On-panel type Single loop 1/16 DIN - Heating & Cooling - E5GN General purpose On-panel type Single loop 1/32 DIN - Heating & Cooling - 2% .05% 0.3% - - - - - - IP20 SV analog dial - - Up to 2 - IP66; NEMA 4X Single 3.5 digit 110/240 VAC 24 VAC/VDC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Model Type Panel Loops Size ON/OFF PID 2-PID *2 Operation Valve control *3 Input type - RTD Input type - thermocouple Input type - linear Control output Comms*5 Supply voltage Features Accuracy 4 Standard Auto-tuning Self-tuning Transfer output Remote input Number of alarms Heater alarm IP rating front panel Display RS-485 Event IP Quick Link Port port*6 DeviceNet Modbus Relay SSR Voltage (pulse) Linear voltage Linear current mA mV V K J T E L U N R S B W PLII Pt100 JPt100 Themistor 8 Available K8AK-TH Basic DIN rail Single loop 22.5 w x 90 h x 100 w - Heating & Cooling - Type K, J, T, E, B, R, S Thermocouple Pt100, Pt1000 RTD - 100-240 VAC 24 VAC/DC - - IP20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 IP66; NEMA 4X Dual 4 digit (color change) - - - - - - No/not available *1 P only *2 2-PID is Omron's easy to use high performance PID algorithm I-iv *3 Valve control = relay up and down *4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Temperature Controllers Category Digital Temperature Controller/Process Controller Input type - RTD Input type - thermocouple Input type - linear Control output Comms*5 Supply voltage Features Control mode Selection criteria v 4 Standard 0.3% 0.3% 3 3 or 4 2 IP66, NEMA 4X Dual or Triple Display IP66, NEMA 4X Dual or Triple Display IP20, NEMA 1 Dual Display E5CC-U General purpose In-panel or On-panel Single loop 1/16 DIN - Heating/Cooling - 0.3% - - 0, 1 or 2 - IP66, NEMA 4X Dual Display 110/240 VAC 24 VAC/VDC Model Type Panel Loops Size ON/OFF PID 2-PID *2 Operation Valve control *3 Accuracy Auto-tuning Self-tuning Transfer output Remote input Number of alarms Heater alarm IP rating front panel Display E5CC/E5EC/E5AC General purpose On-panel type Single loop 1/16 DIN Heating/Cooling - 0.3% E5_C-T Ramp soak On-panel type Single loop 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN - Heating/Cooling E5DC General purpose In-panel or On-panel Single loop 22.5 mm wide - Heating/Cooling - - - - - - - mA mV - - - RS-485 Event IP Quick Link Port port*6 DeviceNet Modbus Relay Voltage (pulse) Linear voltage Linear current K J T E L U N R S B W PLII Pt100 JPt100 Themistor 8 Available - - No/not available *5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1 *6 QLP: Quick Link Port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-v I Selection Table Input type - RTD Input type - thermocouple Input type - linear Control output Comms*5 Supply voltage Features Control mode Selection criteria Category 4 Standard Digital Temperature Controllers E5ZN Model E5_N-H Modular In-panel type Multi-loop 31 x 96 mm Universal On-panel type Single loop 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN - - - Heating and cooling - 0.5% - Heating and cooling - 0.5% Heating & Cooling 2 - 4 *4 *4 - - - IP66; NEMA 4X Dual or Triple Display 110/240 VAC - - 24 VAC/VDC - - - - - - - 0-50 - - - - - - - - RS-232 RS-485 Event IP Quick Link Port port*6 DeviceNet Modbus Relay SSR Voltage (pulse) Linear voltage Linear current mA mV V K J T E L U N R S B W PLII Pt100 JPt100 Themistor 8 Available 0.1% 3 - - - No/not available *1 P only *2 2-PID is Omron's easy to use high performance PID algorithm *3 Valve control = relay up and down I-vi EJ1 Modular In-panel type Multi-loop 22.5 mm wide Type Panel Loops Size ON/OFF PID 2-PID *2 Operation Valve control *3 Accuracy Auto-tuning Self-tuning Transfer output Remote input Number of alarms Heater alarm IP rating front panel Display *4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Temperature Controllers Category Advanced Temperature/Digital Process Controllers Input type - RTD Input type - thermocouple Input type - linear Control output Comms*5 Supply voltage Features Control mode Selection criteria v 4 Standard E5_N-HT Model Type Panel Loops Size ON/OFF PID 2-PID *2 Operation Valve Control *3 Accuracy Auto-tuning Self-tuning Transfer output Remote input Number of alarms Heater alarm IP rating front panel Display E5AR E5ER Universal, Ramp/Soak On-panel type Single loop 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN - Advanced On-panel type Multi-loop 1/4 DIN - Advanced On-panel type Multi-loop 1/8 DIN - Heating & Cooling Heating & Cooling Heating & Cooling 0.1% 2 or 3 IP66; NEMA 4X Dual 4 digit 0.1% - 0.1% - 4 - IP66; NEMA 4X Triple 5 digit 4 - IP66; NEMA 4X Triple 5 digit 110/240 VAC 24 VAC/VDC RS-232 RS-485 Event IP Quick Link port*6 DeviceNet Modbus Relay SSR Voltage (pulse) Linear voltage Linear current mA mV V K J T E L U N R S B W PLII Pt100 JPt100 Themistor 8 Available - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - No/not available *2 2-PID is Omrons easy to use high performance PID algorithm *3 Valve control = relay up and down *5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1 *6 QLP: Quick Link port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-vii Temperature Controllers I-viii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5CB Temperature Controllers M426 1/16 DIN Size Basic Temperature Controller with Easy to Read Large Digital Display * Easy to Read Large Character Display * Improved visibility with character height of approx. 16 mm I * Depth beyond front panel: Only 60 mm * Fewer parameters for simple setup * Fast sampling at 250 ms * Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively with CX-Thermo software Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple input Type: K, J, T, R, or S * RTD Input Type: Pt100 * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: +/-0.5% of indicated value of +/- 1C, which ever is greater * RTD: +/-0.5% of indicated value of +/- 1C, which ever is greater * Control Output: * Relay Output: SPST-NO 250 VAC 3 A * Output Voltage: 12 VDC +25%/-15%. Max load current 21 mA with short circuit protection Temperature Controllers Size Power supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC Input type Alarm output Thermocouple Platinum resistance thermometer Thermocouple E5CB 48 x 48 mm 24 VAC/VDC Platinum resistance thermometer Thermocouple Platinum resistance thermometer Thermocouple Platinum resistance thermometer 1 Control output Model Relay output E5CB-R1TC E5CB-R1P Voltage output (for driving SSR) Relay output Voltage output (for driving SSR) E5CB-Q1TC E5CB-Q1P E5CB-R1TCD E5CB-R1PD E5CB-Q1TCD E5CB-Q1PD For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-1 E5CC Temperature & Process Controllers M425 1/16 DIN Size Temperature & Process Controllers with High Visibility Display * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period time * Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV: 15.2 H mm) * Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for secure operation * Compact short body depth: 48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115 -165C, 160-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit * Analog: 0.2% FS 1 digit max. * Control output: * Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA DC, load: 500 max., resolution: approx. 10,000 * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Ordering Information Input Output Temp. & Analog Out1: Relay --Event Input 2, Transfer output Event Input 2, Remote SP Out1: Voltage (pulse) --Event Input 2, Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Communication 3-phase heater alarm Event Input 2, Transfer output Event Input 2, Remote SP --Event Input 2, Heater Burnout SSR defect detection --Event Input 2, Transfer output Event Input 2, Remote SP Temp. & Analog Out1: Voltage (pulse) Out1: Linear current I-2 Fixed option Alarms 3 relays Model: AC110-240V Model: AC/DC24V E5CC-RX3A5M-000 E5CC-RX3A5M-006 E5CC-RX3A5M-007 E5CC-RX3D5M-000 E5CC-RX3D5M-006 E5CC-RX3D5M-007 E5CC-QX3A5M-000 E5CC-QX3A5M-001 E5CC-QX3D5M-000 E5CC-QX3D5M-001 E5CC-QX3A5M-003 E5CC-QX3D5M-003 E5CC-QX3A5M-006 E5CC-QX3A5M-007 E5CC-QQ3A5M-000 E5CC-QQ3A5M-001 E5CC-QX3D5M-006 E5CC-QX3D5M-007 E5CC-QQ3D5M-000 E5CC-QQ3D5M-001 E5CC-CX3A5M-000 E5CC-CX3A5M-006 E5CC-CX3A5M-007 E5CC-CX3D5M-000 E5CC-CX3D5M-006 E5CC-CX3D5M-007 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5EC Temperature & Process Controllers M427 1/8 DIN Size Temperature & Process Controllers with High Visibility Display * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period time * Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software I * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV: 18 H mm) * Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for secure operation * Compact short body depth: 96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115 -165C, 160-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit * Analog: 0.2% FS 1 digit max. * Control output: * Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA DC, load: 500 max., resolution: approx. 10,000 * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Ordering Information Input Temp. & Analog Output Out1: Relay Out2: none Out1: Relay Out2: Relay Fixed option --Event Input 2, Communication 3-phase heater alarm Event Input 4 Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Event Input 6, Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Transfer output --Event Input 2, Communication 3-phase heater alarm Event Input 4 Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Event Input 6, Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Transfer output Alarms 4 relays Order code (48 x 96 mm model) AC110-240V E5EC-RX4A5M-000 E5EC-RX4A5M-009 AC/DC24V E5EC-RX4D5M-000 E5EC-RX4D5M-009 E5EC-RX4A5M-010 E5EC-RX4D5M-010 E5EC-RX4A5M-011 E5EC-RX4D5M-011 E5EC-RR4A5M-000 E5EC-RR4A5M-009 E5EC-RR4D5M-000 E5EC-RR4D5M-009 E5EC-RR4A5M-010 E5EC-RR4D5M-010 E5EC-RR4A5M-011 E5EC-RR4D5M-011 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-3 E5AC Temperature & Process Controllers M435 1/4 DIN Size Temperature & Process Controllers with High Visibility Display * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period time * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV:18 H mm) * Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for secure operation * Compact short body depth: 96 H x 96 W x 64 D mm Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 160-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit * Analog: 0.2% FS1 digit max * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Ordering Information Input Temp. & Analog Output Out1: Relay Out2: none Out1: Relay Out2: Relay I-4 Fixed option Alarms Order code (96 x 96 mm model) AC110-240V E5AC-RX4A5M-000 AC/DC24V E5AC-RX4D5M-000 Event Input 2, Communication 3-phase heater alarm Event Input 4, Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR defect detection, Transfer output --- E5AC-RX4A5M-009 E5AC-RX4D5M-009 E5AC-RX4A5M-010 E5AC-RX4D5M-010 E5AC-RX4A5M-011 E5AC-RX4D5M-011 E5AC-RR4A5M-000 E5AC-RR4D5M-000 Event Input 2, Communication 3-phase heater alarm Event Input 4, Heater Burnout SSR defect detection Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR defect detection, Transfer output E5AC-RR4A5M-009 E5AC-RR4D5M-009 E5AC-RR4A5M-010 E5AC-RR4D5M-010 E5AC-RR4A5M-011 E5AC-RR4D5M-011 --- 4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5DC Temperature & Process Controllers M439 Socket Mounted Temperature Controllers with High Visibility Display * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period * Space saving size 85 x 22.5 mm (D x W) DIN rail mountable I * Removable terminal block for easy replacement * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from far distances and from any angle (PV: 8.5 mm (H) ) * Compact short body depth: 85 H x 22.5 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 160-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V Input Output Out 1: Relay * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 1 / IP20 Ordering Information Temp. & Analog * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Analog: 0.2% FS/-1 digit max. Fixed option Out 1: Voltage (pulse) Out 1: Current Communication only --Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Communication Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Event input 1 Communication only --Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Communication Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Event input 1 Communication only --Communication only Event input Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC 0 2 E5DC-RX0ASM-015 E5DC-RX2ASM-000 E5DC-RX2ASM-002 E5DC-RX0DSM-015 E5DC-RX2DSM-000 E5DC-RX2DSM-002 E5DC-RX2ASM-017 E5DC-RX2DSM-017 E5DC-QX0ASM-015 E5DC-QX2ASM-000 E5DC-QX0DSM-015 E5DC-QX2DSM-000 E5DC-QX2ASM-002 E5DC-QX2DSM-002 E5DC-QX2ASM-017 E5DC-QX2DSM-017 E5DC-CX0ASM-015 E5DC-CX2ASM-000 E5DC-CX2ASM-015 E5DC-CX2ASM-016 E5DC-CX0DSM-015 E5DC-CX2DSM-000 E5DC-CX2DSM-015 E5DC-CX2DSM-016 0 2 0 2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-5 E5CC-U Temperature & Process Controllers M334 1/16 DIN Size Socket Mounted Temperature Controllers, Designed for Simple Installation and Fast Servicing * Plugs into standard 11-pin round socket * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period * ON/OFF control or 2-PID with auto-tuning for superior performance * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * High-contrast, white LCD display visible (PV: 15.2 mm (H) ) * Fits DIN rail socket P2CF-11 or back mounted socket P3GA-11 Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 140-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Analog: 0.2% FS+/-1 digit max. * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 12 / IP50 Ordering Information Input Output Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC Temp. & Analog Out 1: Relay 0 1 2 0 1 E5CC-RW0AUM-000 E5CC-RW1AUM-000 E5CC-RW2AUM-000 E5CC-QW0AUM-000 E5CC-QW1AUM-000 E5CC-RW0DUM-000 E5CC-RW1DUM-000 E5CC-RW2DUM-000 E5CC-QW0DUM-000 E5CC-QW1DUM-000 2 0 1 2 E5CC-QW2AUM-000 E5CC-CW0AUM-000 E5CC-CW1AUM-000 E5CC-CW2AUM-000 E5CC-QW2DUM-000 E5CC-CW0DUM-000 E5CC-CW1DUM-000 E5CC-CW2DUM-000 Out 1: Voltage (pulse) Out 1: Current I-6 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5CC-T Temperature & Process Controllers M438 1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controller with High Visibility Display * Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 segments (steps) * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period I * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV: 15.2 mm (H) ) * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * Compact short body depth: 48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Analog: 0.2% FS+/-1 digit max. * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 140-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Program Control: * Number of programs: 8 * Number of segments: 32 * Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 Ordering Information * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Input Output Temp. & Analog Out 1: Relay, Out 2: None Fixed option Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC 3 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-000 E5CC-TRX3D5M-000 E5CC-TRX3A5M-001 E5CC-TRX3D5M-001 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-003 E5CC-TRX3D5M-003 3 3 3 3 E5CC-TRX3A5M-004 E5CC-TRX3A5M-006 E5CC-TQX3A5M-000 E5CC-TQX3A5M-001 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-003 E5CC-TQX3D5M-003 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-004 E5CC-TQX3D5M-004 3 E5CC-TQX3A5M-006 E5CC-TQX3D5M-006 --3 Communications, Event input 2 3 Event Input 4, Transfer output Note: Please reference E5CC-T datasheet for other models and options. E5CC-TCX3A5M-000 E5CC-TCX3D5M-000 E5CC-TCX3A5M-004 E5CC-TCX3D5M-004 E5CC-TCX3A5M-006 E5CC-TCX3D5M-006 Out 1: Voltage (pulse), Out 2: None Out 1: Current, Out 2: None --Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Event Input 2 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection 2 (3-phase heaters), Communications Communications, Event input 2 Event Input 4, Transfer output --Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, Event Input 2 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection 2 (3-phase heaters), Communications Communications, Event input 2 Event Input 4, Transfer output Model: 24 VAC/VDC E5CC-TRX3D5M-004 E5CC-TRX3D5M-006 E5CC-TQX3D5M-000 E5CC-TQX3D5M-001 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-7 E5EC-T Temperature & Process Controllers M437 1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controller with High Visibility Display * Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 segments (steps) * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV: 18 mm (H) ) * Models available with up to 4 auxiliary outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a transfer output * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * Compact short body depth: 96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.3% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.2% of indicated value or 0.8C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Analog: 0.2% FS+/-1 digit max. * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 140-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Program Control: * Number of programs: 8 * Number of segments: 32 * Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 Ordering Information * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Input Output Temp. & Analog Out 1: Relay, Out 2: None Fixed option Alarms --0 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2 RS-485 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6 Transfer output Out 1: Voltage --0 (pulse), Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2 Out 2: None RS-485 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6 Transfer output Out 1: Current, --1 Out 2: None RS-485 2 Transfer output 6 Transfer output, RS-485 4 Note: Please reference E5EC-T datasheet for other models and options. I-8 Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC E5EC-TRX4ASM-000 E5EC-TRX4DSM-000 E5EC-TRX4ASM-008 E5EC-TRX4DSM-008 E5EC-TRX4ASM-019 E5EC-TRX4DSM-019 E5EC-TQX4ASM-000 E5EC-TQX4DSM-000 E5EC-TQX4ASM-008 E5EC-TQX4DSM-008 E5EC-TQX4ASM-019 E5EC-TQX4DSM-019 E5EC-TCX4ASM-000 E5EC-TCX4ASM-004 E5EC-TCX4ASM-021 E5EC-TCX4ASM-022 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5EC-TCX4DSM-000 E5EC-TCX4DSM-004 E5EC-TCX4DSM-021 E5EC-TCX4DSM-022 E5AC-T Temperature & Process Controllers M436 1/4 DIN Size Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controller with High Visibility Display * Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 segments (steps) * Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms sampling loop period I * High-contrast, white LCD display visible from a far distance and from any angle (PV: 25 mm (H) ) * Models available with up to 4 auxiliary outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a transfer output * Easy to setup without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software * Compact short body depth: 96 H x 96 W x 60 D mm Specifications * Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.1% of indicated value or 10C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.1% of indicated value or 0.2C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Analog: 0.1% FS+/-1 digit max. * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-70C, 60-120C, 115-165C, 140-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Program Control: * Number of programs: 8 * Number of segments: 32 * Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s * Control Output: * Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A (resistive load) * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC 20% (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with short-circuit protection circuit * Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 mA DC, Load: 500 max., resolution approx. 10,000 Ordering Information * Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 Input Output Temp. & Analog Out 1: Relay, Out 2: None Fixed option Alarms --0 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2 RS-485 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6 Transfer output Out 1: Voltage --0 (pulse), Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 2 Out 2: None RS-485 Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 6 Transfer output Out 1: Current, --0 Out 2: None RS-495 2 Transfer output 6 Transfer output, Communications 4 Note: Please reference E5AC-T datasheet for other models and options. Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC E5AC-TRX4ASM-000 E5AC-TRX4DSM-000 E5AC-TRX4ASM-008 E5AC-TRX4DSM-008 E5AC-TRX4ASM-019 E5AC-TRX4DSM-019 E5AC-TQX4ASM-000 E5AC-TQX4DSM-000 E5AC-TQX4ASM-008 E5AC-TQX4DSM-008 E5AC-TQX4ASM-019 E5AC-TQX4DSM-019 E5AC-TCX4ASM-000 E5AC-TCX4ASM-004 E5AC-TCX4ASM-021 E5AC-TCX4ASM-022 E5AC-TCX4DSM-000 E5AC-TCX4DSM-004 E5AC-TCX4DSM-021 E5AC-TCX4DSM-022 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-9 E5GN Temperature & Process Controllers M226 1/32 DIN Size Temperature & Process Controllers with Smart Functions * Universal temperature input available with screw terminals or cage clamp terminals * Smart display can be set to automatically alternate between Temperature Controller status (auto/manual, RUN/STOP, and alarms) and the PV or SV * Switch among 3 colors as status changes to make the PV display more informative * Control output ON/OFF counter for relays supports preventive maintenance * Simple PC setup using serial communication models and CX-Thermo software Specifications * Temperature Input Models: * Thermocouple: K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10 to 260C, 4 ranges * Voltage input: 0 to 50 mV * Indication Accuracy: * Thermocouple input: 0.3% of PV * Pt input: 0.2% of PV * Models with Analog Inputs: * Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage input: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V Ordering Information Control method Control mode No. of auxiliary outputs Communications Additional functions Screw terminal model Cage clamp terminal model Input Voltage Selection: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (add AC100240) or 24 VAC/VDC (add ACDC24) to the model number Relay output Voltage output for SSR Current output Standard --- --- --- E5GN-RT E5GN-RT-C Standard or heat/cool 1 --- --- E5GN-R1T E5GN-R1T-C 1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-R1BT E5GN-R1BT-C 1 RS-232C --- E5GN-R101T-FLK E5GN-R101T-C -FLK 1 RS-485 --- E5GN-R103T-FLK E5GN-R103T-FLK 2 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-R2BT E5GN-R2BT-C 2 RS-485 --- E5GN-R203T-FLK E5GN-R203T-C -FLK Standard --- --- --- E5GN-QT E5GN-QT-C Standard or heat/cool 1 --- --- E5GN-Q1T E5GN-Q1T-C 1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-Q1BT E5GN-Q1BT-C 1 RS-232C --- E5GN-Q101T-FLK E5GN-Q101T-C -FLK 1 RS-485 --- E5GN-Q103T-FLK E5GN-Q103T-C -FLK 2 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-Q2BT E5GN-Q2BT-C 2 RS-485 E5GN-Q203T-FLK E5GN-Q203T-C -FLK 1 --- E5GN-C1T E5GN-C1T-C 1 --- 2 event inputs E5GN-C1BT E5GN-C1BT-C 1 RS-232C E5GN-C101T-FLK E5GN-C101T-C -FLK 1 RS-485 Transfer output using control output E5GN-C103T-FLK E5GN-C103T-FLK Standard or heat/cool Note: Analog input E5GN-L models available, please see complete datasheet. I-10 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5CN-H Temperature & Process Controllers M223 Advanced, High-Performance 1/16 DIN Size Temperature & Process Controllers * Easy-to-read, high-resolution, 11-segment display with 5 digits/0.01C or F * Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery from 60 ms sampling rate I * Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and delays) with contact outputs set from CX-Thermo software * Optional units include event inputs, communications, 1-phase and 3-phase heater burnout, transfer output, and a second control output Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPt100 * Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V * Thermocouple: (0.1% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.1% of indicated value or 0.5C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC * 100,000 electrical operations (standard) * Voltage Output: 12 VDC 15% for SSR, 21 mA max. load with short-circuit protection * Current Output: 4-20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA DC, 600 max., approx. 10,000 resolution * Linear Voltage Input: 0 to 10 VDC (load: 1 k min.), approx. 10,000 resolution * Analog Input: 0.1% FS 1 digit max. * CT input: 5% FS 1 digit max. Temperature & Process Controllers Supply voltage Auxiliary outputs Control outputs Model (only black models listed) 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2 Relay (See note) E5CN-HR2M-500 AC100-240 Voltage (See note) E5CN-HQ2M -500 AC100-240 Current (See note) E5CN-HC2M-500 AC100-240 Linear voltage E5CN-HV2M-500 AC100-240 Relay (See note) E5CN-HR2MD-500 ACDC24 Voltage (See note) E5CN-HQ2MD-500 ACDC24 Current (See note) E5CN-HC2MD-500 ACDC24 Linear voltage E5CN-HV2MD-500 ACDC24 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC Note: To order these specific models in silver add "W" to the part number (e.g. E5CN-HR2M-W-500 AC100-240); models with linear voltage output only available in black For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-11 E5CN-HT Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers M326 Advanced, High-Performance 1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controller * Set up to 8 program patterns with 32 segments (steps) each * Preventive maintenance for relays in the Temperature Controller using a Control Output On/Off Counter * Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and delays) with contact outputs set from CX-Thermo Software * Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery from 60 ms sampling rate Specifications * Universal Input: * Analog Input: 0.1% FS 1 digit max. * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * CT Input: 5% FS 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100 * 100,000 electrical operations (standard) * Current input: 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V * Voltage Output: 12 VDC 15%% for SSR, 21 mA max. load with short-circuit protection * Thermocouple: (0.1% of indicated value or 1 C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC, 600 max., approx. 10,000 resolution * Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A at 250 VAC * Platinum RTD: (0.1% of indicated value or 0.5 C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers Supply voltage Auxiliary outputs Control outputs Model (only black models listed) 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2 Relay E5CN-HTR2M-500AC100-240 Current E5CN-HTC2M-500AC100-240 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC I-12 2 Linear voltage E5CN-HTV2M-500AC100-240 Relay E5CN-HTR2MD-500AC/DC24 Voltage E5CN-HTQ2MD-500AC/DC24 Current E5CN-HTC2MD-500AC/DC24 Linear voltage E5CN-HTV2MD-500AC/DC24 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5AN-H/E5EN-H Process Controllers M225 Universal Compact Digital Process Controllers The E5_N-H series of process controllers take the proven concept of the general purpose E5_N series to a process level. Main features of the E5_N-H series are universal inputs, process outputs and options such as transfer output, remote set point and set value programmer. I * Control mode: ON/OFF or 2-PID, Valve control * Control output: Relay, voltage (pulse), SSR, linear current and voltage * Power supply: 100-240 VAC or 24 VDC/VAC * Fast sampling period of 60 ms * Easy PC connection for parameter cloning, setting and tuning * Clear and intuitive set-up and operation Specifications * Universal inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PLII * Platinum RTD: Pt100 and JPt100 * Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA * Voltage input:1 to 5V, 0 to 5V, or 0 to 10V * Indication Accuracy: * Thermocouple: 0.1% of indicated value or 1C, whichever is greater 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: 0.1% of indicated value or 0.5C, whichever is greater 1 digit max. * Analog input: 0.1% FS 1 digit max. Process Controllers Control method Auxiliary output Control output 1&2 Heater burnout Transfer output Model 1/4 DIN - E5AN-H models (96 x 96 mm) 1/8 DIN - E5EN-H models (48 x 96 mm) Basic 2 alarm relays None fitted, 2 slots* 1-phase --- E5_N-HAA2HBM-500 AC100240 3 alarm relays 2 SSR outputs fitted None fitted, 2 slots* 2 SS outputs fitted None fitted, 2 slots* 2 SS outputs fitted 2 relay outputs fitted 2 relay outputs fitted 1-phase 3-phase 3-phase --------- --4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA --4 to 20 mA E5_N-HSS2HBM-500 AC100240 E5_N-HAA2HHBFMD-500 AC100240 E5_N-HSS2HHBFMD-500 AC100240 E5_N-HAA3HHBFMD-500 AC100240 E5_N-HSS3HHBFMD-500 AC100240 E5_N-HPRR2BM-500 AC100240 E5_NHPRR2BFMD-500 AC100240 Valve 2 alarm relays *Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input. Output Option Boards Output option Model Output option Model Relay E53-RN Linear 4 to 20 mA E53-C3N Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC PNP E53-QN Linear 0 to 20 mA E53-C3DN Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC NPN E53-Q Linear 0 to 10 V E53-V34N Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC NPN E53-Q4 Linear 0 to 5 V E53-V35N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-13 E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers M326 Advanced, High-Performance 1/4 and 1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers * Set up to 8 program patterns with 32 segments (steps) each * Preventive maintenance for relays in the Temperature Controller using a Control Output ON/Off Counter * Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and delays) with contact outputs set from CXThermo Software * Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery from 60 ms sampling rate Specifications * Analog Input: 0.1% FS 1 digit max. * CT Input: 5% FS 1 digit max. * Universal Input: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, S, B, W, or PL II * Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100 * Current input:4-20 mA, 0-20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V * Indication Accuracy: * Thermocouple: (0.1% of indicated value or 1 C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Platinum RTD: (0.1% of indicated value or 0.5 C, whichever is greater) 1 digit max. * Output Types: * Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A,at 250 VAC 100,000 electrical operations (standard * Voltage Output: 12 VDC 15% for SSR, 21 mA max. load with short-circuit protection * Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC, 600 max., approx. 10,000 resolution Ramp/Soak Temperature & Process Controllers Control type Auxiliary outputs Control output 1/2 Heater burnout Basic 3 Control Output Unit x 2 2 2 Valve 2 2 Control Output Unit x 2 Output Functions Model Event inputs Transfer output RSP --- 2 4 to 20 mA output 1 2 2 2 ----- 2 2 4 to 20 mA output ---4 to 20 mA output --4 to 20 mA output 1/4 DIN - E5AN-HT (96 x 96 mm) 1/8 DIN - E5EN-HT (48 x 96 mm) E5_N-HTAA3BFM-500AC100-240 E5_N-HTAA2HBM-500AC100-240 E5_N-HTAA2HHBFM-500AC100-240 4 to 20 mA output E5_N-HTPRR2BM-500AC100-240 E5_N-HTPRR2BFM-500AC100-240 *Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input. Output Option Boards Output option Model Output option Model Relay E53-RN Linear 4 to 20 mA E53-C3N Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC, PNP Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, NPN Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, PNP E53-QN E53-Q3 E53-Q4 Linear 0 to 20 mA Linear 0 to 10 V Linear 0 to 5 V E53-C3DN E53-V34N E53-V35N I-14 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5CSV Digital Temperature Controllers M227 Simple to Set and Operate 1/16 DIN Size Controllers * Easy setting using internal DIP and rotary switches * ON/OFF or PID control (with on-demand auto-tuning) selectable * Clearly visible digital display with character height of 13.5 mm * Deviation indicator makes monitoring more effective * Models with two alarms are ideal for temperature alarm applications * Setting change protection prohibits tampering * Sampling rate (500 ms) and selectable control period (2 and 20 s) improves response * 8-mode alarm output and sensor error detection I * Input shift adjusts display to reflect known sensor offsets * Accuracy 0.5% of value * C or F field selectable * RoHS compliant * Water-resistant front panel rated NEMA 4X/ IP66 * Compact: Measures 48 H x 48 W x 78 D mm Specifications * Multi-input (thermocouple/platinum resistance thermometer) type: K, J, L, T, U, N, R, Pt100, JPt100 * Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC; 100,000 electrical operations * Voltage Output: 12 VDC for SSR, 21 mA max. load with short-circuit protection Ordering Information Power supply voltage Control output TC/Pt multi-input Case color: Black Scale marked in C TC input Case color: Light gray Scale marked in C Pt Input Case color: Light gray Scale marked in C TC/Pt multi-input Case color: Black Scale marked in F 100 to 0 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Relay E5CSV-RT AC100-240 --- --- E5CSV-RT-F AC100-240 Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-QT AC100-240 1 Relay E5CSV-R1T AC100-240 E5CSV-R1KJ-W E5CSV-R1P-W E5CSV-R1T-F AC100-240 Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-Q1T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q1KJ-W E5CSV-Q1P-W E5CSV-Q1T-F AC100-240 2 (See note) Relay E5CSV-R2T AC100-240 E5CSV-R2T-F AC100-240 Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-Q2T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q2T-F AC100-240 0 Relay E5CSV-RTD AC/DC24 --- Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-QTD AC/DC24 Relay E5CSV-R1TD AC/DC24 E5CSV-R1T-DF AC/DC24 Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-Q1TD AC/DC24 E5CSV-Q1T-DF AC/DC24 Relay E5CSV-R2TD AC/DC24 --- Voltage (for driving SSR) E5CSV-Q2TD AC/DC24 24 VAC/ VDC Number of alarm points 1 2 (See note) E5CSV-QT-F AC100-240 --- --- Note: Models with two alarm outputs always use the upper limit alarm mode for the alarm 2 output. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-15 E5C2 Temperature Controllers M229 1/16 DIN Sized, Analog-Set Temperature Controller * Fits standard 8-pin round sockets * ON/OFF control models and proportional control models available * Front panel offset adjustment on proportional control models * Dual scale models available * Contact or voltage output models * Type J or K thermocouples, platinum RTD and thermistor input models * Panel mount hardware included * Sockets, protective cover, and other accessories available separately Specifications * Thermocouple Input: Type K or J models * Platinum RTD Input: Pt100 * Relay Output: SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC resistive load * Voltage (pulse) Output: 5 VDC, 10 mA max. with short-circuit protection circuit * Voltage Types Available: * 100 to 120 VAC 50/60 Hz * 200 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz Ordering Information Input type Temperature range Setting accuracy Voltage Control type Control output Thermocouple (K) 32F - 1112F 100/120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Relay 0C - 200C and 32F - 392F 2% max. of full scale ON/OFF Thermocouple (J) 0C - 400C and 32F - 752F I-16 E5C2-R20K-W AC100-240 32-1112 E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-392 0C - 400C and 32F - 752F 0C - 200C and 32F - 392F Model E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-752 Proportional E5C2-R40J-W AC100-240 32-392 E5C2-R40J-W Ac100-240 32-752 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K8AK-TH Temperature Monitoring Relays R639 Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm Temperature Monitoring Relays Prevent equipment against damage from excessive temperature increases. * Universal-input support for thermocouple and RTD sensors I * Set Value Protection - prohibits changes to set values of the temperature monitoring relay * Wide range of functions: alarm mode (upper and lower limit), enable/disable latch, selectable temperature setting: Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius * Simple rotary and DIP switch settings * Alarm status identification with LED indicator Specifications * Temperature sensor inputs: * K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K, J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100 * K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K, J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII * Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC (resistive load) * DIN track mounting * Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm Ordering Information Description Features Relay Output Model Temperature range 0 to 999 C/F Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1 C/F setting unit SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load) K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC Temperature Range 0 to 1800 C, 0 to 3200 F Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10 C/F setting unit K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-17 E5AR/E5ER Temperature Controllers M424 1/4 and 1/8 DIN Digital Controllers Offer 5-Digit, 3-Row Display * A short 50 ms sampling period provides high-speed response * Single-loop PID control or Single-loop heating and cooling control; multi-loop control models available * Displays PV, SP, and MV data simultaneously in a 3-row, reverse LCD display with backlight * Multi-loop (2 or 4 Loop types) control models offer cascade and proportional control all in one unit * Position-proportional relay output models available for motor/valve control Specifications * Input Types: * Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W * Platinum RTD inputs: Pt100 * Current Input: 4 to 20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC (including remote SP input) * Voltage Input: 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC (including remote SP input (Input impedance: 150 for current input, approx. 1 M for voltage input) * Output Types: * Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC, 40 mA max. with short-circuit protection circuit * Current output: 0 to 20 mA DC, 4 to 20 mA DC; load: 500 max. (including transfer output) (Resolution: Approx. 54,000 for 0 to 20 mA DC; Approx. 43,000 for 4 to 20 mA DC) * Control Method: PID or ON/OFF control * Accuracy: * Temperature: 0.1% of PV, 1 digit * Analog Input: 0.1% FS 1 digit max. Ordering Information Size 1/4 DIN 1/8 DIN Voltage 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Control type Control outputs 1 Loop 2 points: Pulse voltage and Pulse voltage/current 1 Loop 4 points: Pulse voltage and Pulse voltage/current and Current (2 points) 1 Loop 2 points: Pulse voltage and Pulse voltage/current 1 Loop 4 points: Pulse voltage and Pulse voltage/current and Current (2 points) Additional features Model Auxiliary outputs Event inputs Serial communications 4 2 No E5AR-Q4B AC100-240 6 RS-485 E5AR-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240 2 No E5ER-Q4B AC100-240 6 RS-485 E5ER-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240 4 Note: For 2 or 4 loop controllers visit www.omron247.com I-18 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com E5ZN Multi-Loop Temperature Controllers M423 DIN Track Mounting Modular Temperature Controller * Two temperature control loops per unit occupy just 30 mm rack space * Easily expands to 32 control loops with up to 16 E5ZN units * Plug-in temperature controllers can be replaced without changing terminal wiring * No power supply and communications wiring required between units when multiple units are mounted side-by-side * CX-Thermo support software simplifies setup and monitoring via PC * Optional 1/16 DIN Setting Display Unit for in-panel setting/monitoring * Field selectable heating or heat/cool control * One event input per unit I * Serial RS-485 communications built in * Optional DeviceNet communications unit available * Dimensions: 134.7 H x 30 W x 112 D mm (socket mounted first unit); 22.5 W for additional units Specifications * Thermocouple Input: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B * Platinum RTD Input: Pt100, JPt100 * Voltage Output for SSR: 12 VDC 15% (PNP); 21 mA max.; short-circuit protection * Transistor Output: 100 mA at 30 VDC * Analog Current Output: 4 to 20/0 to 20 mA DC; 350 max. * Transfer Output Accuracy: 0.5% FS +0.7 mA or 0.5% FS +0.175 V Modular Temperature Controllers Input type Accuracy Supply voltage Control output Auxiliary output Thermocouple Platinum RTD 0.5% or 1C, (whichever is greater) 1 digit max. 24 VDC Voltage for SSR Transistor output: Heater burnout 2 pts (sinking) alarm (Use E54-CT1 or Transistor output: E54-CT3 cur2 pts (sourcing) rent transformer Transistor output: as detector) 2 pts (sinking) Thermocouple Platinum RTD Thermocouple Platinum RTD Thermocouple Platinum RTD Thermocouple Platinum RTD Thermocouple Platinum RTD Transistor Additional functions Transistor output: 2 pts (sourcing) Analog current output Transistor output: Transfer output 2 pts (sinking) (linear voltage Transistor output: output) 2 pts (sourcing) Model E5ZN-2QNH03TC-FLK E5ZN-2QNH03P-FLK E5ZN-2QPH03TC-FLK E5ZN-2QPH03P-FLK E5ZN-2TNH03TC-FLK E5ZN-2TNH03P-FLK E5ZN-2TPH03TC-FLK E5ZN-2TPH03P-FLK E5ZN-2CNF03TC-FLK E5ZN-2CNF03P-FLK E5ZN-2CPF03TC-FLK E5ZN-2CPF03P-FLK Terminal Units Description Application Dimensions Model Terminal units (include bus system without backplane) For first E5ZN unit or DeviceNet unit. Equipped with terminals for power supply, communications and setting devices. 134.7 H x 30 W x 46 D mm E5ZN-SCT24S-500 For second and additional E5ZN units. 134.7 H x 22.5 W x 46 D mm E5ZN-SCT18S-500 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com I-19 EJ1 Multi-Loop Temperature & Process Controllers M422 Modular In-Panel Temperature/ Process Controller Easily Integrates with Host Devices * Improves setup through high-speed program-less communications with PLCs, HMIs and Power Controller * System expandable up to 256 loops for large area control * Sampling period of 250 ms * Multi-input units (2 or 4 loops): RTD, thermocouple, current and voltage inputs * RS-232C/RS-4485 with Modbus RTU and CompoWay/F communications, and dedicated port for G3ZA power controller * One operation loads all parameters for up to 16 controllers connected to DeviceNet unit Specifications * Universal Inputs: * Thermocouple: Types K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II * Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100 * Infrared temperature sensor: 10-260C * Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA * Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V * Accuracy: * Temperature Input: (0.5% of indicated value or 1C) 1 digit max. * Analog Input: 0.5% FS+/-1 digit Temperature/Process Controller Basic Units Power supply Control loops Control outputs 1 and 2 Control outputs 3 and 4 Functions 24 VDC from the End Unit 2 2 voltage outputs for SSR 2 transistor outputs (NPN) 2 heater G3ZA Power burnout Controller port: alarms; 2 RS-485 event inputs From End Unit: None Port A or B: RS-485 4 2 2 voltage outputs for SSR 2 current outputs 2 transistor outputs (NPN) Communication functions 2 event inputs Terminal Model M3 terminal EJ1N-TC2A-QNHB Cage clamp EJ1N-TC2B-QNHB M3 terminal EJ1N-TC4A-QQ Cage clamp EJ1N-TC4B-QQ M3 terminal EJ1N-TC2A-CNB Cage clamp EJ1N-TC2B-CNB Communications Units Name Power supply Auxiliary output Event inputs Communication functions Terminal Model High function unit (HFU) (See Note) 24 VDC supplied from End Unit Transistor output: 4 points (sinking) 4 Port C: RS-485 or RS-232C selectable End Unit Port A: RS-485 M3 terminal EJ1N-HFUA-NFLK 4 points (sinking) EJ1N-HFUB-NFLK Port C: RS-422 End Unit Port A: RS-485 M3 terminal EJ1N-HFUA-NFL2 Cage clamp EJ1N-HFUB-NFL2 End unit 24 VDC None None DeviceNet Cage clamp EJ1N-HFUB-DRT Transistor output: 2 points (sinking) None Port A or B: RS-485 Connector: Port A M3 terminal EJ1C-EDUA-NFLK Detachable connector EJ1C-EDUC-NFLK Note: The End Unit is always required for connection to a Basic Controller Unit or HFU. An HFU cannot operate without a Basic Unit. External communications cannot be performed using a Basic Unit alone. I-20 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Power Supplies Contents Selection Guide J-ii Single-Phase S8VK-G DIN Rail Mount J-1 S8VK-R Redundancy PS Module J-2 S8VS DIN Rail Mount with Smart Display J-3 S8VM DC Source with Unique Undervoltage Alarm J-4 S8JX-G Cost-Effective with Multiple Mounting Options J-5 S8JX-P Power Factor Correction J-6 Three-Phase S8VK-T 3-Phase Switch Mode J-7 J-i J Power Supplies Reliable DC power for your panel Keep critical equipment operational with Omron Smart Display Power Supplies Omron is a world leader in the development and manufacturing of industrial switching power supplies. More than 25 years ago we launched our first compact line, the S82K, and since 2002, our S8VS compact series has been an automatic choice with customers. We expand on this legacy with the introduction of the S8VK series. To provide the perfect solution to match every customer's need, we have launched 3 different families within the S8VK series: * The standard S8VK-G models * The redundancy units S8VK-R models * The three-phase S8VK-T models Which type of power supply you are looking for? Single-phase Three-phase Din Rail Mount? Cost Effective Redundancy S8VK-G S8VK-R 120-960 W Yes J-ii S8VK-T Preventative Maintenance support? No 60-480 W 15-150 W 15-1500 W 15-600 W 60-600 W S8VS-A/-B S8VM-A/-P S8VM S8JX-G S8JX-P For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Selection Table Category Compact Power Supplies Functions Power Selection Criteria Model Phases Rated voltage Voltage 15 W 25 W 30 W 35 W 50 W 60 W 90 W 100 W 120 W 150 W 180 W 240 W 300 W 480 W SEMI F47-0200 (200 VAC input) Capacitor back-up Undervoltage alarm Overvoltage protection Overload protection DIN-rail mounting Screw mounting (with bracket) EMI Class B UL Class 2 Parallel operation Series operation Service life display/output Load run-time display/output 4 Standard 8 Available S8VK-G S8VK-R Single-phase S8VS 100 to 240 VAC 5V 12 V 4 4 - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC) 24 V 4 - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - - 4 - 4 48 V - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - 4 - DC Input Voltage 5 to 30 VDC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Single-phase - 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - 8 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 - - - - - - - 4 60 W only - 4 8 60-480 W - - - - - 8 60-480 W 100 to 240 VAC 24 V - - - - - 1.3 A 7.5 A - 5A - 7.5 A 10 A - 20 A 4 - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-iii J Selection Table Functions Power Selection Criteria Category Model Phases Rated voltage Voltage 15 W 25 W 30 W 35 W 50 W 60 W 90 W 100 W 120 W 150 W 180 W 240 W 300 W 480 W 600 W 960 W 1500 W SEMI F47-0200 (200 VAC input) Undervoltage alarm Overvoltage protection Overload protection DIN-rail mounting Screw mounting (with bracket) EMI Class B UL Class 2 Parallel operation Series operation 4 Standard J-iv Slim Power Supplies 8 Available Slim Power Supplies S8VM Single-phase 100 to 240 VAC 5V 12 V 3.0 A 1.3 A - - 6.0 A 2.5 A - - - 4.3 A - - - - 20.0 A 8.5 A - - 27.0 A 12.5 A - - - - - 27 A - - - 53 A - - - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - - S8JX-G 24 V 0.65 A - 1.3 A - 2.2 A - - 4.5 A - 6.5 A - - 14 A - 27 A - 70 A 4 Single-phase 100 to 240 VAC 5V 12 V 3A 1.3 A - - - - 7A 3A 10 A 4.2 A - - - - 20 A 8.5 A - - 30 A 13 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 15 V 1A - - 2.4 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 24 V 0.65 A - - 1.5 A 2.1 A - - 4.5 A - 6.5 A - - 14 A - 27 A - - 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Power Supplies Functions Power Selection Criteria Category Power Factory Correction Power Supplies Model Phases Rated voltage Voltage 50 W 60 W 90 W 100 W 120 W 150 W 180 W 240 W 300 W 480 W 600 W 960 W SEMI F47-0200 (200 VAC input) Undervoltage alarm Overvoltage protection Overload protection DIN-rail mounting Screw mounting (with bracket) EMI Class B UL Class 2 Parallel operation Series operation 4 Standard 8 Available Slim Power Supplies S8JX-P Single-phase - 5V 12 V 4 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 - - F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC) S8VK-T 24 V 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 4 - 4 - 48 V 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 4 - 4 - Three-phase 340 to 576 VAC 24 V - - - - 5A - - 10 A - 20 A - 40 A - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 8 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 4 - 4 4 J - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-v S8VK-G Switch Mode Power Supply P234 Reliable and Easy Operation - Worldwide * Wide operating temperature range: -40C to 70C * 15 W, 30 W, 60 W sizes conform to UL Class 2 Output * Universal input for worldwide applications: 100 to 240 VAC * Power boost function at 120% * Can withstand up to 5G of shock & vibration * 5-year warranty Specifications * Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC * Output voltage: 5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 48 VDC * Overload protection * Overvoltage protection Ordering Information Power rating Input voltage Output voltage Output current Boost Current 15 W Single Phase 100 to 240 VAC 90 to 350 VDC 5V 3A 3.6 A S8VK-G01505 12 V 1.2 A 1.44 A S8VK-G01512 Model 24 V 0.65 A 0.78 A S8VK-G01524 5V 5A 6A S8VK-G03005 12 V 2.5 A 3A S8VK-G03012 24 V 1.3 A 1.56 A S8VK-G03024 12 V 4.5 A 5.4 A S8VK-G06012 24 V 2.5 A 3A S8VK-G06024 120 W 24 V 5A 6A S8VK-G12024 240 W 24 V 10 A 12 A S8VK-G24024 48 V 5A 6A S8VK-G24048 24 V 20 A 24 A S8VK-G48024 48 V 10 A 12 A S8VK-G48048 30 W 60 W 480 W J-1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com S8VK-R Redundancy Unit for Power Supplies P237 Compact Din Rail Mount Redundancy Units * Wide input voltage: 5-30 VDC * Status confirmation with operating LED * Output signal for detection of failed power supply * Wide operating temperature: -40C to 70C * 5-year warranty Specifications * Supply voltage: 5 to 30 VDC J Ordering Information Input voltage Output voltage Output current Model 5 to 30 VDC 5 to 30 VDC 10 A S8VK-R10 10 to 60 VDC 10 to 60 VDC 20 A S8VK-R20 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-2 S8VS Single-Phase Power Supplies P222 DIN Rail Mount Power Supplies with Smart Display Models with Smart Display for diagnostics and output monitoring show output voltage, output current, and peak hold current. * Ultra-compact size with wide power range of 60-480 W saves panel space * Unique LED displays and alarm output (60480 W models) shorten troubleshooting and support preventive maintenance * Power supply service life monitor ("A" type) * Run-time for connected load monitor ("B" type) * RoHS compliant * Power Factor Correction function standard * Meets international safety standards: UL, cUL, UL508 Listed, SEMI F47 and CE * 5-year warranty * Alarm outputs (90 - 480 W LED models) available: 1 undervoltage outputs, 1 for lifetime or run-time Ordering Information Input voltage Power rating Output voltage Output current Dimensions H x W x D mm Model 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 60 W 24 VDC 2.5 A 95 x 40 x 108.3 S8VS-06024A S8VS-06024B 90 W 3.75 A 115 x 50 x 121.3 S8VS-09024AS S8VS-09024A S8VS-09024B 120 W 5A S8VS-12024A 180 W 7.5 A 115 x 75 x 125.3 240 W 10 A 115 x 100 x 125.3 480 W 20 A 115 x 150 x 127.2 S8VS-12024B S8VS-18024A S8VS-18024B S8VS-24024A S8VS-24024B S8VS-48024A S8VS-48024B J-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com S8VM Single-Phase Power Supplies P224 Reliable DC Source with Unique Undervoltage Alarm * Slim DIN-rail mounting units help downsize machine panels * Overvoltage protection (standard) of 105% to 160% rated load current * Undervoltage alarm option signals an error and helps identify the source * Terminal block protects fingers against electric shock * Enclosed and open frame models available * Power Factor Correction function standard * RoHS compliant * 5-year warranty J Ordering Information Input voltage Power rating Output voltage Output current Undervoltage alarm Efficiency Dimensions H x W x D mm Model 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 15 W 24 VDC 0.65 A Yes 80% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5 S8VM-01524AD 30 W 1.3 A Yes 81% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5 S8VM-03024AD 50 W 2.2 A Yes 80% min. 84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05024AD 100 W 4.5 A Yes 82% min. 84.5 x 35 x 164.5 S8VM-10024AD 150 W 6.5 A Yes 83% min. 84.5 x 44 x 164.5 S8VM-15024AD 84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5 15 W 30 W 50 W 100 W 150 W 5 VDC 3.0 A N/A 75% min. 12 VDC 1.3 A N/A 78% min. 24 VDC 0.65 A N/A 80% min. 5 VDC 6.0 A N/A 75% min. 12 VDC 2.5 A N/A 79% min. 24 VDC 1.3 A N/A 81% min. 5 VDC 10.0 A N/A 80% min. S8VM-01505CD S8VM-01512CD S8VM-01524CD 84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5 S8VM-03005CD S8VM-03012CD S8VM-03024CD 84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05005CD 12 VDC 4.3 A N/A 79% min. S8VM-05012CD 24 VDC 2.2 A N/A 80% min. S8VM-05024CD 5 VDC 20.0 A N/A 81% min. 12 VDC 8.5 A N/A 81% min. S8VM-10012CD 24 VDC 4.5 A N/A 82% min. S8VM-10024CD 5 VDC 27.0 A N/A 81% min. 12 VDC 12.5 A N/A 81% min. 24 VDC 84.5 x 35 x 164.5 84.5 x 44 x 164.5 S8VM-10005CD S8VM-15005CD S8VM-15012CD 6.5 A N/A 83% min. 300 W 14 A; Peak current: 16.5 A (200 VAC) N/A 81% min. 83.5 x 62.5 x 188 S8VM-30024C S8VM-15024CD 600 W 27 A; Peak current: 31 A (200 VAC) N/A 81% min. 83.8 x 101.8 x 192 S8VM-60024C 1500 W 65 A (100 VAC), 70 A (200 VAC); Peak current: 105 A (200 VAC) N/A 82% min. 82 x 126.5 x 327 S8VM-15224C Note: Optional mounting brackets available. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-4 S8JX-G Single-Phase Power Supplies P228 Cost-Effective Power Supplies with Multiple Mounting Options * Wide power range of 15 - 600 W and voltages (5, 12, 15, 24, 48 VDC) * Universal input voltage * Multiple mounting options * Series operation: connect up to 2 * Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W * Built-in overload and overvoltage protection * Approvals: UL, cUL, UL508 Listed, CE, SEMI F47, VDE * 5-year warranty * Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%) * 48 V output available Ordering Information Power rating 15 W 35 W 50 W 100 W Output voltage Output current Dimensions H x W x D mm 96 x 39.5 x 114.5 Part numbers Open frame Covered frame Front* mount DIN-rail mount Front* mount DIN-rail mount 5V 3A S8JX-G01505 S8JX-G01505D S8JX-G01505C S8JX-G01505CD 12 V 1.3 A S8JX-G01512 S8JX-G01512D S8JX-G01512C S8JX-G01512CD 15 V 1A S8JX-G01515 S8JX-G01515D S8JX-G01515C S8JX-G01515CD 25 V 0.65 A S8JX-G01524 S8JX-G01524D S8JX-G01524C S8JX-G01524CD 5V 7A S8JX-G03505 S8JX-G03505D S8JX-G03505C S8JX-G03505CD 12 V 3A S8JX-G03512 S8JX-G03512D S8JX-G03512C S8JX-G03512CD 15 V 2.4 A S8JX-G03515 S8JX-G03515D S8JX-G03515C S8JX-G03515CD 24 V 1.5 A S8JX-G03524 S8JX-G03524D S8JX-G03524C S8JX-G03524CD 5V 10 A S8JX-G05005 S8JX-G05005D S8JX-G05005C S8JX-G05005CD 12 V 4.2 A S8JX-G05012 S8JX-G05012D S8JX-G05012C S8JX-G05012CD 24 V 2.1 A S8JX-G05024 S8JX-G05024D S8JX-G05024C S8JX-G05024CD S8JX-G10005 S8JX-G10005D S8JX-G10005C S8JX-G10005CD S8JX-G10012 S8JX-G10012D S8JX-G10012C S8JX-G10012CD 5V 10 A 12 V 8.5 A 96 x 39.5 x 114.5 97 x 40 x 124.5 97 x 50 x 174.5 24 V 4.5 A S8JX-G10024 S8JX-G10024D S8JX-G10024C S8JX-G10024CD 150 W 24 V 6.5 A 97 x 50 x 174.5 S8JX-G15024 S8JX-G15024D S8JX-G15024C S8JX-G15024CD 300 W 24 V 14 A 96 x 110 x 204.8 - - S8JX-G30024C S8JX-G30024CD 600 W 24 V 27 A 92 x 150 x 184.2 - - S8JX-G60024C - * Front mount models can also be side- or bottom-mounted. Front mounting bracket included. See datasheet for other optional mounting bracket details. Optional Mounting Brackets Description Part number Mounting Bracket A (bottom mounting for 50 W models) S82Y-JX05B Mounting Bracket B (bottom mounting for 100 W: 24 V models) S82Y-JX10B Mounting Bracket C (bottom mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models) S82Y-JX15B Mounting Bracket D (front mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models) S82Y-JX15F J-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com S8JX-P Single-Phase Power Supplies P233 Dependable Power Supplies with EMI Class B and Power Factor Correction * Wide selection of power ranges (50 to 600 W) of and voltages (5, 12, 24, 48) * Conforms to EMI EN55011 Class B * Universal input voltage * Series operation: connect up to 2 units * Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W * Approvals: UL, CUL, UL508 Listed, CE, SEMI 476, VDE J * Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%) * 5-year warranty Ordering Information Power rating Output Voltage Output Current Dimensions HxWxD Model Open Frame Closed Frame Front Mount DIN-rail Mount Front Mount DIN-rail Mount S8JX-P05005 S8JX-P05005D S8JX-P05005C S8JX-P05005CD S8JXT-P05012 S8JX-P05012D S8JX-P05012C S8JX-P05012CD 5V 10 A 12 V 4.2 A 24 V 2.1 A S8JX-P05024 S8JX-P05024D S8JX-P05024C S8JX-P05024CD 48 V 1.1 A S8JX-P05048 S8JX-P05048D S8JX-P05048C S8JX-P05048CD 5V 20 A S8JX-P10005 S8JX-P10005D S8JX-P10005C S8JX-P10005CD 12 V 8.5 A S8JX-P10012 S8JX-P10012D S8JX-P10012C S8JX-P10012CD 24 V 4.5 A S8JX-P10024 S8JX-P10024D S8JX-P10024C S8JX-P10024CD 48 V 2.1 A S8JX-P10048 S8JX-P10048D S8JX-P10048C S8JX-P10048CD 5V 30 A S8JX-P15005 S8JX-P15005D S8JX-P15005C S8JX-P15005CD 12 V 13 A S8JX-P15012 S8JX-P15012D S8JX-P15012C S8JX-P15012CD 24 V 6.5 A S8JX-P15024 S8JX-P15024D S8JX-P15024C S8JX-P15024CD 48 V 3.3 A S8JX-P15048 S8JX-P15048D S8JX-P15048C S8JX-P15048CD 300 W 24 V 14 A peak current 110 x 77.6 x 16.5 A (200 VAC) 239.8 -- -- S8JX-P300224 S8JXP300224CD 600 W 24 V 27 A peak current 92 x 110 x 31 A (200 VAC) 239.8 -- -- S8JX-P60024C S8JX-P60024CD 50 W 100 W 150 W 92 x 42 x 118 92 x 42 x 148 92 x 42 x 148 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com J-6 S8VK-T Three-Phase Power Supplies P238 3-Phase Switch Mode Power Supply * Wide operation range: -40 to 70C * Power boost function at 120% * Double pole on output terminal with one extra negative terminal * Wide input range: 3 x 380 to 480 VAC (3 x 320 to 576 VAC) * Possible for 2 phases input usage with derating: 2 x 380 to 480 VAC (2 x 340 to 576 VAC) * DC input availability: 450 to 600 VDC (450 to 810 VAC) * Protection: NEMA 1/IP20 Ordering Information Input voltage Power rating Output voltage Output current Boost Current Model 3x 380 to 480 VAC 2x 380 to 480 VAC 450 to 600 VDC 120 W 24 V J-7 5A 6A S8VK-T12024 240 W 10 A 12 A S8VK-T24024 480 W 20 A 24 A S8VK-T48024 960 W 40 A 48 A S8VK-T96024 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Timers & Counters Contents Selection Guide K-ii Digital Timers H5CX-N Digital multi-function timers, 1/16 DIN K-1 H3CA K-2 Digital-set timer with LCD bar graph display, 1/16 DIN Analog Timers H3CR Analog-set multi-function timers, 1/16 DIN K-3 H3YN Compact, socket mount, analog-set relay timers with multiple operating modes K-4 H3JA Economical, compact, plug-in timer, 36 x 36 mm K-4 H3DK Slim 22.5 mm track-mount analog-set timers K-5 H3DS Slim 17.5 mm track-mount analog-set timers K-6 Time Switches H5S Weekly and yearly timers with AM/PM display K-7 H5L Digital weekly time switch with large display K-8 H5F Digital daily time control with simple operations K-8 Digital Counters H7CX-N Advanced 1/16 DIN size preset counters K-9 H7EC/ H7ET/ H7ER Subminiature totalizer, time counter, LCD tachometer K-10 H7BX 72 x 72 mm multi-function counter with a bright, easy-toview, negative transmissive LCD K-11 H7CN 1/16 DIN, single preset counter with four-digit LED Display K-11 H7GP Total count/total time 48x24 mm K-12 H7HP Total count/total time 72x36 mm K-13 K-i K Timers WHEN TIMING ACCURACY MATTERS! H5CX-N - The most complete digital timer The H5CX-N series offers multiple functions and timing ranges for precise timing control, as well as real twin-timing and memory function. These and other added-value features ensure that the H5CX-N covers almost every possible user requirement in timers. * 15 different time functions * Three color display value: red, orange or green * Models with instantaneous contact outputs * 10 different timing ranges to choose from: 0.001 s to 9999 h Which type of timer is needed? Analog Which mounting method is required? DIN rail K-ii Plug-in/Panel 17.5 mm 22.5 mm 28 x 21.5 mm 36 x 36 mm 1/16 DIN 0.1 s Minimum time setting 0.1 s Minimum time setting 0.1 s Minimum time setting 0.1 s Minimum time setting 0.05 s Minimum time setting H3DS H3DK H3YN H3JA H3CR For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K Digital Weekly/Yearly Which mounting method is required? Which mounting method is required? DIN rail/Panel DIN rail/Panel Panel 1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN 1/4 DIN 72 x 72 mm 1/16 DIN 0.1 s Minimum time setting 0.001 s Minimum time setting 1 min Minimum time setting 1 min Minimum time setting 1 min Minimum time setting H3CA H5CX-N H5L H5S H5F For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-iii Selection Table Category Analog Solid State Timer H3DS-M Time limit Instantaneous Programmable contacts 14 pins 11 pins 8 pins Screw terminals Screw-less clamp terminals Screw-less clamp sockets Outputs Inputs Contact configuration Selection criteria Model H3DS-S Mounting DIN-rail Width 17.5 mm Type Multi-functional Relay output type Remarks Functions Features Time range H3DS-A H3DS-F ON-delay (fixed) Twin timer 4 - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 8 8 8 8 - - - - Voltage input 8 8 8 - - 4 - 4 - - - 0.1 s to 120 h 7 - 4 - 4 - - - 1 s to 120 h 7 - 4 - 4 - - - 2 s to 120 h 7 - 4 - 4 - - - 0.1 s to 12 h 6 24 to 230 VAC, or 24 to 48 VDC 24 to 230 VAC, or 24 to 48 VDC 24 to 230 VAC, or 24 to 48 VDC 24 to 230 VAC, or 24 to 48 VDC 8 4 1 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 - - 4 4 - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - Transistor - - - - Transistor Relay SCR SPDT SPST-NO DPDT 4PDT Total time range Number of sub ranges Supply voltage Number of operating modes ON-delay Flicker OFF start Flicker ON start Signal ON-/OFF-delay Signal OFF-delay Interval (signal or power start) One-shot output (ON-delay) ON-delay (fixed) Independent ON/OFF time setting Star-delta - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available K-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Timers Category Analog Solid State Timer H3DK-M Selection criteria Model H3DK-S Mounting DIN-rail Width 22.5 mm Type Multi-functional H3DK-H Power OFF-delay 4 4 4 - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 4 - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - Voltage input 4 - - - Transistor Relay SCR SPDT SPST-NO DPDT 4PDT - 4 - 4 - 4 - 0.1 s to 1200 h - 4 - 4 - - - 0.1 s to 1200 h 8 8 24 to 240 VAC/DC, or 12 VDC 24 to 240 VAC/DC, or 12 VDC 8 4 2 - 4 - 4 - - - 0.1 to 12 s 1.0 to 120 s 2 (model dependent) 100 to 120 VAC, 200 to 240 VAC, or 24 to 48 VAC/DC 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 - - - 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 4 - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transistor - - - - Contact configuration 4 4 4 - - - 4 Inputs Twin timer Outputs Time limit Instantaneous Programmable contacts 14 pins 11 pins 8 pins Screw terminals Screw-less clamp terminals Screw-less clamp sockets H3DK-F Relay output type Remarks Functions Features Time range 4 Standard Total time range - 4 - 4 - 8 - 0.1 s to 1200 h Number of sub 8 ranges Supply voltage 24 to 240 VAC/DC, or 12 VDC Number of operating modes ON-delay Flicker OFF start Flicker ON start Signal ON-/OFF-delay Signal OFF-delay Interval (signal or power start) One-shot output (ON-delay) ON-delay (fixed) Independent ON/OFF time setting Star-delta 8 Available K - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-v Selection Table Analog Solid State Timer H3CR-A Model H3CR-F H3CR-H H3YN H3JA 1/16 DIN 21.5 x 28 mm 36 x 36 mm Twin timer 4 - - - 4 4 - Power OFF-delay 4 4 - - 4 4 - Miniature 4 - - 4 - 4 - Miniature 4 - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - 8 - Voltage input 8 - - - - Transistor Relay SCR SPDT SPST-NO DPDT 4PDT - 4 - - - 4 - 0.05 s to 30 h or 1.2 s to 300 h (model dependent) - 4 - 8 - 8 - 0.05 s to 12 s, 0.05 to 12 min - 4 - - - 4 4 0.1 s to 10 h (model dependent) - 4 - 4 - 4 - 0.1 s to 3 h Contact configuration 1/16 DIN Multi-functional 4 4 - - 8 8 - Inputs Mounting Socket/on panel Width 1/16 DIN Outputs Selection criteria Category Type Time limit Instantaneous Programmable contacts 14 pins 11 pins 8 pins Screw terminals Screw-less clamp terminals Screw-less clamp sockets Relay output type Remarks Functions Features Time range 8 8 - 8 - 8 - 0.05 s to 300 h, Total time range 0.1 s to 600 h (model dependent) Number of sub 9 14 4 2 1 range per model, ranges 12 models *100-120 VAC Supply voltage *100 to 240 VAC / *100 to 240 VAC / *100 to 240 VAC / *24, 100 to 120, *200-240 VAC 100 to 125 VDC 100 to 125 VDC 100 to 125 VDC 200 to 230 VAC *24 to 48 VAC / *24 to 48 VAC / *24 to 48 VAC / *12, 24, 48, 100 to *24 VAC *12 VDC 12 to 48 VDC 12 to 48 VDC 12 to 48 VDC 110, 125 VDC *24 VDC 6 (model 1 1 4 1 No. of operating modes dependent) ON-delay 8 - - 4 4 Flicker OFF start 8 - - 4 4 Flicker ON start 8 - - 8 4 Signal ON-/OFF-delay 8 - - - - Signal OFF-delay 8 - - - 4 Interval (signal or - - - 8 4 power start) One-shot output - - - - 8 (ON-delay) ON-delay (fixed) - - - - - Independent - - - - - ON/OFF time setting Star-delta - - - - - Transistor 8 - - - - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available K-vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com - Timers Category Digital Timer H5CX-N Outputs H3CA H5S Mounting Socket/on panel DIN rail/panel Width 1/16 DIN 1/16 DIN; 75 x 45 mm 72 x 72 mm Type Multi-functional Multi-functional with LCD bar graph display Time limit 4 4 Instantaneous 4 4 Programmable contacts 4 - 14 pins - - 11 pins 4 4 8 pins 4 4 Screw terminals 8 8 H3CA-FA Screw-less clamp - - terminals Screw-less clamp sockets - - Inputs Contact configuration Selection criteria Model Weekly Timer Relay output type Remarks Functions Features Time range 4 Standard H5L H5F 1/4 DIN 1/16 DIN Digital weekly and yearly timer - - 4 - - - 4 Digital weekly timer with large display - - 4 - - - 4 Digital daily timer - - 4 - - - 4 - - - - - - Voltage input - - - - - Transistor Relay SCR SPDT 8 8 - 8 - 4 - 4 - 4 - - 2 @ 15 A - 4 - - 1 @ 15 A SPST-NO - - 4 - 0.1 s to 9990 h - 4 - - 2 @ 15 A weekly or yearly, 4 @ 3 A yearly - - 0.00 to 23.59 h - - 0.00 to 23.59 h - - 0.00 to 23.59 h 7 3 1 1 * * 15 4 4 4 4 4 24 to 240 VAC 12 to 240 VDC *see datasheet for H3CA-8 8 4 4 4 4 4 * * 4 DPDT - 4PDT - 0.001 s to 9999 h Total time range configurable Number of sub 10 ranges Supply voltage *100 to 240 VAC *24 VAC *12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - 4 4 - - - 4 - - - - 4 - 4 4 4 - - - - - Transistor 4 - - - - No. of operating modes ON-delay Flicker OFF start Flicker ON start Signal ON-/OFF-delay Signal OFF-delay Interval (signal or power start) One-shot output (ON-delay) ON-delay (fixed) Independent ON/OFF time setting Star-delta 8 Available K - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-vii Counters MULTI-FUNCTIONAL PRESET COUNTER H7CX-N - Designed with value-added features The H7CX-N series offers the ultimate in versatility and intuitive programming. * 7 basic functions in one * Choose green, orange, or red color for present value * Twin counter mode * Character height: 12 mm (4 digit models) and 10 mm (6 digit models) * Display 6 digits from -99999 up to 999999 Totalizer Pre-set counter Which size is required? Single and dual presets? 48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN) 72 x 36 mm Which type of application? No Yes Totalizer Time Speed Totalizer Time Totalizer Time 48x48 mm (1/16 DIN) 48x48 mm (1/16 DIN) 72x72 mm H7EC H7ET H7ER H7GP H7HP H7CN H7CX-N H7BX K-viii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Selection Table Compact Category Self-powered Count Totalizer 1111 Model sadsaf Display LCD Selection criteria Model Outputs Inputs Features Terminals Supply voltage Pre-set Counter H7ET H7ER H7CN LCD LCD LED 1/32 DIN 1/32 DIN 1/16 DIN - - - - 4 - - - - *No-voltage *PNP/NPN *DC-voltage *AC/DC multi-voltage - 7 - 8 4 4 - - - IP66/NEMA 4 - - - - - - 4 *No-voltage *PNP/NPN *DC-voltage Relay (SPST-NO or SPDT) or solid state open-collector - 4 - 4 - - - See datasheet regarding inputs - 4 or 5 - 8 - - - - - IP66/NEMA 4 - PV: 4, SV: 4 - - 4 4 - EEPROM - - Screw Terminals 4 4 4 - 8-pin socket - - - 4 11-pin socket - - - 4 - - 8 - 4 - - - - - - 8 - 4 - - - 1 or 10 kHz Size 1/32 DIN 5 stage Total Time Preset Batch Dual Tachometer Control inputs Dual operation Number of digits NPN/PNP switch Back-lit External reset Manual reset Number of banks Memory backup Built-in sensor power supply IP rating (front face) - 4 - - - - - *No-voltage *PNP/NPN *DC-voltage *AC/DC multi-voltage - 8 - 8 4 4 - - - IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC 24 VAC, 12-24 VDC 24 VDC 12 to 48 VDC Up Down Up/down Reversible Speed - - 8 - 4 - - - 20 Hz or switchable 30 Hz / 1 kHz Counting range 0 to 99999999 Color Functions Self-powered Tachometer H7EC Control outputs - 4 Standard Self-powered Time Totalizer 8 Available 0.0 h to 999999.9 h <--> 0.0 h to 3999 d 23.9 h or 0 s to 999 h 59 min 59 s <--> 0.0 min to 9999 h 59.9 min K 4 - - 4 4 4 - 4 0.01 to 30 Hz or 0.01 to 5 kHz 1000 s-1 or 1000 min-1; 0 to 9999 1000 s-1 or 1000 min-1 <--> 10000 min-1 Beige 8 8 8 4 Black 4 4 4 - - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-ix Counters Counter Type Features Inputs Outputs Selection criteria Model Multi-function H7CX-N LCD negative Display transmissive Terminals Supply voltage Functions Total Count/ Total Time H7BX Total Count/ Total Time H7GP H7HP LCD negative transmissive LCD negative transmissive LCD negative transmissive 72 x 72 mm 48 x 24 mm 72 x 36 mm Contact and NPN transistor 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 *No-voltage *PNP/NPN - - - 4 4 - - - - *PNP/NPN - 4 4 - - - - *PNP/NPN 4 PV: 6, SV: 6 - 6 or 8 digits - 6 digits 4 4 4 8 (16- and 32-output models only) 10 year data storage - IP54 - 4 4 - 4 4 - - 20 year data storage - IP66/NEMA 4 20 year data storage - IP66/NEMA 4 4 4 4 8-pin socket - - - - 11-pin socket 4 - 4 4 - - 4 4 4 - 0.01 to 30 Hz or 0.01 to 5 kHz -99999 to 999999 4 4 - - 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 - - - - -99999 to 999999 0 to 999999 Beige - - 4 4 Black 4 4 4 4 Size 1/16 DIN Control outputs 1 relay (SPDT), transistor 5 stage 4 Total 4 Time - Preset 4 Batch 4 Dual 4 Tachometer 4 Control inputs *No-voltage *PNP/NPN Dual operation 4 PV: 4, SV: 4 or PV: 6, Number of digits SV: 6 NPN/PNP switch 4 Back-lit 4 External reset 4 Manual reset 4 Memory backup 10 year data storage Built-in sensor power supply - IP rating (front face) IP66/NEMA 4 Screw Terminals 4 100 to 240 VAC 24 VAC, 12-24 VDC 24 VDC 12 to 48 VDC Up Down Up/down Reversible Speed 4 4 - - 4 4 4 4 0.01 to 30 Hz or 0.01 to 5 kHz Counting range -99999 to 999999 Color *1 Lorem Multi-function - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available K-x For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H5CX-N Multi-Mode Digital Timers T322 Space-Saving 1/16 DIN Timer with All-in-one Functionality Easy-to-set timing and security functions satisfy multiple design needs with a single part, reducing your stock. High accuracy setting and operation in all modes assures reliable performance. * Short body: Only 59 mm depth for 24 VAC/ VDC models, 78 mm depth for 100-240 VAC models * Waterproof/dust proof front (UL 508 Type 4X and IP66) * Isolated inputs and power eliminates unwanted circuit paths * Built-in output cycle counter supports predictive maintenance * Green and orange display shows change in output status K Type Time specifications Operating modes Connection type Inputs Output type Supply voltage Model H5CX-A series 4-digit models 0.001 to 9.999 s 0.01 to 99.99 s 0.1 to 999.9 s 1 to 9999 s 1 s to 99 min 59 s 0.1 to 999.9 min 1 to 9999 min 1 min to 99 h 59 min 0.1 to 999.9 h 1 to 9999 h Timer Mode A: Signal ON Delay I A-1: Signal ON Delay II A-2: Power ON Delay I A-3: Power ON Delay II b: Repeat cycle 1 b-1: Repeat cycle 2 d: Signal OFF Delay E: Interval F: Cumulative Z: ON/OFF-dutyadjustable flicker S: Stopwatch Screw terminals Signal, Reset, Gate (NPN/ PNP input) Contact output (timelimit SPDT) 100 to 240 VAC H5CX-A-N 12 to 24 VDC/ 24 VAC H5CX-AD-N 100 to 240 VAC H5CXA11-N 12 to 24 VDC/ 24 VAC H5CXA11D-N 100 to 240 VAC H5CX-L8-N 12 to 24 VDC/ 24 VAC H5CXL8D-N Contact output (timelimit SPDT + instantaneous SPDT) Models with instantaneous contact outputs 100 to 240 VAC H5CX-L8E-N 12 to 24 VDC/ 24 VAC H5CXL8ED-N Transistor output (DPST) 12 to 24 VDC H5CXBWSD-N H5CX-L series 4-digit models 11-pin socket 11-pin socket 8-pin socket Signal, Reset (NPN input) Twin Timer Mode t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1 t-on: Flicker ON Start 1 t-off-1: Flicker OFF Start 2 t-on-1: Flicker ON Start 2 Timer Mode A-2: Power ON Delay I b: Repeat cycle 1 E: Interval Z: ON/OFF-dutyadjustable flicker None Twin Timer Mode t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1 t-on: Flicker ON Start 1 H5CX-B series 6-digit model 0.01 to 9999.99 s 1 s to 99 h 59 min 59 s 0.1 to 99999.9 min 0.1 to 99999.9 h A: Signal ON Delay I F-1: Cumulative Screw terminals Signal, Reset, Gate (NPN/ PNP input) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-1 H3CA Solid-State Digital Timers T325 1/16 DIN, Digital-Set Timer with LCD Bar Graph Display * 8 field selectable operation modes or ON-delay only model * Time remaining LCD bar graph and LCD output indicator * Two available mounting options: DIN rail or socket (8 or 11 pin) * Universal AC/DC Supply voltage timer available LR * Selectable no-voltage start, reset, gate and check inputs expand capabilities * Time limit or instantaneous output, select SPDT or DPDT models (3 A @ 250 VAC) * Panel mounting adapters, sockets and accessories available Specifications * Timing functions: Multi-mode: ON-delay, Repeat cycle, Signal Interval/OFF-delay, Signal-OFF delay (I & II), Interval, Cycle and Signal ON-delay/OFF-delay, ON-delay only * Timing ranges: 7 ranges: 0.1 seconds to 9990 hours * Repeat accuracy: 0.3% of range, 0.05 second * Control output: 10 mA to 3 A at 250 VAC Solid-State Timers with 8 Selectable Functions Dimensions H x W x D mm Supply voltage Output type Output rating Inputs Input rating Connection type Model 48 x 48 x 89 24 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 12 to 240 VDC Relay SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC Start, Reset, Gate No-voltage 11-pin socket H3CA-A Front mounted screw terminals H3CA-FA 75 x 45 x 101 Solid-State Timers - ON-delay Only Dimensions H x W x D mm Supply voltage Output type Output rating Inputs Input rating Connection type Model 48 x 48 x 89 Specify 24 VAC, 100/110/120 VAC, or 200/220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Relay (time limit or instantaneous) SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC Start, Reset, Gate No-voltage 8-pin socket H3CA-8H Relay Specify 12, 24, 48 or 110 VDC K-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H3CA-8 H3CR Multi-Mode Timers T323 1/16 DIN Analog-Set Timer * Use for delay timing, repeatable cycles or duration (interval) timing * Select 4 (8-pin) or 6 (11-pin) function models to handle most applications * Repeat cycle models with independent ON and OFF periods available * Power-OFF delay models available * 5 A DPDT relay switches when timing cycle completes * Short, 80 mm (3.15 inch) panel mounting depth with socket allows space-efficient control panel design Ordering Information Multi-Mode Timers H3CR-A T323 K Output Number of pins Supply voltage Time range Operating mode Model Relay DPDT 11 100 to 240 VAC/ 100 to 125 VDC 0.05 s to 300 h On-delay Flicker OFF start Flicker ON start Signal ON/OFF-delay Signal OFF-delay Interval Signal ON/OFF-delay II One-shot H3CR-A AC100-240/DC100-125 ON-delay Flicker ON-start Interval One-shot H3CR-A8 AC100-240/DC100-125 24 to 48 VAC/ 12 to 48 VDC 8 100 to 240 VAC/ 100 to 125 VDC 24 to 48 VAC/ 12 to 48 VDC H3CR-A AC24-48/DC12-48 H3CR-A8 AC24-48/DC12-48 100 to 240 VAC/ 100 to 125 VDC H3CR-A8E AC100-240/DC100-125 24 to 48 VAC/VDC H3CR-A8E AC24-48/DC12-48 T336 Twin Timers (Repeat Cycle) H3CR-F Output Number of pins Supply voltage Time range Operating mode Model Relay DPDT 11 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 s to 30 h Flicker OFF start (When timing starts the off output indicator will illuminate. On time and off time can be independently set) H3CR-F AC100-240/DC100-125 24 VAC/VDC 8 100 to 240 VAC 24 VAC/VDC Power Off Delay Timers See datasheet. H3CR-F AC24-48/DC12-48 H3CR-F8 AC100-240/DC100-125 H3CR-F8 AC24-48/DC12-48 T337 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-3 H3YN Solid State Timers T324 Analog-Set Relay Timers with Multiple Operating Modes * Space-saving and easy to operate * Miniature timer offers selectable timing modes * Seconds/minutes timing range models in stock; minutes/hours models available * Monitor relay status using independent Power-ON and Time-Up indicators * Socket-mount timers simplify installation and maintenance LR * Sockets, hold-down clips and mounting accessories available separately Specifications * Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-230 VAC, or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC * Timing functions: ON-delay, Interval and Repeat cycle with OFF-start or ON-start (DIP switch selectable) H3JA * Timing ranges: 4 ranges: 0.1 second to 10 minutes; 0.1 minute to 10 hours * Repeat accuracy: 1% FS max. * Control output: DPDT, 5 A at 250 VAC (H3YN-2), 4PDT, 5 A at 250 VAC (H3YN-4) Solid State Timers T327 Economical, Compact, Plug-in Timer * ON-delay time limit operation with automatic resetting * DIN size (36 x 36 mm), fits standard 8-pin socket * Wide choice of time ranges: 1, 3, 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds/3, 5,10, 30, 60 minutes/3 hours * Time-limit 5 A DPDT contact models stocked; 7 A SPDT models available * Dual LEDs indicate power and output status * Large transparent setting knob * Surface, flush and DIN track mountable Specifications * Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-240 VAC, or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 12 VDC or 24 VDC * Timing functions: ON-delay, time limit; automatic resetting K-4 * Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1 second, 0.3 to 3 seconds, 0.5 to 5 seconds, 1 to 10 seconds, 3 to 30 seconds, 6 to 60 seconds, 0.3 to 3 minutes, 0.5 to 5 minutes * Repeat accuracy: 2% max. * Control output: DPDT, 100 mA to 5 A at 125/250 VAC (resistive load) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H3DK Multi-Function Timers T335 DIN 22.5 mm Width Timers, Track-Mount, Analog Set Space-saving slim track-mount timers easily fit into panel designs. Multi-function models with switch selectable dual time limit and instantaneous outputs satisfy multiple design needs with a single part, reducing your stock. Features * 4- and 8-function models * All sub-series include models with 12 VDC power supply LR * Finger-safe terminal block and captive screws according to EN 50274 * EMC (EN 61812-1) compliance for application in heavy or light industrial, commercial and residential environments K Ordering Information Type Time specifications Operating modes Connection type Inputs Output type Supply voltage Model H3DK-M series 8-mode timer 0.1 to 1.2 s 1 to 12 s 10 to 120 s 1 to 12 min 10 to 120 min 1 to 12 hr 10 to 120 hr 100 to 1,200 hr Timer Mode A ON Delay B: Repeat cycle OFF start B2: Repeat cycle ON start C: Signal ON/OFF Delay D: Signal OFF Delay E: Interval G: Signal ON/OFF delay J: One-shot output 9 screw terminals Voltage input Contact output (DPDT time-limit or SPDT time-limit + instantaneous SPDT), switch selected 24 to 240 VAC/VDC H3DK-M2 12 VDC H3DK-M2A Contact output (SPDT time-limit) 24 to 240 VAC/VDC H3DK-M1 12 VDC H3DK-M1A A: ON Delay B2: Repeat cycle ON start E: Interval J: One-shot output 6 screw terminals Contact output (DPDT time-limit or SPDT time-limit + instantaneous SPDT), switch selected 24 to 240 VAC/VDC H3DK-S2 12 VDC H3DK-S2A Contact output (SPDT time-limit) 24 to 240 VAC/VDC H3DK-S1 12 VDC H3DK-S1A Contact output (SPDT time-limit) 24 to 240 VAC/VDC H3DK-F 12 VDC H3DK-FA H3DK-S Series 4-mode timer H3DK-F Repeat cycle timer Repeat cycle, ON start, Independent ON and OFF time settings 6 screw terminals - - For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-5 H3DS Solid State Timers T328 Ultra-slim 17.5 mm Timers, Track-Mount Analog Set * Eight operating modes (H3DS-M) and four operating modes (H3DS-S) to cover a wide range of applications * Offers wide time setting range of 0.10 s to 120 h * Smart Dial/Selector-Locking Mechanism prevents the dials and selectors on the timer's front panel from being operated without authorization (can only be unlocked and locked with an optional pen-type Lock Key) * Additional single function models available: Repeat cycle independent ON/ OFF, ON-delay, ON-delay timer 2 wire LR * Finger protection terminal block prevents shock, meets VDE0106/P100 * High immunity to inverter noise Specifications * Supply voltage: 24 to 230 VAC/24 to 48 VDC * Timing functions: ON-delay (Signal or Power); Repeat-cycle OFF-start (Signal or Power); Repeat-cycle ON-start (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; Signal OFF-delay; Interval (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; One-shot (Signal or Power) * Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1.2 s, 1 to 12 s, 0.1 to 1.2 min., 1 to 12 min., 0.1 to 1.2 h, 1 to 12 h, 10 to 120 h * Repeat accuracy: 1% max. of full scale * Control output: 5 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC (resistive load) H3DS K-6 H3DS-M/S/A H3DS-F H3DS-G H3DS-X Standard Timer Twin Timer Star-delta Timer Two-wired Timer H3DS-M (eight multi-modes) H3DS-S (Four multi-modes) H3DS-A (single mode) H3DS-F H3DS-G H3DS-X For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H5S Weekly and Yearly Time Switches T332 Weekly and Yearly Timers with AM/PM Display * Control lighting, HVAC systems and production equipment for energy saving operation * Independent Day Keys provide easier operation * Temporary holiday setting function makes it easy to turn OFF output for holidays and non-operating days * Easy-to-use, prompted programming with test mode for easy program checking * Automatic or manual operation following power failure * Field-adjustable ON/OFF, cycle and pulse output * Battery back-up for memory protection K * 2-circuit models include time counter and total counter functions with alarm indicator * Compact DIN size 72 x 72 mm * Protective cover and other accessories available separately Ordering Information Control cycle Number of outputs Temperature compensation Mounting method Supply voltage Model Weekly 2 circuits N Flush Mounting 100 to 240 VAC H5S-WB2 24 VDC H5S-WB2D N N Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC N Y Yearly Flush Mounting Y Y 4 circuits Y Y Y Y 24 VDC H5S-WFB2D 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YB2-X 24 VDC H5S-YB2D-X Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC Y Flush Mounting H5S-WFB2 H5S-YFB2-X 24 VDC H5S-YFB2D-X 100 to 240 VAC H5S-YB4-X 24 VDC H5S-YB4D-X Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC H5S-YFB4-X H5S-YFB4D-X For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-7 H5L Digital Weekly Time Switch T334 1/4 DIN Size Weekly Timer, Easy Programming and Large Display * * * * * * * * Set programs with just five switches 24 program steps available Two independent 15 A control circuits Manual override switch for each output 10-year battery backup for memory Large, easy-to-read LCD display Multiple-day operation Designed for track mounting; panel and surface mounting hardware included Specifications * * * * * Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC Timing functions: Weekly timer, 24 hrs x 7 days, ON or OFF programming Timing ranges: 00:00 to 23:59 (hours: minutes), one minute cycle minimum Repeat accuracy: 0.01%, 0.05 s max. Control output: 15 A at 250 VAC (resistive load) H5F Digital Daily Time Switch T333 1/16 DIN Size Timer with Simple Programming * Control up to 12 ON/OFF operations per day (24 for pulse output operation) for one independent circuit * Special holidays can be handled easily with the holiday setting function * Adjustments for sudden schedule changes * Enables pulse output operation and summer can be made easily using output override time setting and automatic return operation * Incorporates finger-safe terminals * Operation program can be easily checked * Flush, surface, and DIN track mounting options with the program check function Specifications * Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC * Timing functions: Daily timer, ON or OFF programming * Timing ranges: 24 h x 7 days (Operation days can be specified) 1 to 59 s, or 1 to 60 min. Pulse-output operation (Pulse width can be set in units of 1 s from 1 to 59 s and in units of 1 min from 1 to 60 min) * Repeat accuracy: 0.01%, 0.05 s max. * Control output: SPST-NO contact, 15 A at 250 VAC, resistive load. 10 A at 24 VDC, resistive load. Minimum applied load: 100 mA at 5 VDC (failure level: P, reference value). K-8 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H7CX-N Multi-Function Digital Counters T422 Advanced 1/16 DIN Size Preset Counters * Space-saving counter solves most counting and positioning applications * Small and flexible: Only 59 mm depth (24 VAC/VDC) or 78 mm depth (100-240 VAC) * Waterproof, dust-proof front panel (UL508 Type 4X and IP66) * High visibility character height: 4 digit models (12 mm) and 6 digit models (10 mm) * Protect settings with 5 levels of key access * Built-in Tachometer functions: * One-input measurement * Independent measurement for 2 inputs * Differential input for 2 inputs * Absolute ratio for 2 inputs * Error ratio between 2 inputs * Isolated power supply and input circuits prevent unwanted circuit paths * Built-in output counter supports preventive maintenance * Switchable display colors show output status changes at a glance K Ordering Information Classification Counting action Settings Display digits Output Supply voltage Model Preset counter 1-stage preset counter Total and preset counter 1-stage 4 digits Contact output (SPDT) 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A114-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A114D1-N 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A11-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A11D1-N 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A4-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-A4D-N 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AD-N 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-A4W-N 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-AW-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AWD1-N Contact (SPDT) Transistor (SPST) 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-AU-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-AUD1-N 1-stage (1 input and output) Contact output (SPDT) 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-R11-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-R11D1-N 1-stage (2 inputs and outputs) Contact output (SPDT + SPST) 100 to 240 VAC H7CX-R11W-N 12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC H7CX-R11WD1-N 6 digits 4 digits 6 digits Preset counter/ Tachometer 1-stage preset counter 2-stage preset counter Total and preset counter Batch counter Dual counter Twin counter 2-stage 1-stage preset counter 2-stage preset counter Total and preset counter Batch counter Dual counter Twin counter Tachometer Tachometer 4 digits Contact output (SPST + SPDT) 6 digits For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-9 H7EC/H7ET/H7ER Counters T423 Subminiature Totalizer, Time Counter, LCD Tachometer The self-powered H7E series features a large display with 8.6 mm character height. It includes models with backlight for improved visibility in dimly lit places. The 1/32 DIN size family includes total counters, time counters and tachometers. * 1/32 DIN size: 24 H x 48 W x 55.5 D mm * Black or light-grey housing * Make all basic settings with a DIP switch * 8 digits (H7EC), 7 digits (H7ET), 5 digits (H7ER), 8.6 mm character height * Dual time ranges in each model (H7ET) * Dual input speed: 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (H7EC) * Dual revolution display (H7ER) Ordering Information H7EC Count Totalizer Count input Max. counting speed T423 Display Model Light grey body Black body No-voltage 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable) 7-segment LCD H7EC-N H7EC-N-B PNP/NPN universal DC voltage input 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable) 7-segment LCD H7EC-NV H7EC-NV-B 7-segment LCD with backlight H7EC-NV-H H7EC-NV-BH AC/DC multi-voltage input 20 Hz 7-segment LCD H7EC-NFV H7EC-NFV-B T424 H7ET Time Totalizer Timer input Display Model Time range 999999.9h <-> 3999d23.9h (switchable) Light grey body Black body Time range 999h59m59s <-> 9999h59.9m (switchable) Light grey body Black body No-voltage input 7-segment LCD H7ET-N H7ET-N-B H7ET-N1 H7ET-N1-B PNP/NPN universal DC voltage input 7-segment LCD H7ET-NV H7ET-NV-B H7ET-NV1 H7ET-NV1-B 7-segment LCD with blacklight H7ET-NV-H H7ET-NV-BH H7ET-NV1-H H7ET-NV1-BH 7-segment LCD H7ET-NFV H7ET-NFV-B H7ET-NFV1 H7ET-NFV1-B AC/DC multi-voltage input T425 H7ER Tachometer Count input Display Model Max. revolutions displayed (applicable encoder resolution) 1,000 s-1 (1 pulse/rev.) 1,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev.) No-voltage input PNP/NPN universal DC voltage input K-10 7-segment LCD 1,000.0 s-1 (10 pulse/rev) 1,000.0 min-1 (600 pulse/rev) <-> 10,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev) (switchable) Light grey body Black body Light grey body Black body H7ER-N H7ER-N-B - - 7-segment LCD H7ER-NV H7ER-NV-B H7ER-NV1 H7ER-NV1-B 7-segment LCD with blacklight H7ER-NV-H H7ER-NV-BH H7ER-NV1-H H7ER-NV1-BH For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H7BX Digital Counters T427 72 x 72 mm Multi-Function Counter with a Bright, Easy-to-view, Negative Transmissive LCD * Provides a total and preset counter, batch counter, dual counter, and tachometer * Large highly visible display with backlit transmissive LCD * Selectable display color (red/green) enables checking output status at a distance * Easy operation with a key for each digit * Perform all basic settings with a DIP switch * Wide range of inputs accepted for NPN/ PNP inputs (multi-inputs) and 2-wire DC sensors * Degree of protection: IP54 equivalent (front section only) Specifications * Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 24 VAC/12 to 24 VDC * Inputs: Voltage or no-voltage inputs; 12 VDC external power supply * Ranges: Counting -99,999 to 999,999 (6-digit); tachometer 0 to 999,999 (6 digits) H7CN * Control output: Contact output: 3 A at 250 VDC/30 VDC (resistive load); transistor output: 100 mA max. at 30 VDC max. * Output functions: One-shot and sustained outputs with up to 12 user selections * Reset time: 1 ms or 20 ms selectable Digital Counters T428 1/16 DIN, Single Preset Counter with Four-Digit LED Display * Simple to set and operate * Easy-to-read 10 mm-high LED display * Contact (SPST-NO or SPDT) or solid-state (open-collector) outputs * Single counting speed per model: 30 cps models stocked; 5 kcps available * Separate UP, DOWN and REVERSIBLE counting models * Memory protection circuit available on AC models * 8-pin or 11-pin round socket models available * Panel-mount adapter, sockets and accessories available separately Specifications * Supply voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz * Counting functions: 1-stage (single preset) UP counter * Counting ranges: 0 to 9,999 (4-digit) * Output functions: Sustained output until reset For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-11 K H7GP Digital Counters T432 Compact Count and Time Totalizers * Large easy to ready 8.5 mm transmissive LCD displays * NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33 rubber gasket * High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD display with built-in LED backlight * Short (80 mm) body * Switch between NPN and PNP operation * Units can be externally or manual reset * Dimensions: 24 H x 44 W x 80 D mm Ordering Information H7GP-C Totalizing Counter Count input NPN or PNP Max. counting speed Counting Range 30 cps or 5 cps (selectable) 99999.6 Display Supply Voltage Model Light grey body Black body 8 mm, 6-digit 100 to 240 VAC H7GP-C H7GP-CB 12 to 24 VDC H7GP-CD H7GP-CDB Supply Voltage Model H7GP-T Time Totalizer Count input NPN or PNP K-12 Max. counting speed Time Range 30 cps or 5 cps (selectable) 99999.9 h or 99 h 59 m 59 s Display 8 mm, 6-digit Light grey body Black body 100 to 240 VAC H7GP-T H7GP-TB 12 to 24 VDC H7GP-TD H7GP-TDB For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com H7HP Digital Counters T433 Compact Count and Time Totalizers * Large easy to ready displays: 6-digit (15 mm); 8-digit (12 mm) models * NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33 rubber gasket * High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD display with built-in LED backlight * Short (66 mm) body * Switch between NPN and PNP operation * Units can be externally or manual reset * Dimensions: 32 H x 67.7 W x 65.8 D mm Ordering Information H7HP-A Counter/Timer Count input NPN or PNP Max. counting speed Time Range Display Supply Voltage 30 cps or 5 cps (selectable) Model Light grey body Black body 99999.9 h or 99 h 59 m 59 s 15 mm, 6-digit 100 to 240 VAC H7HP-A H7HP-AB 12 to 24 VDC H7HP-AD H7HP-ADB Max. counting speed Counting Range Display Supply Voltage Model 30 cps or 5 cps (selectable) 99999999 12 mm, 8-digit K H7HP-C Totalizer Count input NPN or PNP Light grey body Black body 100 to 240 VAC H7HP-C8 H7HP-C8B 12 to 24 VDC H7HP-C8D H7HP-D8D8 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K-13 Timers and Counters K-14 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Digital Panel Meters Contents Selection Guide L-ii K3HB -X, -H, -V, -S Process, Temperature, Weighing and Linear Sensor Indicators L-1 K3HB -C, -P, -R Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and Up-/Down-Counting Pulse Indicators L-2 K3MA -J, -L, -F Process, Temperature, Frequency/Rate Meters with Built-in Outputs L-3 K3GN 1/32 DIN Process Meter with Relay or Transistor Output L-3 L L-i Digital Panel Meters LOOKING FOR PERFECT MEASURING & Read-out? K3HB-V - For perfect weighing With our K3HB series, we cover a wide range of applications. One of them is the weighing indicator which performs perfect measurement in any weighing application. The instrument can be equipped with a load-cell power supply of 10 V/100 mA. Several option boards for communication, contact output boards or event inputs are also available. On top of these, you can get direct DeviceNet communication. * High-speed sampling 20 ms * Equipped with position meter * Two-color display for easy recognition Which size is required? 48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN) Process/Frequency/Rate General purpose Which application is required? K3GN L-ii Process Temperature Frequency/ Rate K3MA-J K3MA-L K3MA-F For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com 96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN) L Advanced Which application is required? Process Temperature Weighing Linear sensor Rotary pulse Time interval Up/down counting pulse K3HB-X K3HB-H K3HB-V K3HB-S K3HB-R K3HB-P K3HB-C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-iii Selection Table Multifunctional Digital Panel Indicator Process Indicator Temperature Indicator Frequency/Rate Indicator K3GN K3MA-J K3MA-L K3MA-F Model Size Color change display Number of digits Leading zero suppression Forced zero function Min./max. hold function Average processing User selectable inputs Start-up compensating time Key protection Decimal pt. position setting Accuracy Input range Features Selection Criteria Category Sample rate Features Outputs Inputs Sensor power supply Front protection - IP rating Supply voltage NPN PNP Temperature Contact Voltage pulse Load cell DC voltage DC current AC voltage AC current Relay NPN PNP Linear BCD Comms 1/32 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0.1% of full scale 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 1/8 DIN 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V or 0 to 30 Hz or 0 to 5 kHz 250 ms Remote/local processing, parameter initialization, programmable output configuration, process value hold 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V Pt100, JPt100 or thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B 0 to 30 Hz or 0 to 5 kHz 250 ms Teaching, comparative output pattern selection, parameter initialization, programmable output configuration, process value hold - IP66/NEMA 4 24 VAC/VDC or 100 to 240 VAC - - - - - - 4 4 - - 4 - - - - - 500 ms Programmable output configuration, process value hold - Teaching, comparative output pattern selection, programmable output configuration, process value hold - IP66/NEMA 4 24 VAC/VDC or 100 to 240 VAC - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - 4 IP66/NEMA 4 24 VAC/VDC or 100 to 240 VAC 4 4 - 4 4 - - - - - 4 - - - - - - IP66/NEMA 4 24 VDC 4 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 4 - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available L-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Digital Panel Meters Model Size Color change display Number of digits Leading zero suppression Forced zero function Min./max. hold function Average processing User selectable inputs Start-up compensating time Key protection Decimal pt. position setting Accuracy Input range Features Selection Criteria Category Sample rate Features Outputs Inputs Sensor power supply Front protection - IP rating Supply voltage 4 Standard NPN PNP Temperature Contact Voltage pulse Load cell DC voltage DC current AC voltage AC current Relay NPN PNP Linear BCD Comms 8 Available Process Indicator Temperature Indicator Weighing Indicator Linear Sensor Indicator K3HB-X K3HB-H K3HB-V K3HB-S 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 0.1% of full scale (DC voltage & DC current), 0.5% of full scale (AC voltage & AC current) 0.000 to 10.000 A 0.0000 to 19.999 mA -199.99 to 199.99 mA 4.000 to 20.000 mA 0.0 to 400.0 V 0.0000 to 1.999 V -199.99 to 199.99 V 1.0000 to 5.0000 V 20 ms Scaling, teaching, averaging, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, bank selection, reset, comparative output 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 8 8 - - - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 - 8 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 Thermocouple: 0.3%of full scale, Pt-100: 0.2% of full scale Pt100, thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 0.1% of full scale 0.00 to 199.99 mV, 0.000 to 19.999 mV, 100.00 mV, 199.99 mV 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 One input: 0.1% of full scale, two inputs: 0.2% of full scale 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V 20 ms Scaling, teaching, averaging, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, bank selection, reset, comparative output 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 8 8 4 - - - - - - - 8 8 8 8 - 8 20 ms Scaling, teaching, averaging, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, bank selection, reset, comparative output 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 8 8 - - - 4 - - - - 8 8 8 8 - 8 0.5 ms Scaling, 2-input calculation, teaching, averaging, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, bank selection, reset, comparative output 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 8 8 - - - - 4 4 - - 8 8 8 8 - 8 - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-v L Selection Table Selection Criteria Category Up/Down Counting Pulse Indicator Time Interval Indicator Rotary Pulse Indicator K3HB-C K3HB-P K3HB-R Model Size Color change display Number of digits Leading zero suppression Forced zero function Min./max. hold function Average processing User selectable inputs Start-up compensating time Key protection Decimal pt. position setting Accuracy Features Input range Sample rate Features Outputs Inputs Sensor power supply Front protection - IP rating Supply voltage NPN PNP Temperature Contact Voltage pulse Load cell DC voltage DC current AC voltage AC current Relay NPN PNP Linear BCD Comms 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 0.08% rgd 1 digit No voltage contact: 30 Hz, voltage pulse: 50 kHz, open collector: 50 kHz - Scaling, measurement operation selection, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, display value selection, display color selection, key protection, bank selection, display refresh period, maximum/minimum hold, reset No voltage contact: 30 Hz, voltage pulse: 50 kHz, open collector: 50 kHz - Scaling, measurement operation selection, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, teaching, display value selection, display color selection, key protection, bank selection, display refresh period, maximum/minimum hold, reset 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 4 4 - - 4 - - - - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 4 4 - - 4 - - - - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 1/8 DIN 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0.006% rgd 1 digit 0.02% rgd 1 digit No voltage contact: 30 Hz, voltage pulse: 50 kHz, open collector: 50 kHz - Scaling, measurement operation selection, averaging, previous average value comparison, output hysteresis, output OFF-delay, output test, teaching, display value selection, display color selection, key protection, bank selection, display refresh period, maximum/ minimum hold, reset 8 IP66/NEMA 4 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VAC/VDC 4 4 - - 4 - - - - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available L-vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K3HB-X, -H, -V, -S Digital Panel Indicators X322 Process, Temperature, Weighing and Linear Sensor Indicators These indicators with analog input, feature a color change display for easy monitoring. K3HB series is high-speed, with a sample rate of 50 Hz, and even 2,000 Hz for K3HB-S. * Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485 * 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing Ordering Information Type of indicator Input sensor type and range Model Process indicator K3HB-X DC current input, from 199.99 mA, to 4.000 to 20.000 mA K3HB-XAD 100-240VAC K3HB-XAD 24VAC/VDC DC voltage input from 199.99 V to 1.0000 to 5.0000 V K3HB-XVD 100-240VAC K3HB-XVD 24VAC/VDC Temperature indicator K3HB-H Temperature input Pt100, thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W Weighing indicator K3HB-V Load cell input (DC low voltage input), 0.00 to 199.99 mV, 0.000 to 19.999 mV, 100.00 mV, 199.99 mV K3HB-HTA 100-240VAC K3HB-HTA 24VAC/VDC K3HB-VLC 100-240VAC K3HB-VLC 24VAC/VDC Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards Slot B Output Sensor power supply Relay PASS: SPDT Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA 12 VDC 10%, 80 mA Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V Sensor power supply only Relay PASS: SPDT Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA 10 VDC 5%, 100 mA Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V Sensor power supply only Communications Applicable indicator types Model - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-CPA - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-L1A - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-L2A - K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-A RS-232C K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-FLK1A RS-485 K3HB-X, -H, -S K33-FLK3A - K3HB-V K33-CPB - K3HB-V K33-L1B - K3HB-V K33-L2B - K3HB-V K33-B RS-232C K3HB-V K33-FLK1B RS-485 K3HB-V K33-FLK3B L Relay/Transistor Output Boards Slot Output C Relay Transistor - Communications Model H/L: SPDT each - K34-C1 HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each - K34-C2 NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T1 PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T2 - DeviceNet K34-DRT Event Input Boards Slot Output Number of points Communications Model DT NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-1 PNP open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-1 K3HB-C, -P, -R Digital Panel Indicators X326 Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and Up/Down Counting Pulse Indicators These indicators with analog input feature a clear and easy-to-use color change display. All models are equipped with NEMA 4 IP66 housing. K3HB-R and -C are high-speed, with a color rate up to 50 kHz. * Position meter indication for easy monitoring * Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485 * Double display with 5 digits in two colors * 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing K3HB-P X327 Ordering Information K3HB-R X328 Type of indicator Input ranges Input sensor Model Rotary pulse indicator K3HB-R No voltage contact: 30 Hz max. Voltage pulse: 50 kHz max. Open collector: 50 kHz max. NPN input/ voltage pulse K3HB-RNB 100-240VAC PNP input K3HB-RPB 100-240VAC Timer interval indicator K3HB-P K3HB-RNB 24VAC/VDC K3HB-RPB 24VAC/VDC NPN K3HB-PNB 100-240VAC PNP K3HB-PPB 100-240VAC PNP K3HB-CNB 24VAC/VDC NPN K3HB-CNB 100-240VAC NPN K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC PNP K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC PNP K3HB-CPB 100-240VAC Sensor power supply Communications Model 12 VDC 10%, 80 mA - K33-CPA Up/down counting pulse indicator K3HB-C Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards Slot Output B Relay PASS: SPDT Linear current DC0(4) - 20 mA - K33-L1A Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V - K33-L2A - - - K33-A - - RS-232C K33-FLK1A - - RS-485 K33-FLK3A Communications Model H/L: SPDT each - K34-C1 HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each - K34-C2 NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T1 PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-T2 - - DeviceNet K34-DRT BCD + transistor NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL - K34-BCD Relay/Transistor Output Boards Slot Output C Relay Transistor Event Input Boards Slot Output Number of points Communications Model D NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-1 NPN open collector 5 M3 terminal blocks K35-3 L-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K3MA-J, -L, -F Digital Panel Meters X324 Digital Panel Meters Offer Built-in Outputs The K3MA series is available as a process meter, a frequency/rate meter or a temperature meter. All are equipped with the same quality display and have the same short mounting depth of 80 mm. * 1/8 DIN size housing: 97 L x 96 W x 48 H mm * Highly visible, 2-color negative transmissive backlit LCD display * 14.2 mm high characters Ordering Information * 5 digits (-19,999 to 99,999), K3MA-L: 4 digits * 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing K3MA-L X329 K3MA-F X323 Indicator Supply voltage Input type and ranges Output Process meter 100 to 240 VAC DC voltage: 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 100-240VAC 24 VAC/VDC Temperature meter 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 24VAC/VDC 100 to 240 VAC Platinum-resistance thermometer: Pt100, JPt100 24 VAC/VDC Frequency/ rate meter 100 to 240 VAC Rotary pulse - No voltage: 0.05 to 30.00 Hz 24 VAC/VDC K3GN Model 1 relay contact output (SPDT) K3MA-L-C 100-240VAC 1 relay contact output (SPDT) K3MA-L-C 24VAC/VDC 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 100-240VAC 2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 24VAC/VDC L Digital Panel Meters X325 Intelligent Digital Panel Meter, 1/32 DIN Size The K3GN has three main functions are process meter, RPM processor/tachometer and digital data display for PC/PLC. * 5-digit display with programmable display color, in red or green * Very compact 1/32 DIN housing: 24 H x 48 W x 83 D mm * 1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing Ordering Information Input type Supply voltage Output No communications RS-485 DC voltage/current, NPN 24 VDC Dual relays (SPST-NO) K3GN-NDC 24 DC K3GN-NDC-FLK 24 DC Dual relays (SPST-NO) K3GN-PDC 24 DC K3GN-PDC-FLK 24 DC DC voltage/current, PNP Model For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com L-3 Digital Panel Meters L-4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Monitoring Products Contents Selection Guide M-ii Monitoring Relays K8AK-VS/ Single phase voltage K8AK-VW monitoring relays M-1 K8AK-AS M-2 Single phase current monitoring relays K8AK-AW Single phase overcurrent/ undercurrent monitoring relays M-3 K8AK-PA/ 3-phase voltage monitoring PM/PW relays M-4 K8AK-PH/ Phase-sequence/Phase-loss K8DS-PH monitoring relays M-5 K8AK-TH M-6 Temperature monitoring relays Liquid Level Controls and Detectors K8AK-LS Liquid level controller M-7 K7L-AT50 Protect your process equipment from liquid spills and leaks M-8 M M-i Monitoring Products MONITORING RELAYS The K8AK/K8DS series power monitoring relays can detect problems such as: * Over- and under-currents, and over- and under-voltages * Phase losses (where voltage is not supplied to one or more phases because of disconnected power lines, loose terminals, or contact failures) * Phase-sequence problems (which can result, for example, in motors rotating backwards) * Voltage asymmetries where the voltages of different phases are different because of phase losses or other causes). The relays are available in various single- and three-phase versions for currents up to 200 A and voltages up to 600 V. The 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm wide DIN-rail mounting devices save space in control panels. Which application is required? Three Phase Circuit Monitoring 3-phase 3-wires voltage or 3-phase 4-wire voltage 3-phase 3-wires voltage Phase-sequence, Loss Phase Asymmetry 3-Phase Voltage, Over & Under Voltage Sequence, Loss Relay Phase-sequence, (WindowLoss comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, Over & Under Voltage Sequence, Loss Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, 3-Phase Asymmetry, Sequence, Sequence, Loss Loss Relay Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, Sequence, Loss Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase 3-Phase Voltage, Sequence, VoltageLoss Relay Relay (Window comparator) 3-PhaseSequence, Voltage, 3-Phase Sequence, Loss Relay Loss Relay (Window comparator) 3-PhaseSequence, Voltage, 3-Phase Sequence, Loss Relay Loss Relay (Window comparator) K8AK-PM K8AK-PA K8AK-PM K8AK-PW K8AK-PM K8AK-PM K8AK-PH K8AK-PM K8DS-PH M-ii Phase-sequence, Loss For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Single Phase Circuit Monitoring Voltage Input Temperature Monitoring Thermocouple Pt100/Pt1000 Current Input Over & Under Voltage Over or Under Voltage Over & Under Current Over or Under Current Temperature Alarms 3-Phase Voltage, 1-Phase Sequence, Relay VoltageLoss Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, 1-Phase Sequence, Relay VoltageLoss Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase 1-Phase Voltage, Sequence, CurrentLoss Relay Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, 1-Phase Sequence, Relay CurrentLoss Relay (Window comparator) 3-Phase Voltage, Temperature Sequence, Loss Relay Monitoring Relay (Window comparator) K8AK-VW K8AK-PM K8AK-PM K8AK-VS K8AK-AW K8AK-PM K8AK-PM K8AK-AS K8AK-PM K8AK-TH For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-iii M Selection Table Type Temperature Model K8AK-TH Selection criteria Mounting Input Output Features K8AK-AS K8AK-AW K8AK-VS K8AK-VW DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail Size 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D Type Temperature Monitoring Current Monitoring Overcurrent/ Undercurrent Monitoring Voltage Monitoring Overvoltage/ undervoltage monitoring * 2-500 mA 0.1-8 A *10-200 A * 2-500 mA 0-5 A *0-200 A * * * * * * Range Indicators 1-Phase Type K, J, T, E, B, R, S Thermocouple * 1-150 V 20-600 V 1-10 V 60-300 V Power Supply 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC 100-240 VAC Power Supply 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC Relay SPDT 4 4 4 4 - Relay 2x SPDT - - - - 4 Relay DPDT - - - - - Reset mode: manual - 4 4 4 4 Reset Mode: Automatic - 4 4 4 4 Operation Time (With Timer) - 0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec. 0.1-30 Sec. Startup Lock - 4 4 4 4 Power (Green) 4 4 4 4 4 Relay Output (Yellow) 4 4 4 4 4 Alarm Output (Red) 4 4 4 4 4 - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available M-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Monitoring Relays Type 3-Phase K8AK-PH Model Selection criteria Mounting Input Output Features K8AK-PA K8AK-PM K8DS-PH DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail DIN Rail Size 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 22.5W x 90H x 100D 17.5W x 73H x 80D Type Phase-Sequence Phase-Loss Monitoring Voltage Monitoring Asymmetry and Phase-Sequence Phase-Loss Monitoring Phase-Sequence Phase-Loss Monitoring Phase-Sequence Phase-Loss Monitoring Range Indicators K8AK-PW * 200-480 VAC 3-Phase * 200-240 or 380-480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire *115-138 or 220-277 VAC 3 Phase, 4-Wire * 200-240 or 380-480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire *115-138 or 220-277 VAC 3 Phase, 4-Wire * 200-240 or 380-480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire *115-138 or 220-277 VAC 3 Phase, 4-Wire * 200-480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire Power Supply 200-480 VAC 3-Phase 200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire 200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire 200-240 or 380480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire 200-480 VAC 3-Phase, 3-Wire Power Supply - 115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire 115-138 or 220227 VAC 3-Phase, 4-Wire - Relay SPDT - 4 4 4 4 Relay 2x SPDT - - - - - Relay DPDT 4 - - - - Reset mode: manual - - - - - Reset Mode: Automatic 4 4 4 4 4 Operation Time (With Timer) - - - - - Startup Lock - - - - - Power (Green) 4 4 4 4 4 Relay Output (Yellow) 4 4 4 4 4 Alarm Output (Red) - 4 4 4 - 4 Standard 8 Available M - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-v Monitoring Products Liquid level controls and detectors K8AK-LS * Ideal for liquid level control for industrial facilities and equipment * Floatless level control for liquid supply and drainage operations * Self holding (ON or OFF) outputs can be easily selected to match application What function do you need? Control liquid level Category K8AK-LS Floatless level control for liquid supply and drainage operations Compatible liquids Distilled water, city water, well water, industrial water, sea water, and sewage with specific impedance 10 to 100 k 12.8 mm wide K7L-AT50 K8AK-LS Function Operating resistance Inputs Supply voltage Dimensions M-vi Leakage Detection Detect liquid leaks Model 22.5 mm wide Liquid Level Controller Conductive electrodes: SUS304 or SUS316, 1 m long segments 100-120 VAC, 21 VAC/VDC 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K7L-AT50 Detects liquid spills using a conductive sensing band and socket-mount controller Water, ammonia, and Hydrogen Peroxide 0 to 50 M (variable) Sensing band: Polyethylene standard; PTFE fluororesin for high temperature and organic solvents, 10 m max. length 12 to 24 VDC 85.5 H x 19.5 W x 84 D mm max. in socket K8AK-VS and K8AK-VW R642 Voltage Monitoring Relays Overvoltage or Undervoltage Monitoring Relays featuring single or dual contacts Designed to protect single-phase applications from overvoltage and undervoltage conditions. * K8AK-VW features two independent SPDT (5 A @ 240 VAC) contacts * K8AK-VS features one SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC) contact * Input frequency of 40 to 500 Hz supported * Can be configured for manual or automatic reset * Monitor output status via LED indicators * Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm Ordering Information K8AK-VS Voltage Monitoring Description Features Setting Range* Input Voltage Output Model Single phase Overvoltage or Undervoltage Relay 2 independent current adjustment knobs, Operating time adjustment knob, Startup lock adjustment knob 0 to 10 V AC/DC 0 to 30 V AC/DC 15 to 150 V AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC "SPDT, 5 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load)" K8AK-VS2 24 VAC/DC 20 to 200 V AC/DC 30 to 300 V AC/DC 60 to 600 V AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-VS3 24 VAC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VS3 100-240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VS2 100-240 VAC K8AK-VW Overvoltage and Undervoltage Description Features Setting Range* Input Voltage Output Model Single-phase Overvoltage and Undervoltage Relay 2 independent current adjustment knobs, Operating time adjustment knob, Startup lock adjustment knob, 2 independent SPDT relays 0 to 10 V AC/DC 0 to 30 V AC/DC 15 to 150 V AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC "2 - SPDT, 5 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load)" K8AK-VW2 24 VAC/DC 20 to 200 V AC/DC 30 to 300 V AC/DC 60 to 600 V AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-VW3 24 VAC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-VW3 100-240 VAC 100 to 240 VAC M K8AK-VW2 100-240 VAC *The range is selected using connected terminals. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-1 K8AK-AS Current Monitoring Relays R634 Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase Current Monitoring Relays * Monitor for overcurrent or undercurrent in industrial equipment * Automatic and Manual resetting is supported by one relay * Startup lock time and operating time can be set independently * Output relay can be switched between normally open and normally closed contacts * Monitor output status from LED indicator Specifications * Operating time range: 0.1 to 30 s * Startup lock time range: 0 to 30 s * Output relay One SPDT (NO/NC switched using DIP switch) * Maximum switching current: 5 A * Ambient Operating Temperature: -4 to 140F (-20 to 60C) Ordering Information Setting Range Supply Voltage Model 2 to 20 mA AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS1 24VAC/DC 10 to 100 mA AC/DC 50 to 500 mA AC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS1 100-240VAC 0.1 to 1 A AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS2 24VAC/DC 0.5 to 5 A AC/DC 0.8 to 8 A AC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS2 100-240VAC 10 to 100 mA AC* 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AS3 24VAC/DC 20 to 200 mA AC* 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AS3 100-240VAC *K8AK-AS3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not possible) M-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K8AK-AW Current Monitoring Relays R635 Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase Overcurrent and Undercurrent Monitoring Relays K8AK-AW designed to protect singlephase applications from overcurrent and undercurrent conditions. * Startup lock time and operating time can be independently set * Monitor output status via LED indicators * Two independent SPDT (5 A @ 240 VAC) contacts * Can be configured for manual or automatic reset * Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm Ordering Information Setting Range Supply Voltage Output Model 2 to 20 mA 24 VAC/VDC 2 - SPDT relay, 5 A @ 250 VAC K8AK-AW1 24VAC/DC 10 to 100 mA 50 to 500 mA 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW1 100-240VAC 0.1 to 1 A AC/DC 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AW2 24VAC/DC 0.5 to 5 A AC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW2 100-240VAC 10 to 100 mA AC* 24 VAC/VDC K8AK-AW3 24VAC/DC 20 to 200 mA AC* 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-AW3 100-240VAC *K8AK-AW3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not possible) M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-3 K8AK-PA/PM/PW Phase Monitoring Relays R637 Ultra-Slim 3-Phase Voltage Monitoring Relays K8AK-P series can monitor a 3-phase (3-wire or 4-wire) system on a global basis. * Monitor 3-phase voltage asymmetry (K8AK-PA) * Monitor overvoltage, undervoltage, phase sequences and phase loss (K8AK-PM) * Monitor overvoltages and undervoltages (K8AK-PW) * K8AK-PA features one SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC, resistive loads) * K8AK-PM and -PW feature two independent SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC, resistive loads) relays which allows for separate outputs for overvoltage and undervoltage detection * Easy to configure global power specifications which can be configured by adjusting external DIP switches * Output relay can be configured between normally open and normally closed contacts * Monitor output status from LED indicators mounted on front of K8AK-P units Ordering Information Description Features 3-Phase, 3-Wire 3-Phase, 4-Wire Output Model 3-Phase asymmetry, phase sequence, phase loss Asymmetry Rate and Operation time settings, Power Indicator, Relays status indicator, Alarm Indicator 200, 220, 230, 240 VAC 115, 0127, 133, 138 VAC K8AK-PA1 380, 400, 415, 480 VAC 220, 230, 240, 277 VAC 3-Phase undervoltage, overvoltage, phase sequence, phase loss Overvoltage , Undervoltage and Operation Time settings, Relay Indicator, Alarm Indicator, Power Indicator 200, 220, 230, 240 VAC 115, 0127, 133, 138 VAC 380, 400, 415, 480 VAC 220, 230, 240, 277 VAC 3-Phase undervoltage, overvoltage Overvoltage , Undervoltage and Operation Time settings, Relay Indicator, Alarm Indicator, Power Indicator 200, 220, 230, 240 VAC 115, 0127, 133, 138 VAC 380, 400, 415, 480 VAC 220, 230, 240, 277 VAC M-4 SPDT Relay (5 A @ 250 VAC) K8AK-PA2 2 independent SPDT Relays (5 A @ 250 VAC) K8AK-PM1 2 independent SPDT Relays (5 A @ 250 VAC) K8AK-PW1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K8AK-PM2 K8AK-PW2 K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH R638 Phase Monitoring Relays Ultra-Slim 3-Phase Phase-sequence and Phase-loss Relays K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH are designed to protect three-phase applications from transient phase-sequence and phase-loss. * Capable to distinguish between positive phases, reversed phases, and phase loss when unit is energized (K8DS-PH) * Capable of detecting phase loss when motor is in operating condition * SPDT relay (5 A @ 240 VAC, resistive loads) * Output and relay status can be monitored using LED indicators * K8AK-PH slim 22.5 mm width * K8DS-PH slim 17.5 mm width Ordering Information Description Features Rated Input Voltages Relay Output Mounting Dimensions Model 3-Phase phase sequence, phase loss Power Indicator, Relay Indicator 200 to 480 VAC 5 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load) 100 x 22.5 x 90 mm K8AK-PH1 3-Phase phase sequence, phase loss Power Indicator, Relay Indicator 200 to 480 VAC 5 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load) 100 x 17.5 x 90 mm K8DS-PH1 M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M-5 K8AK-TH Temperature Monitoring Relays R639 Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm Temperature Monitoring Relays Prevent equipment against damage from excessive temperature increases. * Universal-input support for thermocouple and RTD sensors * Set Value Protection - prohibits changes to set values of the temperature monitoring relay * Wide range of functions: alarm mode (upper and lower limit), enable/disable latch, selectable temperature setting: degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius * Simple rotary and DIP switch settings * Alarm status identification with LED indicator Specifications * Temperature sensor inputs: * K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K, J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100 * K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K, J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII * Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC (resistive load) * DIN track mounting * Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm Ordering Information Description Features Relay Output Model Temperature range 0 to 999 C/F Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1 C/F setting unit SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive load) K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC Temperature Range 0 to 1800 C, 0 to 3200 F Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10 C/F setting unit K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC M-6 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com K8AK-LS Liquid Level Controller R636 Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Liquid Level Controller Protect equipment against damage from unforeseen spills and leaks. * Reliable, floatless level control for automatic water supply and drainage in industrial facilities and equipment * Adjustable sensitivity for conductive liquids ranging from distilled water, city water, well water, industrial water, sea water and sewage with specific resistance from 10 to 100 k impedance * Relay capacity: 5 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC (resistive load) * Delay timer to prevent relay contact chatter from waves * Timer setting: 0.1 to 10 s * Relay status identification with LED indicator * Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm * DIN track mounting Ordering Information-Floatless, Conductive Level Controller Features 3-electrode system for water supply or drainage control; order electrodes, holders and sockets separately. Adjustable operating resistance sensitivity. Input Voltage Output Model 24 VAC/VDC SPDT 5 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC K8AK-LS 24VAC/DC 100 to 240 VAC K8AK-LS 100-240VAC Accessories-Electrode Rods Application Model Purified water service, industrial water, and sewage F03-60-SUS304 Purified water service, industrial water, sewage, and weak alkaline solutions F03-60-SUS316 Accessories-Electrode Holders, Covers, Separator Application Model For 3 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water) PS-3S For 4 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water) PS-4S For 35 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water) PS-5S Areas with limited space PS-31 SUS304 300 mm Liquids with low resistance BF-1 When mounting accuracy is required BF-3/5 Resistance to high-temperature or high-pressure liquids BS-1 Resistance against corrosion BS-1T Long distance installations from liquid PH-1/2 Protective Cover (Electrode Holders for PS series) F03-11 Mounting Piece (Electrode Holder for PS series) F03-12 One Pole Separator F03-14 1P Three Pole Separator F03-14 3P Five Pole Separator F03-14 5P For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M M-7 K7L-AT50 Liquid Leak Detector X423 Protect your Process Equipment from Liquid Spills and Leaks * Detects liquid leaks by monitoring the resistance between conductive sensing bands * Four selectable sensing ranges for liquids with impedance high as 50 M * Ideal for all grades of water, ammonia (NH3), hydrogen peroxide (H202), hydrochloric acid (HCl), phosphoric acid (H3PO4), fluorine (F) and isopropyl alcohol (IPA) * Track-mount sockets and plug-in sensor amplifier simplify installation and maintenance Liquid Leakage Sensor Description Input signal Output signal Dimensions (mm) Supply voltage Model Liquid Leakage Sensor Amplifier 0 to 50 M impedance NPN open collector, 100 mA at 30 VDC 28.8 H x 12.8 W x 46 D 24 VDC K7L-AT50 Sensing Bands Description Specification and appearance Model Sensing band, 1 m length Sheath: polyethylene; Core: 316 stainless steel; 8 W x 1.7 H mm F03-16PE-1M Sensing band, 2 m length F03-16PE-2M Sensing band, 5 m length F03-16PE-5M Sensing band, 10 m length F03-16PE-10M Sensing band, 25 m length F03-16PE-25M Sensing band, 50 m length F03-16PE-50M Adhesive backed sensing band mounting bracket; 30 per pack Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm F03-26PES Screw mount sensing band bracket with two M3.5 dia. hole; 30 per pack Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm F03-26PEN Terminal block; 10 per pack 17 H x 29.1 W x 25 D mm Connects Sensing Band to Wiring Cable for sensor amplifier F03-20 Socket with finger-protection 85.5 H x 16 W x 61 D mm Mounts sensor amplifier to DIN rail P2RF-08-E Socket 71.5 H x 19.5 W x 54 D mm Mounts sensor amplifier to DIN rail P2RF-08 M-8 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Electromechanical & Solid State Relays Contents Solid State Relays Electromechanical Relays Selection Guide N-ii Selection Guide N-viii Panel Mounted Industrial Plug-in Relays Ultra-slim industrial 6 A relay for PLC expansion N-1 G3NE Low profile, switching 20 A solid state relay N-11 G2R9-S Slim general purpose 10 A plugin relays N-2 G3NA N-12 MY Multi-pole, long life general purpose relay N-3 Hockey puck style solid state relay for up to 90 A load, 660 VAC available LY Plug-in general purpose relay with variable HP rating N-4 MKS 10 A octal base general purpose relay N-5 MJN Flange mount plug-in general purpose relay N-6 G2RV DC Plug-in Relay MKS-X Maximum switching 10 A @ 220 VDC LED, two position test button Built-in Heat Sink G3PH High power 150 A solid state relay, replaceable output cartridge N-13 G3PA High power 60 A solid state relay for 1-3 phase load with easy connection N-14 G3PE 1-3 phase solid state relay, without heat sink type available (*3 phase type) N-15 G3PF SSR with built-in CT and enable to detect heater burnout, SSR short-circuit N-16 N-7 Industrial High Power Relay G7J Heavy duty 25 A relay for switching for inductive load N-8 G7Z Multi-pole 40 A relay with mirror contact for safety purposes N-9 MGN Heavy-duty power relay switches 30 A loads N-10 Socket Mounted G3RV Ultra-slim industrial 3 A solid state relay for PLC expansion N-17 G3R-I/O High-isolation solid state relay, Terminal comparable with G2R9-S N-18 PCB Mounted G3MC Ultra-slim compact 1-2 A PCB solid state relay N-19 G3TB Color-coded PCB solid state relay with LED indicator N-20 N N-i Electromechanical Relays NONBENDABLE! G2RV-SL500 - Reduce wiring time by using push-in technology and cross bars With the G2RV-SL500 series, only two steps are required to achieve a reliable connection between wire and terminal. Just remove the isolation and push in the wire. Cross bars make your life even easier, as they can be tailored by breaking pins away to meet your configuration requirements. * No tools required * Fits stranded wires (with ferrules) 0.5 - 2.5 mm * Fits solid wires 0.5 - 4.0 mm Plug-in industrial relay - switching capacity up to 15 A General purpose/Power Interface/Power 1-pole SPDT 6A 2-pole DPDT 1-pole SPDT 2-pole DPDT 3-pole 3PDT 5A 15 A 10 A 10 A 10 A Mech. flag LED indicator Slim outline 6mm width G2RV N-ii LED indicator LED indicator Mech. flag LED indicator Two position test button G2R-1-S G2R-2-S Two position test button LY1 LY2 MKS MY2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com MKS High power relays - up to 40 A DC-switching 3-pole 3PDT 4-pole 4PDT 10 A 10 A LED indicator SPST-NO, SPST-NO/ SPST-NC 5A 10 A Slim outline 6mm width Operation indicators 4-pole, 4PST-NO 3PST-NO/SPST-NC DPST-NO/DPST-NC 25 A 30 A 40 A Two position test button LY3 LY4 MY4 MKS(X) Mirror contact G7J MJN MGN For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G7Z N-iii N Selection Table Category Interface/Power G2RV Family Features Wiring to socket MY G2R9-S 4 - - - SPDT 4 - - - SPDT - 4 - - DPDT - 4 - - DPDT - - - 4 4PDT 6A 10 A 5A 10 A 5A 100 mA at 5 VDC 10 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 1 VDC 0.1 mA at 1 VDC 8 6.2 mm - 13.0 mm 8 13.0 mm - 21.5 mm 4 21.5 mm 4 21.5 mm 4 4 - 8 4 - 8 4 - 8 4 - 8 4 - 8 4 - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 - 4 8 8 - - 8 8 - - 8 8 - 8 8 8 - 8 8 8 - 8 8 - - 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Rise-up clamp 8 8 8 8 8 8 Screw-less clamp 8 8 8 8 8 8 Selection criteria 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole Contact configuration Max. switching current General purpose/Power Min. switching 1 mA at current 100 VDC Gold clad/plate Width max. (Relay only) LED indication Mechanical flag Push-to-test button Two position test button Label Diode (DC coil) Varistor (AC coil) RC circuit (AC coil) Socket mounting Flange mounting PCB mounting Screw - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available N-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com - - - 4 4PDT bifurcated 5A Electromechanical Relays Category General purpose/Power LY Family Features Wiring to socket - - 4 - - DPDT 4 - - DPDT bifurcated 10 A 100 mA at 5 VDC - 21.5 mm MKS - - 4 - 3PDT - - - 4 4PDT 4 - - DPDT 4 - - - SPST-NO 7A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 100 mA at 5 VDC - 31.5 mm 100 mA at 5 VDC - 41.5 mm 10 mA at 1 VDC - 34.5 mm 10 mA at 1 VDC - 34.5 mm 10 A, 220 VDC; 15 A, 250 VAC 10 mA at 24 VDC - 34.5 mm 5 A, 220 VDC; 15 A, 250 VAC 10 mA at 24 VDC - 34.5 mm 100 mA at 5 VDC - 21.5 mm 10 mA at 5 VDC 4 21.5 mm 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 4 - 8 4 - 8 - - 8 - - - - - - - 8 8 8 8 - - - - - - 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 - 8 8 8 8 8 - 8 - 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 - - 8 8 - - 8 8 - Optional for socket 8 - - 8 8 - Optional for socket 8 - - 8 Rise-up clamp - - - - - 8 8 - - Screw-less clamp - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - SPDT Max. switching 15 A current Min. switching current Gold clad/plate Width max. (Relay only) LED indication Mechanical flag Push-to-test button Two position test button Label Diode (DC coil) Varistor (AC coil) RC circuit (AC coil) Socket mounting Flange mounting PCB mounting Screw 4 Standard 8 Available - MKS(X) - - 4 - 3PDT Selection criteria 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole Contact configuration - 4 - - SPST-NO/ SPST-NC - No/not available N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-v Electromechanical Relays Category High power G7J Family Mounting Relay terminal Selection criteria 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole General purpose/Power - - - 4 G7Z MJN - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 - - - 4 4 - - SPDT 3PSTNO/ SPSTNC 25 A DPSTNO/ DPSTNC 25 A 4PSTNO 40 A 3PSTNO/ SPSTNC 40 A DPSTNO/ DPSTNC 40 A 100 mA at 24 VDC - 100 mA at 24 VDC - 2A at 24 VDC 2A at 24 VDC 2A at 24 VDC 4 4 - - - 8 8 Quick-connect 8 8 PCB terminals 8 8 Contact 4PSTconfiguration NO Max. switching 25 A current Min. permissible 100 load mA at 24 VDC Auxiliary contact - block Mirror contact Momentary test - button Screw 8 High power MGN - - 4 3PDT 4 - - SPST - 4 - DPST - 4 - DPDT 10 A - 4 - DPST DPDT 30 A 10 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 38.7 mm 8 38.7 mm 8 38.7 mm 8 63.5 mm - 63.5 mm - 84.3 mm - 4 - - - - - - - - 8 8 8 - - - 4 4 4 8 8 8 4 4 4 8 - - - 8 8 8 - - - 8 - - - - - - - - - Screw - - - 4 4 4 - - - 4 4 4 DIN rail - Bracket (screw) 8 - 8 - 8 4 - 4 - 4 - 8 - 8 - 8 - - - - - - - Flange (screw) - - - - - - 8 8 8 - - - - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available N-vi For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Sockets & Accessories Relay Type DIN rail mount socket Socket Back connecting socket PCB Terminal Quick Connect/Solder Terminal Hold down clip Socket Hold down clip Socket Hold down clip P2R-05A - P2R-057P P2R-05P - - P2R-08A - P2R-057P P2R-08P - - PYC-A1 *3 PYC-A1 *3 PT08 PYC-P *4 PT08-0 PYC-P *4 PTF11A PYC-A1 *3 PT11 PYC-P *4 PT11-0 PYC-P *4 LY4 PTF14A PTF14A-E PYC-A1 *3 PYC-A1 *3 PT14 PYC-P *4 PT14-0 PYC-P *4 MJN without mounting flange PTF11PC PYMJN-S PTF11QDC PYMJN-PCB PTFPCB PYMJN-PCB MKK PF113A PFC-A1 PL11 PLC PLE11-0 PLC-10 MKS2P PF083A PF083A-E PF083A-D PFC-A1 PFC-A1 - - - - MKS3P PF113A PF113A-E PF113A-D PFC-A1 PFC-A1 - - - - MKS(X) P7MF-06 P7MF-06-D PYC-A2 PYC-A2 - - P7M-06P PYC-A2 MY2(S) without Latching lever PYF08A-E PYF08A-N PYF08S PYC-A1 PYC-A1 PYCM-08S PY08 PY08-Y1 PY08-02 PYC-P or PYC-P2 MY2(S) with Latching lever PYF08A-E PYF08A-N PYF08S PYC-E1 PYC-E1 PYCM-08S PY08 PYC-P2 PY08-02 PYC-P2 MY4(S) PYF14A-E PYF14A-N PYF14S PYC-A1 PYC-A1 PYCM-14S PY14 PY14-Y1 PYC-P or PYC-P2 - PY14-02 PYC-P or PYC-P2 MY2K PYF14A-E PYC-A1 PY14 PYC-P PY14-02 PYC-P MY4(Z)H PYF14A-E PYC-A1 - - - - MJN PTF11PC PTF21PC PYMJN-S PTF11QDC PYMNB-PCB PTFPCB PYMNB-PCB - - G2R-1-S P2RF-05 P2RF-05-E P2RF-05-S G2R-2-S P2RF-08 P2RF-08-E P2RF-08-S P2CM-S LY1, LY2 PTF08A PTF08A-E LY3 Note: - - - - 1. -E and -N models are finger-protect construction. Round terminals cannot be used. Use Y-shaped terminals. 2. -S or S types are screwless terminal styles. 3. RC circuit type need to use Y92H-3 hold down clips. 4. Push button type need to use PYC-P2, RC circuit need to use PYC-1 hold down clips. Relay Type G7J-(All) P2CM-S Mounting Adaptor Front connecting socket Bracket Track Mount/Panel Mount Track Mount/Panel Mount R99-04-FOR-G5F - - For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N N-vii Solid State Relays VARIOUS KINDS OF SOLID STATE RELAYS G39 series - Reliable interfacing and power switching Omron offers Solid State Relays (SSRs) in a wide variety of output currents and voltages to handle frequently cycling loads. Control-panel mount types with built-in heat-sink (G3PE) and without (G3NA) are ideal for power switching. Compact SSRs for I/O Interfacing include ultra-slim G3RV and G3R. * Industrial 6 mm `slim' SSR which is G2RV compatible (G3RV) * G2RS compatible high-speed interface solutions (G3R-I/O) * G3NA with 5-90 A output current, G3PE up to 45 A * Output voltages up to 660 VAC / 200 VDC available on G3NA * Effectively absorbing of external surge thanks to the built-in varistor/surge pass circuit Type of application Interfacing Power switching (up to 150 A) Single-phase Hockey puck style Socket mounted I/O 6 mm slim Socket mounted I/O Up to 3 A 100 mA In/ 2 A Out Up to 20 A Up to 90 A Up to 60 A Up to 150 A G3RV G3R-I/O G3NE G3NA G3PA G3PH N-viii Integrated heat sink/ replaceable output For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com PCB Three-phase Integrated heat sink Integrated heat sink/ Failure detection Hockey puck style Integrated heat sink 0.2" width 0.4" width Up to 45 A Up to 30 A Up to 45 A Up to 45 A Up to 2 A 25 mA In/ 3 A Out G3PE G3PF G3PE-H G3PE G3MC G3TB For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N N-ix Selection Table Category Socket mounted VAC Features Mounting Input Module G3NE Output Module 4 8 - Heater Control 8 - 8 4 Motor Control 8 - 8 4 100 mA (DC) 2 A (AC, DC) 20 A (AC) 200 V Range 75 to 264 V - 75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 400 V Range - - - - 600 V Range - - - - 4 to 32 V 4 to 60 V 40 to 200 V - DC 4 4 4 4 AC 4 4 - - Built-in Heat Sink - - - - Zero-cross Circuit 8 - 8 8 Built-in Varistor - - - 4 LED Indicator 4 4 4 - Protective Cover - - - - DIN-Rail 4 - - 8 Panel - - - 4 Socket (DIN, Panel) 4 4 4 4 N/A N/A 4 UL Recognized 4 4 4 4 UL Listed 4 - - - CSA 4 4 4 4 CE 4 4 4 4 TUV 4 4 4 4 VDE - - - - 2 A (AC) Max. current rating 3 A (DC) DC Output Range 3 to 26.4 PCB N/A Safety Standards G3R-I/O G3RV Signal Switching 4 Input Voltage VDC Load Voltage/ current Rating A Application Model Panel mounted - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available N-x For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Solid State Relays Category Panel mounted VAC Features Mounting Safety Standards 4 Standard G3NA G3PA G3PE G3PH 1-phase 3-phase Signal Switching - - - - - Heater Control 4 4 4 4 4 Motor Control 4 8 - - - 60 A (AC) 150 A (AC) 45 A (AC) 45 A (AC) 200 V Range 19 to 264 V 19 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 75 to 264 V 400 V Range 180 to 528 V 150 to 440 V 180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V 180 to 528 V 600 V Range 360 to 660 V - - - - - - - - DC - 4 4 4 4 AC 4 8 by using G32A-B 8 by using G32A-B 8 by using G32A-B 8 by using G32A-B Built-in Heat Sink - 4 4 4 4 Zero-cross Circuit 4 8 8 8 4 Built-in Varistor 4 4 4 4 4 LED Indicator 4 4 4 4 4 Protective Cover 4 4 4 4 4 Replaceable Power - Cartridge 4 4 - - DIN-Rail 8 4 - 4 8 Panel 4 4 4 4 4 Socket (DIN, Panel) - - - - - PCB - - - - - UL Recognized 4 4 cULus 4 4 UL Listed - - - - - CSA 4 4 cULus 4 4 CE 4 4 4 4 4 TUV 4 - 4 4 4 VDE - 4 - - - 90 A (AC) Max. current rating 10 A (DC) DC Output Range 4 to 220 V Input Voltage VDC Load Voltage/ current Rating A Application Model 8 Available N - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-xi Selection Table Category Panel mounted G3PF Features Mounting Input Module Output Module 8 4 8 Heater Control 4 8 - 8 Motor Control - 8 - 8 2 A (AC) 25 mA 3 A (AC) 200 V Range 75 to 264 V 75 to 132 V 75 to 264 V - 75 to 264 V 400 V Range 180 to 528 V - - - 600 V Range - - - - Max. current rating 35 A (AC) DC Output Range - - 4 to 32 V 4 to 60 V 40 to 200 V DC 4 4 4 4 - 4 - Built-in Heat Sink 4 - - - Zero-cross Circuit 4 4 8 8 Non-Zero-cross Circuit - 4 8 8 Built-in Varistor 4 - - - LED Indicator 4 - 4 8 Protective Cover 4 - - - Alarm Output 4 - - - Built-in Failure Detection 4 - - - - - - - - - DIN-Rail 4 - - - Panel 4 - - - Socket (DIN, Panel) - - - - PCB - 4 4 4 UL Recognized 8 4 4 4 UL Listed - - - - CSA 4 4 4 4 CE 4 - - - TUV 4 - - - VDE - 4 - - AC 8 by using G32A-B SSR Open Circuits 4 Detection SSR Short Circuit 4 Detections Safety Standards G3TB G3MC Signal Switching - Input Voltage VDC VAC A Application Model Load Voltage/ current Rating PCB mounted - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available N-xii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G2RV Industrial Plug-in Relay R226 General Purpose Plug-in Ultra Slim Relay Switching 6 A @ 250 VAC The G2RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide DIN mount relay-socket unit with maintenance friendly features. * Mechanical indicator and socket LED provide quick verification relay is functioning * Large terminal-receptacle area: 20 to 14 AWG * Electrical Life of 100K Cycles lasting performance * Interface and cable accessories allow PLC control of G2RV Relays * Cross (Buss) bars provide a quick and easy way to connect multiple G2RV Relays together * RoHS Compliant; Relay-Socket models cULus Listed; VDE, CE, and cULus approved * For PLC input control use gold plated contact versions with suffix "-AP" Ordering Information Rated resistive load Contact form Socket terminals LED indicator on socket 6 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Push-in Yes 6 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Screw Yes Coil voltage Model 110 VAC G2RV-SL500 AC110 24 VDC G2RV-SL500 DC24(DC21) 24 VAC/24 VDC G2RV-SL700 AC/DC24 110 VAC G2RV-SL700 AC110 230 VAC G2RV-SL700 AC230 12 VDC G2RV-SL700 DC12(DC11) 24 VDC G2RV-SL700 DC24(DC21) Note: Model number contains relay and socket.: N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-1 G2R9-S Industrial Plug-in Relay R225 Slim and Space-saving Plug-in Relay The G2R9-S is a maintenance-friendly 5 A 10 A 1/2 inch wide general purpose relay. * Mechanical indicator comes standard allowing user to verify contact operation * Space saving 16 mm wide DIN mount socket * Finger safe G2R9-S socket * Energy efficient DC coil (530 mW consumption) * RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, and VDE Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive load Contact form Terminal type LED indicator Diode Two position test button Coil voltage Model 10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in No No No 120 VAC G2R-1-S AC120 (S) 10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in No No No 24 VDC G2R-1-S DC24 (S) 10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes No No 120 VAC G2R-1-SN AC120 (S) 10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes Yes No 24 VDC G2R-1-SND DC24 (S) 10 A @ 250 VAC SPDT Plug-in Yes Yes Yes 24 VDC G2R-1-SNDI DC24 (S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in No No No 24 VDC G2R-2-S DC24 (S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes No No 120 VAC G2R-2-SN AC120 (S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes Yes No 24 VDC G2R-2-SND DC24 (S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes Yes Yes 24 VDC G2R-2-SNDI DC24 (S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in Yes No Yes 120 VAC G2R-2-SNI AC120 (S) Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. N-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com MY Industrial Plug-in Relay R223 Miniature General Purpose Relay The MY is a multi-pole long life general purpose relay ideal for various applications. * DPDT models: 500K electrical life cycles; 4PDT models: 200K (100K bifurcated) at Rated Load * MY2K Latching relays: Great option for reduced energy consumption * MY4Z bifurcated models can switch loads under 1 mA at 1 VDC; great for PLC Control * RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, VDE, SEV, IMQ and Lloyd Approved Ordering Information MY R223 Factory rated resistive load Contact Form Mounting Style Bifurcated model LED indicator LED indicator/Lockable test button Diode Coil voltage Model 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VDC MY2N DC24(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VAC MY2N AC24(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY2N AC110/120(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No Yes No No 220/240 VAC MY2N AC220/240(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes Yes 24 VDC MY2N-D2 DC24(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 12 VDC MY2IN DC12(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VDC MY2IN DC24(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VAC MY2IN AC24(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY2IN AC110/120(S) 5 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY2IN AC220/240(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VAC MY4N AC24(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY4N AC110/120(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 12 VDC MY4N DC12(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VAC MY4IN AC24(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 24 VDC MY4IN DC24(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY4IN AC110/120(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No No Yes No 110/120 VAC MY4IN AC220/240(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket No Yes No No 24 VDC MY4N-D2 DC24(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket Yes Yes Yes No 24 VDC MY4ZIN DC24(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT Socket Yes Yes No No 110/120 VAC MY4ZN AC110/120(S) 3 A @ 250 VAC 4PDT PCB No No No No 12 VDC MY4-02 DC12 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. R238 MYK Factory rated resistive load Contact form Terminal type Bifurcated model Two position test button LED indicator Diode Coil voltage Model 3 A @ 250 VAC DPDT Plug-in No No No No 120 VAC MY2K-US AC120* *This model is a latching relay. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-3 N LYIndustrial Plug-in Relay R224 Long Life General Purpose Relay with HP Rating Ideal for HVAC and Appliance Market The LY is a reliable multi-pole general purpose relay with Plug-in, Quick Connect and PCB Terminals. * 500K electrical life DPDT models; 200K for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT models at rated load * HP rating ideal for Appliances and HVAC Systems * RoHS Compliant; CE, UL, CSA, SEV, VDE and TUV Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive Contact form Mounting Style UL horsepower LED indicator Diode Coil voltage Model 15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY1 DC12 15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY1 DC24 15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VAC LY1 AC24 15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY1 AC110/120 15 A @ 110 VAC SPDT Flange 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY1F DC24 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY2 DC12 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VDC LY2 DC24 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 24 VAC LY2 AC24 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY2 AC110/120 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC Yes Yes 110/120 VAC LY2N AC110/120 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT PCB 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 12 VDC LY2-0 DC12 10 A @ 110 VAC DPDT Socket 0.5 HP @120 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY2-0 AC110/120 10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 12 VDC LY3 DC12 10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VDC LY3 DC24 10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VAC LY3 AC24 10 A @ 110 VAC 3PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY3 AC110/120 10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 12 VDC LY4 DC12 10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VDC LY4 DC24 10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 24 VAC LY4 AC24 10 A @ 110 VAC 4PDT Socket 0.5 HP @ 240 VAC No No 110/120 VAC LY4 AC110/120 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. N-4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com MKS Industrial Plug-in Relay R235 General Purpose Relay with Octal Base, Latching Test Button Two- and three-pole socket mount relays with UL Rated 10 A resistive Load @ 250 VAC/ 30 VDC, and 100K cycles. * Mechanical indicator comes standard, allowing user to verify contact operation * Manual and latched position testing possible when using MKS Test Button Models * LED indicator models come with white name plate ideal for marking key notes * Various internal connection for MRO purpose: Standard type (-5), non-Standard type (-2 or blank) * RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE, and TUV Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive Load (NO Contact) Contact Form Mounting Style Mechanical indicator Mechanical indicator/LED indicator Mechanical indicator/LED indicator/Pushto-test button Coil voltage Model 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 12 VDC MKS2P DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 24 VDC MKS2P DC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 24 VAC MKS2P AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket Yes No No 120 VAC MKS2P AC120 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 12 VDC MKS2PN DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MKS2PN DC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 24 VAC MKS2PN AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No Yes No 120 VAC MKS2PN AC120 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 12 VDC MKS2PIN DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 24 VDC MKS2PIN DC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 24 VAC MKS2PIN AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC DPDT Socket No No Yes 120 VAC MKS2PIN AC120 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 12 VDC MKS3P-5 DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 24 VDC MKS3P-5 DC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 24 VAC MKS3P-5 AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket Yes No No 120 VAC MKS3P-5 AC120 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 12 VDC MKS3PI-5 DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MKS3PI-5 DC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VAC MKS3PI-5 AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 120 VAC MKS3PI-5 AC120 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 12 VDC MKS3PIN-5 DC12 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 24 VDC MKS3PIN-5 DC24 N 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 24 VAC MKS3PIN-5 AC24 10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC 3PDT Socket No No Yes 120 VAC MKS3PIN-5 AC120 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-5 MJN Industrial Plug-in Relay R232 Multi-Pole 10-30 A General Purpose Relay with 600 VAC Maximum Switching Voltage The MJN is an SPDT, DPDT, and 3PDT general purpose relay ideal for motor applications. * UL and CSA Recognized as motor controllers up to 600 VAC * 10 A models have UL 1/3 HP @ 120 VAC * Rugged power divider offers 3/16" clearance and 3/8" creepage * MJN models have max. 15 A @ 600 VAC load rating * MJN capable of switching 277 VAC loads * 10 A DPDT latching models available; a good option for reducing power consumption. Ordering Information Rated resistive Load (NO Contact) Contact Form Mounting Style Latching Model LED indicator Test Button Coil Voltage Model 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN1C DC12 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN1C DC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN1C AC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN1C AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC SPDT Flange No No No 12 VDC MJN1CF DC12 30 A @ 28 VDC SPDT Flange No No No 120 VAC MJN1Z-E-RP AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN2C DC12 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN2C DC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN2C AC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN2C AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Socket No No No 110 VDC MJN2C DC110 20 A @ 277 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange No No No 120 VAC MJN2C-E AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange No No No 24 VAC MJN2CF AC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC DPDT Flange Yes No No 120 VAC MJN2CK AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 12 VDC MJN3C DC12 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 24 VDC MJN3C DC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 24 VAC MJN3C AC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No No No 120 VAC MJN3C AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes Yes 120 VAC MJN3C-IN AC120 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 24 VDC MJN3C-N DC24 10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC 3PDT Socket No Yes No 110 VDC MJN3C-N DC110 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. N-6 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com MKS-X DC Plug-in Relay R234 Plug-in Relay with High Switching Capacity (10 A@ 220 VDC) * MKS-X Socket Mount Relays are at least 4 mm shorter versus main competitors * Manual and latched position testing possible when using MKS-X Test Button Models * Wide range of coil voltages available * RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE, and TUV Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive load (NO Contact) Contact form Terminal type Two position test button LED indicator Coil voltage Model 15 A @ 250 VAC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes Yes 120 VAC MKS1TIN-10 AC120 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No No 240 VAC MKS1XT-10 AC240 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No No 24 VDC MKS1XT-10 DC24 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes No 120 VAC MKS1XTI-10 AC120 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes No 24 VDC MKS1XTI-10 DC24 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In Yes Yes 24 VDC MKS1XTIN-10 DC24 10 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO Plug-In No Yes 24 VDC MKS1XTN-10 AC24 5 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO + SPSTNC Plug-In No No 24 VDC MKS2XT-11 DC24 5 A @ 220 VDC SPST-NO + SPSTNC Plug-In Yes Yes 120 VAC MKS2XTIN-11 AC120 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-7 G7J Industrial High Power Relay R233 Multi-Pole Relay for Heavy Duty Load The G7J is a multi-pole relay ideal for switching motors, compressors, and pump controls. * UL 3 HP @ 277 VAC (NO contact) * UL 3-phase rating of 5 HP @ 277 VAC * UL general use rating of 25 A @ 240 VAC * UL 1.5 kW @ 120 VAC Tungsten Rating (NO contact) * RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE and VDE Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive load (NO Contact) Contact form Terminal type Coil voltage Model 25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Screw 200/240 VAC G7J-2A2B-B-W1 AC200/240 25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Screw 24 VDC G7J-2A2B-B-W1 DC24 25 A @ 220 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC Quick-Connect 100/120 VAC G7J-2A2B-T-W1 AC100/120 25 A @ 220 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC Screw 24 VDC G7J-3A1B-BZ DC24 25 A @ 220 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC Screw 100/120 VAC G7J-3A1B-W1 AC100/120 25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 100/120 VAC G7J-4A-B-W1 AC100/120 25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 200/240 VAC G7J-4A-B-W1 AC200/240 25 A @ 220 VAC 4PST-NO Screw 24 VDC G7J-4A-B-W1 DC24 Note: For Metal mounting Bracket, add "-W1" to the Part Number before the Coil voltage suffix. N-8 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G7Z Industrial High Power Relay R228 Multi-Pole High Power Relay The G7Z can switch Contactor Range (40 A @ 440 VAC) and contribute to space saving. * 40% less volume versus typical IEC 50 A contactor- great for limited space panels * 3.7 W approximate power consumption about 50% lower than typical IEC 50 A contactor * 4PST-NO models can carry up to 160 A by wiring all 4 NO Contacts in parallel * Ideal applications are: solar energy systems, robotic equipment, and grinding machines * Auxiliary contacts can switch loads under 10 mA @ 5 VDC = controllable by PLC * RoHS Compliant; CE, cULus, TUV and CCC Approved Ordering Information Rated resistive load (NO Contact) AC inductive load rating (NO Contact) Contact form Auxiliary Contact Coil voltage Model 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC - 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B DC24 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC DPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B-02Z DC24 24 VDC G7Z-2A2B-11Z DC24 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC DPST-NO, DPST-NC spst-no/ spst-nc 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 3PST-NO, SPST-NC spst-no/ spst-nc 24 VDC G7Z-3A1B-11Z DC24 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO DPST-NC 24 VDC G7Z-4A-02Z DC24 24 VDC G7Z-4A-11Z DC24 24 VDC G7Z-4A-20Z DC24 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO spst-no/ spst-nc 40 A @ 440 VAC 22 A @ 440 VAC 4PST-NO DPST-NO N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-9 MGN Industrial High Power Relay R229 Heavy-Duty General Purpose Relay with Class F Coil Insulation The MGN is a rugged general purpose relay with high maximum operating temperature - great for heavy duty HVAC and Motor Loads. * UL rating of 30 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC and 20 A @ 600 VAC * UL Ballast rating of 3.6 kW @ 120 VAC * -45C to +115C DC coil operating temperature * Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) of 5 kA @ 600 VAC * Magnetic blow-out models switch up to 20 A @ 125 VDC (resistive) * cULus Listed Ordering Information Rated resistive load Contact form Terminal type Size in inches (L x W x H) UL horsepower rating Coil voltage Model 30 A @ 240 VAC SPDT Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VAC MGN1C-AC24 30 A @ 240 VAC SPDT Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN1C-AC120 30 A @ 240 VAC DPST-NO Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN2A-AC120 30 A @ 240 VAC DPST-NO Screw 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2A-DC24 30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 120 VAC MGN2C-AC120 30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 12 VDC MGN2C-DC12 30 A @ 240 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2C-DC24 20 A @ 125 VAC DPDT Screw 3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4 1.5 HP @ 120 VAC 24 VDC MGN2CM-DC24 N-10 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G3NE Solid State Relays R429 Compact 5-20 A Panel Mount Solid State Relay The G3NE is a space-saving solid state relay which can switch 5 A, 10 A, or 20 A load @ 100-240 VAC. * G3NE Relays have 65% less volume versus standard "hockey puck" SSRs * Fast wiring possible using quick-connect input and output terminals * Different size quick connect terminals prevent miss wiring: Input terminals require #110/Output terminals require #250 * Built in varistor prevents surges to protect output loads * RoHS Compliant; "-US" Models have UL, CSA, and TUV Approval Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Mounting Model 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC5 12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC12 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-205T-US DC24 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC5 12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC12 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-US DC24 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-210T-2-US DC5 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC5 12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC12 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 48 x 38 x 12 Yes Panel G3NE-220T-US DC24 N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-11 G3NA Solid State Relays R422 The Reliable Choice for "Hockey Puck Style" Solid State Relay. Available in a wide range of Load Current (5 A to 90 A) and Load Voltage (max. 660 VAC) All G3NAs feature industry standard mounting holes for usability and versatility (optional heat sink is available). LED provides quick verification of G3NA operational status. * Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing AC load models with zero cross * Included plastic cover provides finger protection for workers' safety * Built in varistor prevents surges to protect output loads * All models have UL and CSA Approval: "UTU" models also have TUV Approval. RoHS compliant. Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Mounting Model 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 5 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-205B DC5-24 100 to 120 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B AC100-120 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-210B-UTU DC5-24 100 to 120 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-220B AC100-120 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 20 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-220B DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 40 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-240B DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.2 to 40 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-440B-2 DC5-24 100 to 240 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 1.0 to 75 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-275B-UTU-2 AC100-240 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 1.0 to 90 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-290B-UTU-2 DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 5 to 200 VDC 0.1 to 10 A 58 x 43 x 27 No Panel G3NA-D210B DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 400 to 600 VAC 0.5 to 50 A 58 x 43 x 30 Yes Panel G3NA-650B DC5-24 N-12 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G3PH Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink R438 High Power Solid State Relay with Heat Sink, Features Replaceable Output Power Cartridge Applicable Load: 75 or 150 A @ 240 or 480 VAC * Models available with zero crossing and nonzero crossing * Conforms to cULus standards and EN standards (TUV certification) Ordering Information Insulation method Operation indicator Photocoupler Yes (yellow) Zero cross function Applicable output load Rated input voltage Model 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2075B DC5-24 100 to 240 VAC G3PH-2075B AC100-240 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2150B DC5-24 100 to 240 VAC G3PH-2150B AC100-240 75 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2075BL DC5-24 150 A, 100 to 240 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-2150BL DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5075B DC5-24 100 to 240 VAC G3PH-5075B AC100-240 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5150B DC5-24 75 A, 100 to 240 VAC Yes 150 A, 100 to 240 VAC No 75 A, 180 to 480 VAC Yes 150 A, 180 to 480 VAC No 100 to 240 VAC G3PH-5150B AC100-240 75 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5075BL DC5-24 150 A, 180 to 480 VAC 5 to 24 VDC G3PH-5150BL DC5-24 N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-13 G3PA Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink R423 Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink and Replaceable Power Cartridge The G3PA is a DIN rail mounted Solid State Relay which can switch 10 - 60 A Loads. * Quick and easy DIN rail mounting * High Insulation voltage between input and output with 4,000 VAC * Side-by-side mounting of 3 relays possible with G3PA linking terminals * Reduce replacement cost and wiring time by using G3PA power cartridges * 3 phase switching with G3PAs possible with G32A-D accessory cartridge * RoHS Compliant; All G3PA models are certified by UL and CSA. "-VD" models are certified by UL, CSA and VDE Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Mounting Model 24 VAC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-210B-VD AC24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-210B-VD DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 27 x 100 No DIN/panel G3PA-210BL-VD DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 10 A 100 x 37 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-220B-VD DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 40 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-240B-VD DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 24 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 60 A 110 x 100 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-260B-VD DC5-24 12 to 24 VDC 180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 20 A 100 x 37 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-420B-VD DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 30 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-430B-VD DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 30 A 100 x 47 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-430B-VD-2 DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 50 A 110 x 100 x 100 Yes DIN/panel G3PA-450B-VD-2 DC12-24 N-14 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G3PE Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink R425 Compact, Slim-profile SSRs with Built-in Heat Sink The G3PE is capable of suppressing transient voltages (min. 30 kV). * Quick and easy DIN rail mounting. * 3-phase types are also available (G3PE-999B-3H type) * Single-phase 15 A and 25 A models occupy less than 1" of DIN track width * Side-by-side mounting of eight relays possible for single phase models * Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing zero cross models * All models are RoHS Compliant and have UL, CSA, CE, and TUV Approvals Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Number of poles Model 12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 15 A 100 x 22.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-215B DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 15 A 100 x 22.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-225B DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 100 x 44.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-235B DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 100 x 44.5 x 100 Yes 1 G3PE-245B DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 15 A 100 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-515B-3N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 25 A 100 x 80 x 155 Yes 2 G3PE-525B-2N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 25 A 120 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-525B-3N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 120 x 80 x 155 Yes 2 G3PE-535B-2N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 35 A 140 x 80 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-535B-3N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 140 x 110 x 155 Yes 3 G3PE-545B-3N DC12-24 12 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.5 to 45 A 80 x 80 x 35 Yes 3 G3PE-245B-3H DC12-24 * G3PE-999B-3H type is not built-in heat sink type. N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-15 G3PF Solid State Relay R447 Built-in Current Transformer with Heater Burnout and Relay Failure Detection Can handle up to 35 A @ 240 VAC with up to 2 alarm outputs when failure occurs. * Current transformer is built into the SSR, therefore eliminating unnecessary CT wiring * Heater burnout detection for single-phase or three-phase heaters * Built-in CT can detect SSR short circuit failures * Alarm indicator shows if a heater burnout or SSR short-circuit failure has occurred * Rotary switches can be used to easily set the heater burnout detection level Ordering Information Input terminal model Zero cross function M3 terminals Screwless clamp terminals Compact slotted screw terminals N-16 Yes Alarm output Applicable load Model 1 output (Heater Burnout Detection, SSR short-circuit Failure Detection, Common 2 to 25 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-225B DC24 2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B DC24 2 outputs (Heater Burnout Detection, SSR Shortcircuit Failure Detection 2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B-CTB DC24 2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G9PF-235B-STB DC24 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G3RV 6 mm Solid State Relays R427 Solid State Plug-in Ultra-Slim Relay The G3RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide solid state relay in a DIN mount relay-socket unit with maintenance-friendly features. * LED indicator allows verification of current flow of input * Large plug-in terminal ensures reliable connection * PLC interface and cable accessories are available * Easily connect multiple G3RV Relays together with cross bars * RoHS Compliant; cULus Listed, CE and TUV Approval Ordering Information Terminal wiring connection Input voltage Load voltage Load current Zero cross Model Push-in 230 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL500-A AC230 Push-in 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL500-A DC24 Push-in 230 VAC 5 to 24 VDC 100 A to 3 A - G3RV-SL500-D AC230 Push-in 24 VDC 5 to 24 VDC 100 A to 3 A - G3RV-SL500-D DC24 Screw 110 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A AC110 Screw 230 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A AC230 Screw 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A Yes G3RV-SL700-A DC24 Screw 110 VAC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A No G3RV-SL700-AL AC110 Screw 110 VAC 5 to 24 VDC 100 A to 3 A - G3RV-SL700-D AC110 Screw 24 VDC 5 to 24 VDC 100 A to 3 A - G3RV-SL700-D DC24 Note: Model number contains relay and socket. N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-17 G3R-I/OSolid State Relays R428 Space Saving Input/Output Socket Mounted Solid State Relay The G3R-I/O is a high isolation solid state relay ideal for PLC applications. * High Insulation voltage between input and output with 4,000 VAC * Process high-speed inputs using G3RIDZR models: 0.1 ms max. On/Off time * Applicable load up to 2 A @ 240 VAC with AC output models * LED indicator allows verification of current flow of input * Terminal arrangement equivalent with G2RS relay (socket: P2R series) * RoHS Compliant; All G3R-I/O have UL and CSA approval, "-UTU" models have UL, CSA and TUV approval Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Mounting Model 5 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 0.1 to 100 mA 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-IDZR1SN DC5 12 to 24 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 0.1 to 100 mA 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-IDZR1SN DC12-24 5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 Yes Socket G3R-OA202SZN DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 Yes Socket G3R-OA202SZN-UTU DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 48 to 200 VDC 0.01 to 1.5 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-OD201SN DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-ODX02SN DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 2 A 29 x 13 x 28 No Socket G3R-ODX02SN-UTU DC5-24 Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page N-vii. N-18 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com G3MC PCB Solid State Relays R432 Ultra-Slim PCB Solid State Relays with Reinforced Insulation PCB mount DC input and AC output SSR. * 4.5 mm thin design for high-density PCB applications * DC input and AC output for applicable load of 1 A (at 40C) and 2 A (at 25C) * High Insulation voltage between input and output with 3,000 VAC for "-1" model * RoHS Compliant; All G3MC models have UL, CSA approval and "-VD" models have additional VDE approval Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Insulation (input/output) Model 5 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 0.1 to 1 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-101P DC5 5 VDC 100 to 120 VAC 0.1 to 1 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-101P-VD DC5 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 Yes 2500 VAC G3MC-202P-VD DC5 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 Yes 3000 VAC G3MC-202P-VD-1 DC24 5 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 No 2500 VAC G3MC-202PL-VD DC5 12 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.1 to 2 A 24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5 No 2500 VAC G3MC-202PL-VD DC12 N For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com N-19 G3TB PCB Solid State Relays R435 Input/Output Color-Coded PCB Solid-State Relays with LED Indicator Models The G3TB is a PCB mount Input/Output solid state relay with width (10 mm width). * High Insulation voltage between input and output with 4,000 VAC * Easy to identify (black: AC output, Yellow: AC Input, Red: DC output, White: DC input) * RoHS Compliant; "-US" Models have UL and CSA Approval Ordering Information Input voltage Load voltage Load current Size in mm LxWxH Zero cross Relay color Model 100 to 240 VAC 4 to 32 VDC 25 mA max. 44 x 10 x 21 No Yellow G3TB-IAZR02P-US AC100-240 4 to 24 VDC 4 to 32 VDC 25 mA max. 44 x 10 x 21 - White G3TB-IDZR02P-US DC5-24 5 to 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 0.05 to 3 A 44 x 10 x 31 Yes Black G3TB-OA203PZ-US DC5-24 4 to 24 VDC 5 to 48 VDC 0.01 to 3 A 44 x 10 x 31 - Red G3TB-ODX03PM-US DC4-24 N-20 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Pushbuttons & Indicators O Contents Selection Guide O-ii Pilot Lights M22R Pilot lights O-1 22 mm dia. metal bezel, pushbutton switches A22R/ A22RL Pushbutton switches Lighted pushbutton switches O-2 A22RS/ A22RW Selector switches Lighted selector switches O-3 A22RK Keyed selector switches O-3 22 mm dia. plastic bezel, pushbutton switches A3U Flat type, pushbutton switches O-4 16 mm dia. plastic bezel, pushbutton and selector switches A16/ A16L/ A165/ A165L Pushbutton switches Lighted pushbutton switches IP65 Pushbutton switches IP65 Lighted pushbutton switches O-5 A165S/ A165W Selector switches Lighted selector switches O-6 A165K Keyed selector switches O-7 M16/ M165 Pilot lights IP65 Pilot lights O-8 M2BJ Panel-mounted buzzer O-9 30 mm dia. non-lighted, pushbutton switches ZAP Pushbutton switches O-9 O-i Pushbutton Switches SUB-ASSEMBLED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES A22R - Full range with IP65 rating All our 22 mm pushbuttons are rated IP65 to increase their reliability in your application. The short mounting depth, ease of assembly and uniform lighting make them ideal for all control panels. * Easy assembly and installation * Metal or plastic bezel * Wide range of shapes and colors Which application is required? Pushbutton switches Indicator Selector switches Panel cutout dimensions? Panel cutout dimensions? Panel cutout dimensions? 16 dia. 16 dia. 22 dia. Illumination? Illumination? Illumination? 22 dia. 16 dia. Illumination? Illumination? Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Keyed Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Metal bezel Metal bezel Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Plastic bezel A16L A16 A22RL A22R M16 M22R A165W A165S A165K O-ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O Buzzer Flat type pushbutton switches Non-lighted pushbutton switches Panel cutout dimensions? Panel cutout dimensions? Panel cutout dimensions? 22 dia. Yes 22 dia. 16 dia. Illumination? Illumination? No Keyed No Illumination? 30 dia. Yes No No Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Plastic bezel Illumination? No Selector Switch? Metal bezel Metal bezel Metal bezel Plastic bezel A22RW A22RS A22RK M2BJ A3UL Yes No Metal bezel A3US-SB2M-C A3U-TB ZAP M2BJ For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-iii Selection Table Category Selection criteria A22R Indicator A3U ZAP M16/M165 Buzzer M22R M2JB-B Nut-mounting 16 mm 22 mm 22 mm 30 mm 16 mm 22 mm 16 mm 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 - 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 4 - - 1 or 2 IP40/IP65 4 * 5 A, 125 VAC *3 A, 250 VAC *3 A, 30 VDC 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - 4 - - 1 or 2 IP65 4 *3 A, 240 VAC - - - 1 or 2 IP40 4 *0.1 A, 30 VDC - - - 1 or 2 - - *15 A, 250 VAC *0.5 A, 125 VDC - - - - IP40/IP65 4 - - - - - IP65 4 - - - - - IP40 - - - - - 4 - - 4 4 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - 4 4 - 4 4 - - 4 4 - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - 4 4 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Shape LED-lighted Red Yellow Pure yellow Green White Blue Red Yellow Green White Blue Black Momentary operation Self-holding 2-position selector 3-position selector Number of contacts IP rating Legend plate Switch ratings (Resistive load) Non-lighted Pushbutton color A16/A165 Model Mounting Size Features Terminals LED Operating voltage Form Pushbutton switch Solder PCB Screw-less clamp Screw Connector 5 VDC 6 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC SPDT DPDT SPST-NO SPST-NC SPST-NO + SPST-NC DPST-NO DPST-NC - No/not available 4 Standard 8 Available O-iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Pushbutton Switches Category Selection criteria LED-lighted Red Yellow Pure yellow Green White Blue Red Yellow Green White Blue Black Momentary operation Self-holding 2-position selector 3-position selector Number of contacts IP rating Legend plate Switch ratings (Resistive load) Non-lighted Pushbutton color A165S A165K A22RW A22RS A3US A22RK 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 22 mm 22 mm Nut-mounting 22 mm 22 mm 4 4 - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 - 4 - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 1 or 2 IP65 - *5 A, 125 VAC *3 A, 250 VAC *3 A, 30 VDC 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 1 or 2 IP65 - *5 A, 125 VAC *3 A, 250 VAC *3 A, 30 VDC 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 1 or 2 IP65 - *5 A, 125 VAC *3 A, 250 VAC *3 A, 30 VDC 4 4 4 - - - - - - - - 4 4 - - - - - - 4 4 1 or 2 IP65 - *3 A, 240 VAC - - - - IP65 4 *3 A, 240 VAC - 4 - 1 IP40 - *0.1 A, 30 VDC - 4 4 1 or 2 IP65 - *3 A, 240 VAC - - - 4 - - 4 4 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - - 4 - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - Shape Features Terminals LED Operating voltage Form A165W Model Mounting Size O Selector switch Solder PCB Screw-less clamp Screw Connector 5 VDC 6 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC SPDT DPDT SPST-NO SPST-NC SPST-NO + SPST-NC DPST-NO DPST-NC 4 Standard 8 Available 4 4 4 4 4 - No/not available For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-v M22R Series Pilot Lights P645 22 mm Dia. Pilot Lights * Pilot lights indicate status of machinery and processes on control panels * Bright LED light source is easy to read under most lighting conditions * Easy mounting and removal of socket unit * Short mounting depth, less than 40.5 mm below panel Specifications * Current consumption: 20 mA @ 12 V AC/DC 5% 20 mA@ 24 V AC/DC 5% * Enclosure rating: IP65 Pilot lights Model Round flat pilot light M22R * LED Lamp Ratings Model Operating Voltage Current Consumption M22R-E*-12A AC/DC 12 V 5% 20 mA M22R-E*-24A AC/DC 24 V 5% 20 mA M22R-E*-T1 AC120 V (110 to 130 V) 20 mA M22R-E*-T2 AC200 V (190 to 230 V) 20 mA O-1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A22R/A22RL Series P642 Pushbutton Switches O 22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches * Robust and aesthetic design * Shiny metal bezel * Smooth rounded edges * Short mounting depth, less than 46.8 mm below panel Specifications * Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC * Enclosure rating: IP65 * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 3,000,000 operations - Momentary switch 300,000 operations - Alternate switch * Electrical: 500,000 operations Non-Lighted Model Lighted Model Round flat A22R-F Lighted round flat A22RL-F Round projection A22R-T Lighted round projection A22RL-T * LED Lamp Ratings Model Operating Voltage Current Consumption A22R-6A AC/DC 6 V 5% 20 mA A22R-12A AC/DC 12 V 5% 20 mA A22R-24A AC/DC 24 V 5% 20 mA Operating Voltage Current Consumption * Voltage reduction unit (for LED lamp) Model A22R**-T1 AC120 V (110 to 130 V) 20 mA A22R**-T2 AC200 V (190 to 230 V) 20 mA For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-2 A22RS/A22RW Series P643 Selector Switches 22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted Selector Switches * 2- and 3-position switches with manual or automatic reset to meet panel building needs * New "super-bright" LED used in all lighted models * Short mounting depth, less than 46.8 mm below panel Specifications * Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC * "Snap-in" switch unit for quick and easy tool-free assembly * Enclosure rating: IP65 * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 300,000 operations * Electrical: 500,000 operations * Shiny metal bezel Non-Lighted Model Lighted Model Non-lighted selector switch A22RS Lighted selector switch A22RW A22RK Series Keyed Selector Switches P644 22 mm Dia. Keyed Non-Lighted Selector Switches * Design in extra security with keyed selector switches; only authorized operators are allowed to change settings using the key * 2- and 3-position switches with manual or automatic reset to meet panel building needs Specifications * Short mounting depth, less than 46.8 mm below panel * Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC * "Snap-in" switch unit for quick and easy tool-free assembly * Enclosure rating: IP65 * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 300,000 operations * Electrical: 500,000 operations * Shiny metal bezel Keyed Model Keyed selector switch A22RK O-3 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A3U Series Pushbutton and Selector Switches P646 O 22 mm Dia. Flat-type Lighted and Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches and Selector Switch Easy connector enables less assembly and less wiring. * 50 mm body length * Easy one push to connect the Operation and Switch units Specifications * Rated load: 0.1 A @ 30 VDC * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations - Pushbutton switches 250,000 operations - Selector switch * Electrical: 200,000 operations - Pushbutton switches 1000,000 operations - Selector switch * Enclosure: IP40 Pushbutton switches Model Selector switch Model Lighted A3U Non-lighted A3US Non-lighted A3UL For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-4 A16/A165 Series Pushbutton Switches P632 16 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches * Wide range of options to match most panel building needs * Protection: IP65 oil-resistant models (A165) and standard IP40 models (A16) * Lighting: Non-lighted (A16 and A165) and lighted (A16L and A165L) * New "ultra-bright" LED used in all lighted models * Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm below panel * "Snap-in" switch unit for quick and easy tool-free assembly * RoHS compliant Specifications * Rated load (SPDT, DPDT): * 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC (NO & NC) * 3 A at 30 VDC * Operating force: * SPDT 2.45N/DPDT:4.41N(IP40); SPDT:2.94N/DPDT4.91 N (IP65) * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: Momentary operation: 2,000,000 operations min.; Alternating operation: 200,000 operations min. * Electrical: 100,000 operations min. * Approvals: * UL: UL508, File No. E41515 * cUL: CSA C22 No. 14 * TUV: EN60947-5-1:2004 * CCC: GB14048.5 Round Projection Model Lighted A16L-T, A165L-T Non-Lighted A16-T, A165-T Lighted, 110 VAC transformer A16L-T-T1, A165L-T-T1 Rectangular Model Unlit, 2-way guard A16-J, A165-J Lighted, 220 VAC transformer A16L-T-T2, A165L-T-T2 Lit, 2-way guard A16L-J, A165L-J Lighted rectangular 2-way guard 110 VAC transformer A16L-J-T1, A165L-J-T1 Lighted rectangular 2-way guard, 220 VAC transformer A16L-J-T2, A165L-J-T2 Square Model Unlit, 2-way guard A16-A, A165-A Lit, 2-way guard A16L-A, A165L-A Lighted square 2-way guard, 110 VAC transformer A16L-A-T1, A165L-A-T1 Lighted square 2-way guard, 220 VAC transformer A16L-A-T2, A165L-A-T2 O-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com A165S/W Series Selector Switches P634 O 16 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted Selector Switches * Knob-style selector switches provide users a reliable way to start or choose between machine operations * 2- and 3-position switches with manual or automatic reset to meet panel building needs * IP65-rated for oil resistance * Lighting: Non-lighted (A165S) and lighted (A165W) * New "ultra-bright" LED used in all lighted models * Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm below panel * RoHS compliant * "Snap-in" switch unit for quick and easy tool-free assembly * Use optional legend plates to identify the selections Specifications * Rated load (SPDT, DPDT): * 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC (NO & NC) * 3 A at 30 VDC * Operating force: * SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 250.000 operations min. * Electrical: 100,000 operations min. * Approvals: * UL: UL508, File No. E41515 * cUL: CSA C22 No. 14 * TUV: EN60947-5-1:2004 * CCC: GB14048.5 Non-lighted Model Lighted Model Square base selector switch A165S-A Lighted square base selector switch A165W-A Rectangular base selector switch A165S-J Lighted rectangular base selector switch A165W-J Round base selector switch A165S-T Lighted round base selector switch A165W-T For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-6 A165K Series Keyed Selector Switches P635 16 mm Dia. Keyed Selector Switches * Design in extra security with keyed selector switches; only authorized operators are allowed to change settings using the key * 2- and 3-position switches with manual or automatic reset to meet panel building needs * IP65-rated for oil resistance * Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm below panel * "Snap-in" switch unit for quick and easy tool-free assembly * RoHS compliant * Use optional legend plates to identify the selections Specifications * Rated load (SPDT, DPDT): * 5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC (NO & NC) * 3 A at 30 VDC * Operating force: * SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm Keyed switches Model Square base keyed selector switch A165K-A Rectangular base keyed selector switch A165K-J Round base keyed selector switch A165K-T O-7 * Rated durability service life: * Mechanical: 250,000 operations min. * Electrical: 100,000 operations min. * Approvals: * UL: UL508, File No. E41515 * cUL: CSA C22 No. 14 * TUV: EN60947-5-1:2004 * CCC: GB14048.5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com M16/M165 Series Pilot Lights P636 O 16 mm Dia. Pilot Lights * Pilot lights indicate status of machinery and processes on control panels * Bright LED light source is easy to read under most lighting conditions * Easy mounting and removal of socket unit * Standard IP40 and oil-resistant IP65 models * Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm below panel * RoHS compliant * Use optional legend plates to identify indicators Specifications * Approvals: * UL: UL508, File No. E76675 * cUL: CSA C22 No. 14 * Current consumption: * 8 mA @ 5 VDC 5% * 8 mA @12 VAC/VDC 5% * 8 mA @ 24 VAC/VDC 5% * 8 mA @ 110 VAC/VDC * 8 mA @ 220 VAC/VDC Keyed switches Model Square pilot light M16-A, M165-A Rectangular pilot light M16-J, M165-J Round pilot light M16-T, M165-T For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com O-8 M2BJ Series Buzzers P637 16 mm Dia. Panel-Mounted Buzzers * Intermittent or continuous sound selected by jumper setting * Complements the A16 range of Pushbuttons, Selector Switches and Key Switches * RoHS compliant * LEDs incorporated on high-sound model indicators Specifications: Current consumption: * Standard sound types: * DC: 7 mA max. * AC: 20 mA max. * High-sound (includes LED) types: * DC: 50 mA max. * AC: 100 mA max. ZAP Series Buzzers Model Standard sound buzzer M2BJ-B High volume sound buzzer M2BJ-BH Non-lighted Pushbutton Switches P654 30 mm Dia. Non-lighted Pushbutton Switches * Using a Basic Switch enables direct switching of large-capacity loads * Shock-absorbing structure of Operation unit protects the Switch * IP65 rated pushbutton structure enables use in dusty locations and resists oil and water splashes * Pushbuttons are available in three shapes and six colors Specifications * Rated load: 15 A at 250 VAC, 0.5 A at 125 VDC * Electrical durability: 500,000 operations minimum Shape of Operation Unit 36 dia with 25 dia button 36 dia with 25 dia button 40 dia button O-9 Output Operation Unit Color Blue (-A) Black (-B) Green (-G) Red (-R) White (-W) Yellow (-Y) 1 ZAP-A ZAP-B ZAP-G ZAP-R ZAP-W ZAP-Y 2 2ZAP-A 2ZAP-B 2ZAP-G 2ZAP-R 2ZAP-W 2ZAP-Y 1 ZAP-1A ZAP-1B ZAP-1G ZAP-1R ZAP-1W ZAP-1Y 2 2ZAP-1A 2ZAP-1B 2ZAP-1G 2ZAP-1R 2ZAP-1W 2ZAP-1Y 1 ZAP-2A ZAP-2B ZAP-2G ZAP-2R ZAP-2W ZAP-2Y 2 2ZAP-2A 2ZAP-2B 2ZAP-2G 2ZAP-2R 2ZAP-2W 2ZAP-2Y For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Machine & Process Safeguarding MAKING SAFETY SIMPLE -- OMRON'S CONCEPT FOR THE FUTURE Today, forward-thinking manufacturers clearly realize the new role of increased safety on the factory floor. P * Recently adopted international safety standards have shifted the way systems are evaluated. * Safety is a corporate responsibility, not an obstruction to productivity. * Safety is essential to increased productivity and profitability. "The modern user of safety products demands a new vision." Poised at the leading-edge of safety solutions worldwide, Omron's STI safety products focus on making safety work. We are aware of the many demands of automation safeguarding. Consequently, our automation safety products meet or exceed local and international safety standards. Omron is committed to providing safeguarding solutions that meet your needs for safety and productivity. We design and engineer our products by listening to and working closely with our customers and authorized distributors. We also provide you with: * Experienced assistance * Expert guidance in application, integration and maintenance * World-class support through Omron's global network of 250 sales locations in 65 countries For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com i Machine and Process Safeguarding enhanced worker safety 1 Safety Light Curtains A4EG The MS4800 and F3SJ models are simple to install, and available in a wide selection of protected heights and resolutions. 8 Enabling Switches See page P-i. Provides the additional protection needed during set-up, programming and servicing of robotic and automatic equipment. * Has distinct clicks for three easily discernible positions 6 See page R-i. F3SJ-A F3SJ-B MSF4800 MS4800 F3SJ-E 2 Safety Laser Scanners 1 Our OS32C is a very compact safety laser scanner. It has 70 zone configurations for complex guarding parameters. OS32C 1 See www.sti.com for Safety Laser Scanners 2 New Industry First! EtherNet/IP capable of status and measurement data reporting. 7 2 3 Safety Interlock Switches Tamper resistant switches enhance mechanical guarding methods. * * * * * * Guardlocking switches Hinge pin switches Non-contact switches Limit switches Tongue switches Explosion-proof versions See page R-i. ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com 7 Safety Programmable Controllers 7 Safety Monitoring Relays The G9SP stand-alone programmable safety controller for mid-sized applications supports direct connection to safety mats and non-contact switches. The NE1A DeviceNet safety network controller is well-suited for large complex applications, while safety monitoring relays are ideal for ensuring control reliability in smaller applications. * * * * NX-S NE1A Multiple input versions Delayed outputs Two-hand control Stop motion sensing See www.sti.com for Programmable Controllers and page S-i for Safety Monitoring Relays G9SX G9SP 6 Perimeter Guarding PA4600 models are available with single and multiple-beam models with an operating range to 70 meters. They're perfect when installing fences is not practical. 6 See page P-i. 6 8 PA4600 4 4 5 3 4 3 5 Safety Edges & Bumpers 5 Safety Mats & Area Guarding Built tough for tough environments. Combine a mat with a controller to provide proven reliability. See page Q-i. 4 Emergency Stop Devices * Enclosed and panel-mounted models available with key-operated reset. * Combination rope and push button actuated emergency stop switches. * Heavy duty housing offering rope spans to 200 meters See page T-i. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com iii Machine & Process Safeguarding iv For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Safety Light Curtains & Perimeter Access Guarding Contents Type 4 Light Curtains F3SJ-E "Easy" Light Curtain P-1 F3SJ-B "Basic" Light Curtain P-2 F3SJ-A "Advanced" Light Curtain P-3 MS4800, MSF4800 MiniSafe(R) Light Curtain P-4 Light Curtain Resource Modules RM-1 Resource Module Converts Solid-State Outputs to ForceGuided Relay Outputs P-5 Resource Module - Converts RM-2, RM-2AC, Solid-State Outputs to ForceRM-2AC-IP Guided Relay Outputs P-5 RM-3 Resource Module - Mute Module P-6 RM-X Resource Module - Converts Solid-State Outputs to ForceGuided Relay Outputs P-6 Perimeter Access Guarding PA4600 Perimeter Access Guarding Device P-7 Rapid Delivery Products are normally in stock and available for quick shipment. P-i P F3SJ-E Safety Light Curtains F3SJE "Easy" Safety Light Curtains * Fast and easy installation * Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.) * Range: 7 m (23 ft.) * Protected heights: 185 to 1105 mm (7.28 to 43.50 in.) * Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) * Cross-talk prevention * 3 m integrated cables Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description F3SJ-E0185P25 11082-7001 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E0305P25 11082-7003 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E0465P25 11082-7005 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E0625P25 11082-7007 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E0785P25 11082-7009 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E0945P25 11082-7011 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-E1105P25 11082-7013 F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F39-LJB1 11083-0001 F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS F39-LJB4 11083-0007 F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS P-1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com F3SJ-B Safety Light Curtains F3SJB "Basic" Safety Light Curtains * Fast and easy installation * Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.) * Range: 7 m (23 ft.) * Protected heights: 185 to 2065 mm (7.28 to 81.26 in.) P * Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) * Cascaded designs possible - 3 segments * Simple muting * Cross-talk prevention Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description F3SJ-B0185P25 11037-7001 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B0305P25 11037-7003 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B0465P25 11037-7005 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B0625P25 11037-7007 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B0785P25 11037-7009 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B0945P25 11037-7011 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B1105P25 11037-7013 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B1265P25 11037-0015 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1265 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SJ-B1505P25 11037-0018 F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25 MM RESOLUTION, 1505 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT F3SP-B1P 11042-6001 F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT F39-JD3A 11077-1003 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR F39-JD7A 11077-1004 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR F39-JD10A 11077-1005 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR F39-JD15A 11077-1006 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR F39-JD20A 11077-1007 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR F39-JDR5B 11077-1008 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 0.5 M PAIR F39-JD1B 11077-1009 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 1 M PAIR F39-JD3B 11077-1010 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR F39-JD5B 11077-1011 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 5 M PAIR F39-JD7B 11077-1012 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR F39-JD10B 11077-1013 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR F39-JD15B 11077-1014 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR F39-JD20B 11077-1015 F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR F39-LJB1 11083-0001 F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS F39-LJB4 11083-0007 F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS F39-CN10 11083-1001 F3SJ-B MUTING KEY CAP F39-JBR2W 11083-1002 F3SJ-B CONNECTION CABLE FOR EXTENSION, 0.2 M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com P-2 F3SJ-A Safety Light Curtains F3SJA "Advanced" Safety Light Curtains * Resolution: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 in.), 25 mm (1.01 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.), or 55 mm (2.17 in.) * Range: 7 m (23 ft.) or 9 m (29.5 ft.) dependent on minimum object resolution and protected height * Protected heights: 14 mm protected heights from 245 to 1631 mm (9.6 to 64 in.), 20 mm, 25 mm and 30 mm protected heights from 245 to 2495 mm (9.6 to 98 in.), 55 mm from 270 to 2470 mm (10.6 to 97 in.) * Very compact size - 30 x 24 mm (1.18 x 0.94 in.) * Cascaded designs possible - 4 segments, up to 400 beams * Partial muting and position detection muting * Cross-talk prevention Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model F3SJ-A0245P20 F3SJ-A0245P30 F3SJ-A0305P20 F3SJ-A0320P30 F3SJ-A0395P30 F3SJ-A0455P20 F3SJ-A0470P30 F3SJ-A0605P20 F3SJ-A0620P30 F3SJ-A0695P30 F3SJ-A0755P20 F3SJ-A0770P30 F3SJ-A0870P30 F3SJ-A0905P20 F3SJ-A0920P30 F3SJ-A1025P20 F3SJ-A1045P30 F3SJ-A1220P30 F3SJ-A1495P30 F39-CN6 F39-LJ1 F39-LJ2 F39-LJ3 F39-GWUM F39-TC5P01 F39-TC5P02 F39-CN8 F39-JC3A F39-JC7A F39-JC10A F39-JC15A F39-JC20A F3SP-B1P P-3 Part Number 40560-2001 40560-3001 40560-2003 40560-3004 40560-3007 40560-2008 40560-3010 40560-2013 40560-3016 40560-3019 40560-2018 40560-3022 40560-3026 40560-2023 40560-3028 40560-2027 40560-3033 40560-3040 40560-3045 11033-0007 11033-0008 11033-0009 11033-0010 11033-0155 11033-0180 11033-0181 11033-0184 11034-1001 11034-1002 11034-1003 11034-1004 11034-1071 11042-6001 Description F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 305 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 395 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 455 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 470 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 605 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 620 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 695 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 755 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 770 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 870 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 905 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1025 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1045 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1220 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1495 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT F3SJ-A KEY CAP FOR MUTING F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, STANDARD MOUNTING F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FLAT SIDE MOUNTING F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FREE-LOCATION MOUNTING F3SJ-A SD-MANAGER SETTING SUPPORT SOFTWARE F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH MUTING SENSOR OUTPUT MODE (PNP) F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH OVERRIDE MODE (PNP) F3SJ-A SHORT-CIRCUIT CONNECTOR F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3 M PAIR F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7 M PAIR F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10 M PAIR F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15 M PAIR F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20 M PAIR F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com MS4800 Safety Light Curtain MS4800 MiniSafe(R) Light Curtains * Resolutions: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 in.), 30 mm (1.18 in.), and 40 mm (1.57 in.) * Ranges: 7 m (23 ft.) for 14 mm resolution systems; and 20 m (65 ft.) for 20, 30 and 40 mm resolution systems P * Protected Heights: 280 to 2120 mm (11 to 83.5 in.) * Compact size: 50 x 38 mm (2 x 1.5 in.) * "Two-box" design -- no separate control box; no cable between transmitter and receiver R * Individual Beam Indicators C US C US * Quick and easy fixed blanking programming option "SB1" * Simple cascading models Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description MS4800S-20-0320 70230-1180 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-0440 70230-1183 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-0600 70230-1187 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-0760 70230-1191 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-0920 70230-1195 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-1080 70230-1199 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1080 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-20-1200 70230-1202 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0440 70230-1222 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0600 70230-1226 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0720 70230-1229 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 720 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0760 70230-1230 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0840 70230-1232 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 840 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-0920 70230-1234 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-1040 70230-1237 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1040 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-1200 70230-1241 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-1400 70230-1246 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1400 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800S-30-1520 70230-1249 MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30 MM RESOLUTION, 1520 PROTECTED HEIGHT MS4800-CBLRX-10 M 40451-0100 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M MS4800-CBLRX-15 M 40451-0150 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M MS4800-CBLRX-30 M 40451-0300 MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M MS4800-CBLTX-10 M 40452-0100 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M MS4800-CBLTX-15 M 40452-0150 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M MS4800-CBLTX-30 M 40452-0300 MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com P-4 RM-1 Resource Module RM1 Resource Module -- Converts Solid-State Outputs to Force-Guided Relay Outputs * Converts the solid-state safety outputs of one STI safety device to electromechanical force-guided safety relay outputs * Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and OS32C R C US C * 55 mm DIN enclosure with removable terminal blocks * CE approved Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description RM-1 43763-0010 RM-1, 24 VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT RM-2, RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP RM2 Resource Module Resource Module -- Converts Solid-State Outputs to Force-Guided Relay Outputs * Converts the solid-state safety and auxiliary outputs of one STI safety device to electromechanical force-guided safety relay outputs * Available for DC or AC input power * Provides connection points for all safety device functions including MPCE monitoring and 24 VDC power * Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and OS32C * Enclosures -- RM-2: 100 mm DIN, IP20 RM-2AC: 150 mm DIN, IP20 RM-2AC-IP: metal chassis, IP65 R C US C US File No. LR90200-34 * CE approved * Removable terminal blocks Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description RM-2 43776-0010 RM-2, 24 VDC, DIN-rail mount RM-2AC 40344-0010 RM-2AC, 100-240 VAC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT RM-2AC-IP 40525-0010 RM-2AC-IP, 100-240 VAC, METAL CHASSIS P-5 US File No. LR90200-34 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com RM-3 Resource Module RM3 Resource Module -- Mute Module * Type 4 safety product, when used in combination with a Type 4 safety light curtain * Provides muting controls for up to two light curtains * Diagnostic display * Solid-state safety outputs * 100 mm DIN box enclosure * Removable terminal blocks * DeviceNet option * Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and OS32C Input Signals * Input Power +24 VDC * Two independent channels, each channel is comprised of one light curtain and up to four mute sensors * Start * EDM (MPCE monitoring) * Mute enable P R C US C US Indicators * * * * * * * Diagnostic display Machine Run Machine Stop Interlock OSSD input active (light curtains) Sensor input active (sensors) Mute Enable active Output Signals * * * * * Two independent PNP safety outputs NPN & PNP auxiliary outputs Mute lamp drivers (2) Mute auxiliary (NPN) Mute armed (NPN) Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description RM-3 43983-0010 RM-3, MUTE MODULE, 24 VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT RM-X Resource Module RMX Resource Module -- Converts Solid-State Outputs to Force-Guided Relay Outputs * Converts the solid-state safety outputs of one STI safety device to electromechanical force-guided safety relay outputs * Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and OS32C * CE approved * 22.5 mm DIN enclosure C US File No. LR90200-34 Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description RM-X 40152-0010 RM-X, RELAY EXPANSION MODULE For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com P-6 PA4600 Perimeter Access Guarding Device PA4600 Perimeter Access Guarding Device * 1 to 6 beams available * Operating range of 70 m * Compact size -- 46 x 55 mm (1.81 x 2.17 in.) * Simple "two-box" design -- no separate control box required * Individual Beam Indicators R C US Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description PA46-1-000-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1045 PA4600 SYSTEM, 1 BEAM, M-12 QD, NO1, PNP PA46-2-600-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1042 PA4600 SYSTEM, 2 BEAMS, 600 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP PA46-3-400-Q2-NO1-PN 70170-1039 PA4600 SYSTEM, 3 BEAMS, 400 MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP CBL-LCRX-10 M 40552-0100 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 10 M CBL-LCRX-15 M 40552-0150 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 15 M CBL-LCRX-30 M 40552-0300 PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 30 M CBL-LCTX-10 M 40553-0100 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10 M CBL-LCTX-15 M 40553-0150 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15 M CBL-LCTX-30 M 40553-0300 PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30 M P-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com C US Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers Contents Safety Mats UMQ Quick-disconnect Universal Safety Mat Q-1 MC Safety Mat Controllers Q-2 Safety Edges & Bumpers SGE & SCS Safety Edges Q-3 SCSF Safety Bumpers Q-3 SCC Safety Edge Controllers Q-4 Rapid Delivery Products are normally in stock and available for quick shipment. Q-i Q Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers Q-ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com UMQ Series Safety Mats & Area Guarding UMQ Quick-Disconnect Universal Safety Mat System Heavy-Duty Four-Wire Presence Sensing Mats with Removable Cable, Category 3 Controllers and Perimeter Trim System Patented Connector When UMQ series mats are combined with an MC3, MC4 or MC6 controller (with complete diagnostics), the result is a system that meets the standard EN 1760-1:1998 and is entitled to display the CE mark. See below for an overview of the various components. C US Q Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Other custom sizes and configurations available. Please use the SpeedSPEC code above for ordering information. Model Part Number Description UMQ-1260-A 70220-1002 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 12 x 60 IN UMQ-1872-A 70220-1010 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 18 x 72 IN UMQ-2412-A 70220-1011 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 12 IN UMQ-2418-A 70220-1012 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 18 IN UMQ-2424-A 70220-1013 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 24 IN UMQ-2460-A 70220-1015 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 60 IN UMQ-2472-A 70220-1017 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 24 x 72 IN UMQ-3030-A 70220-1021 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 30 IN UMQ-3060-A 70220-1023 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 60 IN UMQ-3072-A 70220-1025 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 30 x 72 IN UMQ-3612-A 70220-1026 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 12 IN UMQ-3624-A 70220-1028 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 24 IN UMQ-3636-A 70220-1030 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 36 IN UMQ-3654-A 70220-1031 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 54 IN UMQ-3660-A 70220-1032 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 60 IN UMQ-3672-A 70220-1034 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 36 x 72 IN UMQ-4224-A 70220-1037 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 24 IN UMQ-4236-A 70220-1039 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 36 IN UMQ-4254-A 70220-1041 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 54 IN UMQ-4260-A 70220-1042 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 42 x 60 IN UMQ-4824-A 70220-1047 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 24 IN UMQ-4836-A 70220-1049 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 36 IN UMQ-4848-A 70220-1051 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 48 IN UMQ-4866-A 70220-1054 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 66 IN UMQ-4872-A 70220-1055 UMQ Universal Black Mat - 48 x 72 IN UMQ5 CABLE 19251-0050 5 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE UMQ10 CABLE 19251-0100 10 M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Q-1 MC Controllers MC3 Safety Mats & Area Guarding MC3, MC4 and MC6 Series Safety Mat Controllers The MC Series safety mat controllers are used in conjunction with a four-wire, normally open, safety mat where perimeter guarding is required. These control reliable controllers send a stop signal to the guarded machine when an object of sufficient weight is detected on the active mat area. The MC Series controllers, when combined with a four-wire UM or UMQ series mat, provide access guarding and improved productivity. The work area is fully visible and accessible. C US The controller meets the requirement of EN 1760-1:1998, EN 13849-1, ANSI/RIA 15.061999 (R2009), ANSI B11.19-2010, OSHA 1910-217C. CSA and UL508. * Remote access to reset functions MC6 Options * Universal power input * Lid-mounted reset key switch * Up to 6 mat zone inputs * Quick disconnect for incoming power and relay outputs * Six mat zone status indicator LEDs * Select from Automatic Start, Start/Restart Interlock or Start Interlock operating modes * 2-digit numeric display for fault diagnostics * Surface mount, lockable metal enclosure * Quick disconnects up to 6 mat zone inputs * Solid-state safety output module * Safety relay output module * MPCE monitoring Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description MC3 43767-0010 MC3 MAT CONTROLLER MC4-0004 43815-0004 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 24 VDC, 4 CONNECTORS MC4-0010 43815-0010 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 0 CONNECTORS MC4-0011 43815-0011 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 1 CONNECTOR MC4-0012 43815-0012 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 2 CONNECTORS MC4-0013 43815-0013 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 3 CONNECTORS MC4-0014 43815-0014 MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240 VAC, 4 CONNECTORS MC6AC-0016 43938-0016 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, AC 6 CONNECTORS MC6DC-0012 43939-0012 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 2 CONNECTORS MC6DC-0016 43939-0016 MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 6 CONNECTORS Q-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com SGE & SCS Series Safety Edges EDGES Safety Edges (SGE & SCS Series Profiles) * Profile materials NBR (SCS series only), EPDM or TPE * Available in six sizes for SGE Series and two sizes for SCS Series Applicable Controllers * SCC-1224 Single-Channel Controller * SCC-1224ND Single-Channel Controller Q * SCC-2124 Dual-Channel Controller * SCC-2224 Dual-Channel Controller Ordering Information All edges are custom. Please use the SpeedSPEC code above for ordering information. SCSF Safety Bumpers BUMPERS Safety Bumpers * Foam rubber covered in polyurethane, mounted on an aluminum base * Available in lengths up to 3000 mm; Standard sizes: 53 mm x 100 mm 100 mm x 200 mm 150 mm x 300 mm 200 mm x 400 mm Ordering Information All bumpers are custom. Please use the SpeedSPEC code above for ordering information. For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Q-3 SCC Safety Edge Controllers SCC Single and Dual-Channel Safety Edge Controllers for use with All Safety Edges and Safety Bumpers * Power requirements - 120 VAC or 24 VDC is acceptable for the SCC-1224 single channel units - 24 VDC is acceptable for SCC-2124/2224 dual channel units * Inputs - Single channel units accept a single twowire edge or bumper system - Dual channel units accept 1 or 2 two-wire edge or bumper systems * Outputs - Single channel units have two safety outputs and one auxiliary output for signaling - Dual channel units have either 1 or 2 safety outputs, and either 1 or 2 auxiliary outputs with DIP switch selection for input channel relationship * External Device Monitoring -EDM is provided on all units with aN/C loop between Z1 and Z2 * Monitored Reset Modes - Monitored manual reset mode that requires closure of the reset circuit followed by opening of the circuit is available on all units - Automatic reset mode that occurs upon closure of the reset circuit is available on all units * Delayed Auxiliary Output - Delayed opening of the auxiliary output for reversal of a door or gate may be selected on all units except SCC1224ND Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SCC-1224 43872-0020 SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT MOMENTARILY CLOSES WHEN ACTIVATED SCC-1224ND 43872-0021 SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT REMAINS CLOSED WHEN ACTIVATED Q-4 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Safety Switches Contents Tongue Interlock Switches Guardlocking Interlock Switches D4JL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-1 D4NL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-2 D4SL-N Super Small Class 6-Contact Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-3 TL4019 Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-4 TL4024 Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch R-5 Hinge Pin Interlock Switches D4NH Safety-door Hinge Switch R-6 D4GS-N Slim Safety Door Switches with IP67 Rating R-16 D4NS Safety-Door Switch R-17 T2008 Small Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch R-18 T4012 Universal Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch R-19 T4016 Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety Interlock Switch R-20 T5007 Compact Universal TongueOperated Safety Interlock Switch R-21 T5009 & T5009-6 Universal Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch R-22 Non-Contact Interlock Switches CM Most Diverse and Flexible Line of Coded Magnetic Safety Interlock Switches and Controllers R-7 D40Z/ Compact Non-contact Door D40A/ Switch/Flexible Safety Unit G9SX-NS R-8 MA Magnetically Actuated Safety Interlock Switches R-9 MA-S Stainless Steel Magnetically Actuated Safety Interlock Switches and Actuators R-10 MFS Stainless Steel Magnetically Actuated Safety Interlock Switches and Actuators R-11 R Two-Hand Control TS TouchStartTM Capacitive Palm Button R-23 Enabling Switch Device A4EG Enabling Grip Switch with Distinct Feel for Three Easily Discernible Positions R-24 Safety Selector Switch A22TK Safety Key Selector Switch R-25 Safety Limit Interlock Switches D4B-9N Safety Limit Switch R-12 D4F Small Safety Limit Switch R-13 D4N Safety Limit Switch R-14 D4N-9R Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch R-15 Rapid Delivery Products are normally in stock and available for quick shipment. R-i D4JL Safety Interlock Switches D4JL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch * Holding force of 3,000 N * Two safety circuits and two monitor contacts provide an array of monitoring patterns. * Standard gold-clad contacts enable use with ordinary loads and microloads. * Models with trapped keys prevent workers from being locked in hazardous work areas. * Models with rear release buttons allow people to unlock the Switch and escape if they are locked into hazardous areas. * IP67 degree of protection Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4JL-2NFA-C5 11022-0004 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, GREEN, MECHANICAL LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO D4JL-2NFA-D5 11022-0036 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, ORANGE, MECHANICAL LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO D4JL-2NFA-C6 11022-0068 D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY+REAR RELEASE, GREEN, MECHANICAL LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO D4JL-K1 11022-0001 D4JL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNT D4JL-K2 11022-0002 D4JL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNT D4JL-K3 11022-0254 D4JL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNT (HORIZONTAL) D4JL-SK40 11022-0194 D4JL mounting slide key R-1 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com D4NL Safety Interlock Switches D4NL Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch * Best-selling guard lock safety-door switch available in several compact, multi-contact models * Selectable Operation Key insertion direction and adjustable mounting ensure installation flexibility * Built-in switches with multiple-contact construction are available * Key holding force of 1,300 N minimum S * Can be used for either standard loads or microloads * Lineup includes models with a conduit size of M20 * IP67 degree of protection * Variety of metallic heads available R Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4NL-4EFA-B-NPT 11025-0174 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT D4NL-4EFG-B-NPT 11025-0176 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, NPT D4NL-4FFA-B-NPT 11025-0178 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT D4NL-4FFG-B-NPT 11025-0180 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, NPT D4NL-4EDA-B4-NPT 11025-0189 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT D4NL-4GDA-B4-NPT 11025-0190 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT D4NL-4EDG-B4-NPT 11025-0191 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT D4NL-4GDG-B4-NPT 11025-0192 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24 VDC SOLENOID LOCK, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT D4NL-4GDA-B4S-NPT 11025-0336 D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, FRONT KEY, NPT D4DS-K1 11018-0011 D4NL, D4NS operation key, horizontal mounting D4DS-K2 11018-0012 D4NL, D4NS operation key, vertical mounting D4DS-K3 11018-0013 D4NL, D4NS operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal) D4DS-K5 11018-1005 D4NL, D4NS operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal/vertical) D4NL-RK 11025-9001 D4NL SPECIAL RELEASE KEY For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-2 D4SL-N Safety Interlock Switches D4SLN Super Small Class 6-Contact Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch * Wiring time is reduced with two types of wiring methods capable of one-touch attachment and removal * A wide variety of built-in switches can be used for various devices. (4-, 5-, and 6-contact models are available) * Key holding force of 1,300 N * It is possible to change the key insertion point without detaching the head * Drive solenoids directly from the controller * Lockout slide key prevents workers from becoming trapped inside the hazardous area. Slide Key Terminal Block Connector Type Type * The vertical door switch can be easily mounted on 40 x 40 mm aluminum frames. * Plastic material makes the key suitable for lightweight doors. Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model D4SL-N3HFG-DN Part Number 11079-2158 D4SL-N2NFG-D4N 11079-2200 D4SL-N3NFA-D 11079-2225 D4SL-N3NFA-DN 11079-2226 D4SL-N3NFA-D4 11079-2227 D4SL-N3NFG-D 11079-2229 D4SL-N3NFG-DN 11079-2230 D4SL-N3NFG-D4 11079-2231 D4SL-N3QFA-D 11079-2241 D4SL-NK1 D4SL-NK2 D4SL-NK3 D4SL-NK1S D4SL-NK1G D4SL-NK2G D4SL-NSK10-LK D4SL-CN3 D4SL-CN5 11079-3001 11079-3002 11079-3003 11079-3004 11079-3005 11079-3006 11079-4001 11079-0106 11079-0107 R-3 Description D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 3NC+2NC, M20 conduit with M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, G 1/2 conduit, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20-to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid lock, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N BASE MODEL, solenoid release, 3NC+2NC/1NO, M20 conduit with M20to-NPT adapter, plastic head D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, vertical D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, adjustable (horizontal) D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal mounting (Short) D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, horizontal (rubber bushing) D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, vertical (rubber bushing) D4SL-N SLIDE KEY D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 3 M D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 5 M For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com TL4019 Safety Interlock Switches TL4019 Safety Interlock Switch with Guard Door Locking * High locking force of 1,200 N (270 lb.) locks guard door shut until machine is safe to enter * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the TL4019 to withstand water washdown * Door and lock monitoring--the TL4019 has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety + 1 contact for door position monitoring + 1 contact for lock monitoring Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model TL4019-10241TM TL4019-20241TM TL4019-30241TM TL4019-30242TM TL4019-10241F1M TL4019-30242F1M TL4019-40241TM TL4019-40242TM TL4019-40241SM TL4019-50241SM TL4019-40241F1M TL4019-40242F1M TL4019-10241 TL4019-20241 TL4019-30241 TL4019-31101 TL4019-30242 TL4019-30243 TL4019-40241 TL4019-41101 TL4019-40242 TL4019-40243 TL4019-50241 TL4019-30241RR SA34-T SA34-TOT SA34-5 SA34-F2 SA34-F2OT SA34-F1 SA34-F1OT SA34-TRB SA34-TRBOT SA34-SRB SM34-LED61 SM34-KLR02 SBLK34-R50 SBRH-R60 Part Number 44534-0010 44534-0030 44534-0050 44534-0070 44534-0310 44534-0370 44534-0410 44534-0430 44534-0510 44534-0570 44534-1710 44534-1730 44534-2010 44534-2030 44534-2050 44534-2060 44534-2070 44534-2090 44534-2110 44534-2120 44534-2130 44534-2150 44534-2170 44534-3050 44534-0700 44534-0701 44534-0710 44534-0720 44534-0721 44534-0730 44534-0731 44534-0740 44534-0741 44534-0750 44534-0761 44534-0802 44534-8050 44534-8060 R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1, EN292, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed, BG approved Description TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flat actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (90-degree actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (90-degree actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 (flex1 actuator), 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 w/NPT adapter TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3xM20 (switch only) TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3xM20 TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator OT TL4019 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator TL4019 Replacement Flex 2 Actuator TL4019 Replacement Flex 2 Actuator OT TL4019 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator TL4019 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator OT TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator RB TL4019 Replacement Flat Actuator OTRB TL4019 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator RB TL4019 LED lid kit TL4019 Key Lock Release (2 keys included) TL4019 Slide bolt interior lever kit (use with rear release slide bolts only) TL4019 Rear release T-handle For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-4 R TL4024 Safety Interlock Switches TL4024 Safety Interlock Switch with Guard Door Locking * High locking force of 1,500 N (337 lb.) locks guard door shut until machine is safe to enter * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water washdown * Door and lock monitoring--the TL4024 has a total of 4 contacts: 2N/C safety + 1 contact for door position monitoring + 1 contact for lock monitoring * Unlocking is possible with a back load on the door to satisfy the demands of high cycle time applications R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1, EN292, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed, BG approved * Narrow profile enables mounting to 2 in. square tubing or in applications with space restrictions * Rotatable head--the rotatable head provides 8 actuator entry positions to satisfy most installation requirements * Optional slide bolt with integral door handle aids installation on sliding and swinging guard doors * Optional key release--this option on power-to-unlock models allows manual unlocking of the guard door * Two LED (red/green) status indicators on the lid may be wired to suit the application Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description TL4024-10242TM 44535-0010 TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, flat actuator TL4024-10242SM 44535-0110 TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, 90-degree actuator TL4024-10242 44535-2010 TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3 x .05 IN. NPT conduit TL4024-10243 44535-2030 TL4024 base model, 24 VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3 x .05 IN. NPT conduit SA35-F1 44535-0750 TL4024 Replacement Flex 1 Actuator R-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com D4NH Safety Interlock Switches D4NH Safety-door Hinge Switch * Compact, plastic-body safety-door hinge switch designed for saving space in machines * Lineup includes three contact models with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in addition to the previous contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB contacts are also available * M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement * Standardized gold-clad contacts provide high contact reliability. Can be used with both standard loads and microloads. S Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4NH-4CAS-NPT 11024-0105 d4nh BASE MODEL, SHAFT ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO D4NH-4CBC-NPT 11024-0107 d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO D4NH-4BBC-NPT 11024-0108 d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC D4NH-4ABC-NPT 11024-0109 d4nh BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 1NC/1NO For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R R-6 CM Series Safety Interlock Switches CM Most Diverse and Flexible Line of Coded Magnetic Safety Interlock Switches and Controllers * Combine door switch monitoring and E-stop monitoring by using the CM-S41 controller * Monitor is single switch to CAT4 with the CM-S30 controller * Monitor multiple switches to CAT3 using CM-S4 or CM-S30 controllers * Monitoring multiple switches on individual channels can be achieved by using the CM-S21 or CM-S41 controllers. Easily expand your system by using the CM-SE expansion module. * All CM switches are rated IP67 R C US Conforms to EN292, EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN1088, EN60947-5-3, EN947-5-3, EN50081, EN50082, EN61000-6-2, ISO 13849-1 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified * Stainless steel switches are available for harsh environments Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description CM-S4 44536-0040 CM-S4 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 1N/O+1N/O Aux. CM-S1PC3 44536-0100 CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 3 m cable CM-S1PC5 44536-0105 CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 5 m cable CM-S21-24 44536-0120 CM-S21 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 2N/O+1N/C Aux. CM-S2PC3 44536-0200 CM-S2 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 1N/O+1N/C, 3 m cable CM-S221PC5 44536-0221 CM-S221PC5 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2NO+1NC, 5 m cable CM-S521PC5 44536-0521 CM-S521 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 5 m cable CM-S621PC5 44536-0621 CM-S5621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 5 m cable CM-S621PC10 44536-1621 CM-S621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & Act with 2N/C+1N/O, 10 m cable CM-S31SC3 44536-3100 CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+Act, 3 M Cable CM-S31SC5 44536-3105 CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+Act, 5 M Cable R-7 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS D40 Safety Interlock Switches Compact Non-contact Door Switch/ Flexible Safety Unit * Up to 30 units can be connected to a single G9SX (15 units with G9SP) Controller * Troubleshooting is made easy with the switch's two-color diagnostic LED display patterns * Photocoupler monitor output allows connection to a general-purpose PLC (NPN type) D40Z * Supports ISO 13849-1 (Safety Category 4/PLe) * Non-magnetic actuator will not attract metal fillings D40Z D40A D40A * Magnetic actuator R Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D40A-1C5 11008-6002 D40A BASE MODEL, switch AND actuator, 5 M cable D40Z-1C2 11081-0001 D40Z BASE MODEL, Switch and Actuator, 2 M cable D40Z-1C5 11081-0002 D40Z BASE MODEL, Switch and Actuator, 5 M cable D40Z-1C-A 11081-0003 D40Z BASE MODEL, Actuator onlY For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-8 MA Series Safety Interlock Switches MA Magnetically Actuated Safety Interlock Switches * Large selection--choose from a large selection of contact configurations housed in plastic to satisfy most application requirements * NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA Series switches to satisfy most application requirements (MA 3, 4, 5 are NEMA 4) R * Misalignment tolerant--the non-contact actuation of the switches makes them very tolerant to misalignment of up to 10 mm (0.39 in.) * Variety of terminations--select various cable lengths or terminal strip termination for easy installation. Cable connector on selected models C US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed * Long life--the MA Series is designed for a minimum of one million actuations Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model MA-1APC4 MA-1APC8 MA-10APC2 MA-10APC4 MA-15DP21C3 MA-15DP21C5 MA-15DP21CC Part Number 44507-0020 44507-0180 44507-0110 44507-0330 44507-1540 44507-1541 44507-1549 MA16DP11C3 MA16DP11C6 MA16DP10C3 MA16DP10C6 MA16DP21C3 MA-16AP11C6 MA-16AP11C3 MA-16AP10C3 MA-16AP10C6 MA-2DPC15 MA-2DPCC 44507-1620 44507-1621 44507-1610 44507-1611 44507-1640 44507-1661 44507-1660 44507-1650 44507-1651 44507-0370 44507-0650 MA-2APC4 MA-20DPCC 44507-0040 44507-0630 MA-21DPCC MA-34DS11C3 MA-35DS21C3 MA-35DS21C5 MA-35DS21CC MA-36DS11C3 MA-36AS10C3 MA-4APTC SA07-MA00 SA07-MA10 SA07-MA16 44507-0670 44507-3420 44507-3540 44507-3541 44507-3549 44507-3620 44507-3650 44507-0060 44507-0700 44507-0710 44507-0716 R-9 Description MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 4 M Cable Switch+Actuator MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 8M Cable Switch+Actuator MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC only), 1N/C, 2 M Cable, Switch+Actuator MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC only), 1N/C, 4 M Cable, Switch+Actuator MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O 3 M Cable, Switch+Act'r (300 mA max.) MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O 5 M Cable, Switch+Act'r (300 mA max.) MA-15 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O Connector, male M12, Sw+Act'r (300 mA max.) MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 1N/O 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C, 6 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C+1N/O, 15 M Cable, Switch+Actuator MA-2 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 1N/C+1N/O, Connector 4-pin micro DC, Switch+Actuator MA-2 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C+1N/O, 4 M Cable, Switch+Actuator MA-20 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C, Connector 4-pin micro DC M12, Switch+Actuator MA-21 BASE MODEL (24 VDC only), 2N/C+1N/O, Connector, Switch+Actuator MA-34 base model, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.) MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M Cable, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.) MA-35 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector, Switch+Actuator (300 mA max.) MA-36 base model, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-36 base model, 1N/C, 3 M Cable, Switch & Actuator MA-4 BASE MODEL (AC only), 1N/C+1N/O, Terminal Connection, Switch+Actuator MA 1-5, 20 & 21 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic MA 6, 9 & 10 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic MA-10-16 Replacement Actuator Red ABS Plastic For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com MA-S Series Safety Interlock Switches MAS Stainless Steel Magnetically Actuated Safety Interlock Switches and Actuators * Stainless steel cases--both switch and actuator are housed in stainless steel for applications that require the use of this robust and corrosion resistant material * Large selection--choose from a variety of contact configurations housed in stainless steel to satisfy the most demanding applications * NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA-S Series switches to satisfy most application requirements * Misalignment tolerant--the non-contact actuation of the MA-S Series switches makes them very tolerant to misalignment of up to 10 mm (0.39 in.) R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed R * High temperature--the MA-S switches and cables are designed to operate in temperatures up to 125C (257F) * Long life--the MA-S Series safety interlock switches are designed for a minimum of one million actuations Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description MA-S21DSC3 44507-0450 MA-S21 base model, 2N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable, Switch+Actuator For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-10 MFS Safety Interlock Switches MFS Magnetic Ferroresonant Standalone Safety Interlock Switch * Tamper resistant--the combination of magnetic and ferroresonant signals required to close the safety contacts makes the MFS very tamper resistant * Standalone--use for lower risk applications as a stand-alone safety switch allowing direct switching of relays and contactors up to 2 A at 230 VAC * MFS-11 provides a visible LED which illuminates green when the actuator is in range and contacts are closed * MFS-12 provides a dual color LED indicator. LED illuminates green when the actuator is in range and the contacts are closed. LED illuminates Red when the actuator is out of range and contacts are open. * Compact size--mounts easily on 1-in. square tubing R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN9475-3, EN60947-5-1, EN50081, EN50082, EN61000-6-2 UL and C-UL listed * Use with safety monitoring relays in applications requiring a higher level of safety reliability * NEMA 4 enclosure enables water washdown cleaning Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description MFS-11P11C3 44508-1120 MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 M Cable MFS-11P11C6 44508-1121 MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, 6 M Cable MFS-11P11CC5 44508-1128 MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 1N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector + 5 M Cable MFS-11P20C10 44508-1132 MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C, 10 M Cable MFS-12P21C6 44508-1133 MFS base model,-12 Switch & Actuator, 2N/C+1N/O, 6 M cable MFS-12P21CC5 44508-1134 MFS-12 base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 Male Connector + 5 M cable MFS-11P20CC 44508-1139 MFS base model, Switch & Actuator, 2N/C, M12 Male Connector R-11 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com D4B-9N Safety Interlock Switches D4BN Safety Limit Switch * Snap-action contact with certified direct opening operation * Direct opening mechanism (NC contacts only) added to enable opening contacts when faults occur, such as fused contacts * Safety of lever settings ensured using a mechanism that engages a gear between the operating position indicator plate and the lever * Equipped with a mechanism that indicates the applicable operating zone, as well as push-button switching to control left and right motion S * Head seal structure strengthened to improve seal properties (TUV: IEC IP67, UL: NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, and 13) * Wide standard operating temperature range: -40 to 80C R * Models with gold-plated contacts to enable handling microloads * Certified standards: UL, CSA, EN (TUV), and CCC Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4B-4111N-NPT 11012-0020 D4B-N base model, Roller lever, NPT,1NC/1NO D4B-4113N-NPT 11012-4029 D4BN-N base model, 1NC/1NO, snap action, NPT D4B-4115N-NPT 11012-0024 d4b-n base model, roller lever, stainless steel, NPT, 1NC/1NO D4B-4116N-NPT 11012-0025 d4b-n base model, adjustable roller lever, NPT, 1NC/1NO D4B-4117N-NPT 11012-4028 d4b-n base model, adjustable rod lever, NPT, 1NC/1NO D4B-4170N-NPT 11012-0026 d4b-n base model, top plunger, NPT, 1NC/1NO D4B-4171N-NPT 11012-0022 d4b-n base model, top roller plunger, M20+NPT, 1NC/1NO, snap action D4B-4A13N-NPT 11012-4027 d4b-n base model, NPT, 2NC D4B-4A71N-NPT 11012-0023 d4b-n base model, top roller plunger, NPT, 2NC For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-12 D4F Safety Interlock Switches D4F Small Safety Limit Switch * Smallest class of safety limit switches * Extra small limit switch with a direct opening mechanism (four-contact model) * High-sensitivity safety limit switch * Four contacts in either 2NC + 2NO or 4NC versions * Degree of protection: IP67 (EN60947-5-1) * Certified standards: UL, EN (TUV), and CC S Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4F-302-1R 11019-0007 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 1 m cable, horizontal D4F-102-3R 11019-0021 d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal D4F-202-3R 11019-0022 d4f base model, 2NC, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal D4F-302-3R 11019-0023 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, horizontal D4F-120-3D 11019-0025 d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller lever, 3 m cable, vertical D4F-302-3D 11019-0031 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 3 m cable, vertical D4F-120-5R 11019-0033 d4f base model, 1NC+1NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, horizontal D4F-320-5R 11019-0035 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, horizontal D4F-220-5D 11019-0042 d4f base model, 2NC, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical D4F-320-5D 11019-0043 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical D4F-420-5D 11019-0044 d4f base model, 4NC, roller lever, 5 m cable, vertical D4F-302-5D 11019-0047 d4f base model, 2NC+2NO, roller plunger, 5 m cable, vertical R-13 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com D4N Safety Interlock Switches D4N Safety Limit Switch * Upgraded safety limit switches based on the popular D4D, providing a full lineup conforming to international standards * Lineup includes three contact models with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in addition to the previous contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB contacts are also available * M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement * Standardized gold-clad contacts provide high contact reliability. Can be used with both standard loads and microloads S * Conforms to EN115, EN81-1, and EN81-2 (slow-action models only) * Lineup includes both slow-action and snap-action models with Zb contacts R * Certified standards: UL, EN (TUV), and CCC Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4N-4120-NPT 11023-0707 d4n base model,1NC/1NO, roller lever, snap act, M20+NPT D4N-412G-NPT 11023-0702 d4n base model,1NC/1NO, adj roller lever, snap act, M20+NPT D4N-4132-NPT 11023-0705 D4N base model, 1NC/1NO, roller plunger, M20+NPT D4N-4162-NPT 11023-0704 d4n base model,1NC/1NO, one way roller horizontal, snap act, M20+NPT D4N-4172-NPT 11023-0703 d4n base model,1NC/1NO, one way roller vertical, snap act, M20+NPT For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-14 D4N-9R Safety Interlock Switches D4NR Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch * A series of pull-reset models now available * Lineup includes three contact models with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in addition to the previous contact forms 1NC/1NO and 2NC * M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement * Standardized gold-clad contacts provide high contact reliability. Can be used with both standard loads and microloads * Conforms to EN115, EN81-1 and EN81-2 * Certified standards: UL, EN (TUV), and CCC Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4N-4A32R-NPT 11023-0694 d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, top roller plunger, M20+NPT D4N-4A2GR-NPT 11023-0697 d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, adj roller lever, M20+NPT D4N-4A20R-NPT 11023-0698 d4n-r base model, 1NC+1NO, slow act, roller lever, M20+NPT D4N-4B2GR-NPT 11023-0699 d4n-r base model, 2NC, slow act, adj roller lever, M20+NPT R-15 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com S D4GS-N Safety Interlock Switches D4GSN Slim Safety Door Switches with IP67 Rating * Slim design with a width of only 17 mm (three-contact models) * Reversible design allowing either front or rear mounting * Built-in Switches with two- or three-terminal contact construction are available * Operation Key with rubber mounting hole to absorb vibration and shock * IP67 degree of protection S Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4GS-N1R-5 11021-0023 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, horizontal, 5 m cable D4GS-N2R 11021-0025 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, horizontal, 1 m cable D4GS-N2T 11021-0026 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, vertical, 1 m cable D4GS-N2R-5 11021-0031 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, horizontal, 5 m cable D4GS-N3R-3 11021-0035 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, horizontal, 3 m cable D4GS-N3R-5 11021-0037 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, horizontal, 5 m cable D4GS-N4R 11021-0039 D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 3NC, horizontal, 1 m cable D4GS-NK1 11021-0045 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING D4GS-NK2 11021-0046 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING D4GS-NK4 11021-0047 D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (VERTICAL) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R R-16 D4NS Safety Interlock Switches D4NS Safety-Door Switch * Multi-contact, labor-saving, environmentfriendly, next-generation safety-door switch * Lineup includes three contact models with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms and MBB models in addition to the previous contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC * M12-connector models are available, saving on labor and simplifying replacement. * Standardized gold-clad contacts provide high contact reliability. Applicable to both standard loads and microloads. * Variety of metallic heads available S Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description D4NS-4CF-NPT 11027-0098 D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, M20+NPT D4NS-4DF-NPT 11027-0099 D4NS BASE MODEL, 3NC, M20+NPT D4NS-4BF-NPT 11027-0101 D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC, M20+NPT D4NS-4AF-NPT 11027-0104 D4NS BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, M20+NPT D4DS-K1 11018-0011 D4NS, D4NL operation key, horizontal mounting D4DS-K2 11018-0012 D4NS, D4NL operation key, vertical mounting D4DS-K3 11018-0013 D4NS, D4NL operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal) D4DS-K5 11018-1005 D4NS, D4NL operation key, adjustable mounting (horizontal/vertical) R-17 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T2008 Safety Interlock Switches T2008 Small Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch * Small size--these switches are ideal for guarding applications with space restrictions. Fits on 1 inch square tubing. * NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure enables these switches to withstand water washdown cleaning * Rotatable head gives eight possible actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the unused entry. * Long life--these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a minimum of one million actuations * Available with two contact poles. Contact configurations of 1 N/O and 1N/C or 2N/C are available to meet requirements of dual channel safety monitoring R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed R * An optional stainless steel guide is available for demanding applications Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description T2008-11SM 44540-0010 T2008 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1 N/O, M16, 90 ACT'R + Adapter T2008-02SM 44540-0020 T2008 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M16, 90 ACT'R + Adapter For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-18 T4012 Safety Interlock Switches T4012 Universal Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch * Strong and versatile--the compact size of the strong, glass-filled thermoplastic housing allows this switch to be used in most applications * NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches to withstand water washdown cleaning * Rotatable head gives eight possible actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the unused entry. * Long life--these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a minimum of two million actuations * Available in 2 or 4 contact pole versions. The 4 contact pole version provides 2 poles for dual channel safety monitoring and 2 additional poles for status monitoring. R C * An optional stainless steel guide is available for demanding applications Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description T4012-011 44538-2010 T4012 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, M20 T4012-020 44538-2020 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20 T4012-020TM 44538-0120 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20/NPT Adapter T4012-022 44538-2040 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20 T4012-022TM 44538-0140 T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20/NPT Adapter T4012-031 44538-2030 T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, M20 T4012-031TM 44538-0130 T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1 N/O, M20/NPT Adapter SRH34-90 44534-0790 T4012 Replacement Head SBRL34-P70 44534-8070 T4012 Plastic Slide Bolt for Right or Left Hand Door SBR34-MR30 44534-8130 T4012 Bolt for right-hung door (yellow metal) SBL34-MR40 44534-8140 T4012 Bolt for left-hung door (yellow metal) R-19 US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed, BG approved For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T4016 Safety Interlock Switches T4016 Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety Interlock Switch * Rugged enclosure--the all metal housing and stainless steel actuator of the T4016 makes it suitable for harsh environments * NEMA 6/IP67 enclosure enables these switches to withstand water washdown cleaning. * Rotatable head gives eight possible actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the unused entry. * Long life--these switches, with their stainless steel actuators, are designed for a minimum of two million actuations R C US * A variety of 4 contact pole versions provides 2 poles for dual channel safety monitoring and 2 additional poles for status monitoring R Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description T4016-031SM 44539-0010 T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, 90 Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings T4016-031TM 44539-0110 T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, Flat Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings T4016-031F1M 44539-0210 T4016 BASE MODEL, 3NC+1NO, Flex 1 Actuator, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings T4016-031 44539-2010 T4016 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, 3 X 0.5 inch NPT Conduit Openings SAG-SS80 44534-0780 T4016 Stainless Steel Alignment Guide SA35-TRB 44535-0700 T4016 Replacement Flat Actuator RB SA35-SRB 44535-0710 T4016 Replacement 90-Degree Actuator RB SBR-M00 44535-8000 T4016 Bracket with Handle for Right-Hung dooR (Yellow) SBL-M00 44535-8010 T4016 Bracket with Handle for Left-Hung door (Yellow) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-20 T5007 Safety Interlock Switches T5007 Compact Universal TongueOperated Safety Interlock Switch * Strong and versatile--the compact size of the strong, glass-filled polyester housing can be used in many applications * NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches to withstand water washdown cleaning * Rotatable head gives four possible actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the unused entry R C * Small swing radius allows use on doors with a swing radius as small as 64 mm (2.5 in.) when using the optional flexible 1 actuator with alignment guide * Vibration resistant--optional catch and retainer keeps vibrating guard doors shut, preventing unwanted opening of guard doors on vibrating machines US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed * Optional connector makes installation quick and easy * An optional stainless steel head is available Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description T5007-02F1M 44526-0120 T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 2N/C, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter T5007-02FF1SCC 44526-1122 T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 2N/C, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry, Connector T5007-02SCC 44526-0022 T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, Connector T5007-02SM 44526-0020 T5007 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter T5007-11F1M 44526-0110 T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter T5007-11FF1SM 44526-1110 T5007 BASE MODEL, Flex 1, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter T5007-11FSSM 44526-1010 T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, STAINLESS STEEL head, Front Entry, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter T5007-11SM 44526-0010 T5007 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3 x M20 with NPT adapter SA01-F2 44501-0780 T5007, T5009 Replacement Flexible 2 Actuator with Guide SA19-F1 44519-0710 T5007, TL8012, TL5012, T5009, T4011 Replacement Flexible Actuator with Guide SA26-S 44526-0700 T5007 Spare Standard Actuator for T5007 SLD26-01 44526-0801 T5007, T4011, T5009, TL8012-S Switch Locking Device R-21 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T5009 & T5009-6 Safety Interlock Switches T5009 Universal Tongue-Operated Safety Interlock Switch * Strong and versatile--the compact size of the strong, glass-filled polyester housing and metal reinforced cam allows this popular switch to be used in most applications * NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches to withstand water washdown cleaning * Rotatable head gives four possible actuator entry points for versatile installation. A blanking plug is supplied for the unused entry * Small swing radius allows use on doors with a swing radius as small as 2.5 in. when using the optional flexible actuators * Hi-Hold models reduce nuisance rips and allow the switch to also serve as the gate catch without the need to mount any additional hardware * 4 contact poles provide 2 poles for dual channel safety monitoring and 2 additional poles for status monitoring HI-HOLD MODELS AVAILABLE R C US Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1 UL and C-UL listed R * Optional connector makes installation easy * Optional stainless steel head is available Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description T5009-021F1M 44501-0120 T5009 BASE MODEL, FLX1 2N/C+1NO BBM, 3 x M20/NPT T5009-021SM 44501-0110 T5009 BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO BBM, STD ACTUATOR, 3 x M20/NPT T5009-6040N 44501-1045 T5009-6 BASE MODEL, 4NC BBM, 3 X 1/2 NPT SM01-MCK40 44501-0740 T5009 Catch Kit SA01-S 44501-0750 T5009 Replacement Standard Actuator SA01-STD 44501-0755 T5009 STANDARD SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic headed switches SA01-FLX1 44501-0760 T5009 FLEX 1 SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic or STAINLESS STEEL headed switches SA01-FLX2 44501-0765 T5009 FLEX 2 SPARE ACTUATOR, plastic or STAINLESS STEEL headed switches SA01-F2 44501-0780 T5009, T5007 Replacement Flexible 2 Actuator with Guide SA19-F1 44519-0710 T5009, TL8012, TL5012, T5007, T4011 Replacement Flexible Actuator with Guide SLD26-01 44526-0801 T5009, T4011, T5007, TL8012-S Switch Locking Device For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R-22 TouchStartTM Two-Hand Control Touchstart Capacitive Palm Button * No physical pressure required to actuate switch--reduces the likelihood of wrist injury caused by repetitive motion * Excellent sensitivity--sensor is designed to operate even if operator is wearing gloves * RFI Immunity--special circuitry inhibits output in the presence of RFI that would otherwise cause false triggering of output * AC version is UL Recognized--meets the applicable requirements in the proposed first edition of UL 491 * Saves time and money R C * Easy mounting in a single hole * Wiring is simplified because terminals are clearly identified and easily accessible * No special power supplies are required because switch is available in either 120 VAC or 24 VDC versions Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description TS-10 44527-0010 TouchStart BASE MODEL, 120 VAC, Rev. 2 R-23 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com US A4EG Enabling Switch Device A4EG Enabling Grip Switch with Distinct Feel for Three Easily Discernible Positions * The difficult task of configuring safety circuits is now easily achieved by combining the A4EG with the G9SX-GS * In addition to the standard models, the lineup also includes models with an emergency stop switch and models with a momentary operation switch * An optional Holding Key (sold separately) provides a versatile method for selecting modes * Equipped with conduit connector Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description A4EG-C000041 11073-0001 A4EG BASE MODEL, switch only, 2NC safety, 1 Aux A4EG-BM2B041 11073-0003 A4EG BASE MODEL, switch only, 2NC safety, 2NO function A4EG-OP2 11073-0005 A4EG mounting bracket A4EG-OP3 11073-0006 A4EG holding key SC09-9M310 44509-0310 A4EG cable, 10-pin Mini Male, 9 Ms SC09-9M320 44509-0320 A4EG cable, 8-pin Mini Male, 9 Ms SC09-9M330 44509-0330 A4EG cable, 4-pin Mini Male, 10 Ms SC12-M16CG80 44512-0080 M16 Cord Grip (4-5 mm ID) SC12-M20CG90 44512-0090 M20 Cord Grip (4-5 mm ID) For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com R R-24 A22TK Safety Key Selector Switch A22TK Safety Key Selector Switch * Key-type selector switch with direct opening mechanism * Selector Switch for secure equipment activation during maintenance * 30 types of exclusive keys make it more difficult to disable * The trapped key of the D4JL Guard Lock Safety-door Switch has the same shape as the locking key of the D4SL-SK10-LK Slide Key Unit. Units can be combined to improve safety. (Specify the same key type.) * Common to the switch part of Emergency Stop Switch A22E. (Non-lighted model only) Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description A22TK-2LL-02-K01 11004-8009 A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, left key release, leftN/C closed, key included A22TK-2LR-12-K01 11004-8022 A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, left key release, rightN/C closed, key included A22TK-2RL-02-K01 11004-8033 A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, right key release, leftN/C closed, key included A22TK-2RL-12-K01 11004-8034 A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, right key release, leftN/C closed, key included A22Z-3466-1 11003-0053 A22E LEGEND PLATE, 60-DIA. A22Z-B101Y 11003-0061 A22E CONTROL BOX A22Z-EG1 11004-0001 A22E E-SHOP SHROUD FOR EMERGENCY OFF "EMO", YELLOW R-25 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Safety Monitoring & Force-Guided Relays Contents Safety Monitoring Relays Fixed Terminals G9SA Safety Relay Unit S-1 SR101A Single-Channel Relay S-1 SR103AM Dual-Channel Relay S-2 SR104P Two-Hand Control Relay S-2 SR106ED Safety Expansion Unit S-2 SR107, 108 & 109AD Dual-Channel Relay S-3 SR125SMS45 Stop Motion Sensing Unit S-4 SR131A Dual-Channel Relay S-5 Safety Monitoring Relays Removable Terminals SR203 M & 203AM Dual-Channel Relay S-5 SR208 & 209AD Dual-Channel Relay S-6 Force-Guided Relays G7SA G7S-9-E Compact Slim Relays Conforming to EN Standards S-7 Lineup Now Includes 10 A Models S-7 S Rapid Delivery Products are normally in stock and available for quick shipment. S-i G9SA Safety Monitoring Relays G9SA Safety Relay Unit * Four kinds of 45-mm wide units are available: A 3-pole model, a 5-pole model, and models with 3 poles and 2 OFF-delay poles, as well as a two-hand controller. Also available are 17.5 mm wide expansion units with 3 poles and 3 OFF-delay poles. * Simple expansion connection * Conforms to EN standards (BG approval) * OFF-delay models have 15-step OFFdelay settings * Both DIN track mounting and screw mounting are possible Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description G9SA-301 AC/DC24 11054-6001 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control G9SA-301 AC100-240 11054-6012 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control G9SA-321-T075 AC/DC24 11054-6003 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO immediate, 2NO delayed, 7.5 sec. G9SA-501 AC/DC24 11054-6002 G9SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 45 Mm, E-stop control G9SA-EX301 11054-6007 G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, exp module, 45 Mm, no delay SR101A Safety Monitoring Relays SR101A Single-Channel Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR101A will accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC * Inputs--a singleN/C input channel, not monitored, is provided * Outputs--the SR101A has two N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between S11 and S21 on the SR101A R C * Reset mode--an automatic reset mode is provided with the SR101A Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR101A01 44510-1011 SR101 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 input, 2 outputs S-1 US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1 UL and C-UL listed TUV Rheinland approved For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com SR103AM Safety Monitoring Relays SR103AM Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR103AM will accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC * Inputs--the SR103AM will accept single or dualN/C inputs or dual inputs from a light curtain * Outputs--the SR103AM has 3 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for signaling purposes * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between S11/S12 and S21 on the SR103AM * Monitored manual or automatic/ manual reset modes are available on the SR103AM. R C US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1 UL and C-UL listed TUV Rheinland approved * Monitored manual reset requires closure of the reset circuit followed by opening of the circuit. Reset occurs when circuit is opened. Auto reset requires only closure of the reset circuit as reset occurs when circuit is closed Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR103AM01 44510-1031 SR103 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux. SR103AM02 44510-1032 SR103 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux. SR104P Safety Monitoring Relays SR104P S Two-Hand Control Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR104P will accept 24 VAC/DC and 115 VAC * Inputs--controls and monitors two-hand control switches to ensure that both switches are operated within 0.5 seconds of each other * Outputs--the SR104P has 2 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between X1 and X2 on the SR104P R C US Conforms to EN574 Cat. IIIC, EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1 UL and C-UL listed, BG approved Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR104P01 44510-1041 SR104 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 hand control unit, 2 outputs SR104P02 44510-1042 SR104 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 hand control unit, 2 outputs For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com S-2 SR106ED Safety Monitoring Relays SR106ED Safety Expansion Unit * Power requirements--the SR106ED will accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC * Outputs--the SR106ED has 3 N/O delayed outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors (delay selectable from 1 to 30 sec.) * Auxiliary Output--the SR106ED has 1N/C auxiliary for monitoring by the safety monitoring relay * PLC Compatible--The N/O off delayed output makes it possible to use the SR106ED on machines with R C US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1 UL and C-UL listed TUV Rheinland approved programmable logic controllers that require some time to execute an orderly shutdown Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR106ED01 44510-1061 SR106 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 1 input, 3 off delayed outputs, 1 aux. SR107, 108 & 109AD SR107AD Safety Monitoring Relays Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD will accept 24 VAC/DC * Inputs--the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD will accept single or dualN/C inputs or dual PNP solid-state inputs from a light curtain * Outputs--the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD have a total of 4 N/O outputs with 3, 2 or 1 of the outputs with a time delay of 1-30 sec. * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between S12 and S21 on the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD * Reset mode--a monitored manual start or an auto/manual start may be configured with the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD. Monitored manual reset requires closure of the reset circuit followed R C by opening of the circuit. Reset occurs when circuit is opened. Auto reset requires only closure of the reset circuit as reset occurs when circuit is closed. * PLC Compatible--The N/O off delayed outputs make it possible to use the SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD on machines with Programmable Logic Controllers that require some time to execute an orderly shutdown Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR108AD01 44510-1081 SR108 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, 2 delayed outputs S-3 US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN292, VDE 0113-1 UL and C-UL listed, BG approved For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com SR125SMS45 Safety Monitoring Relays SR125SMS Stop Motion Sensing Unit * Power requirements--the SR125SMS45 will accept 24 VDC or 110 VAC * Motion detection input--the SR125SMS45 detects the stop condition of all types of AC or DC motors by sensing the motor's back EMF across terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3 Conforms to EN60204-1, EN292, and EN692 UL listed, CSA and BG approved * Drive compatible--the SR125SMS45 will function with electronic motor control devices such as variable speed controllers, DC injection brakes, etc. * Selectable speed limit--the SR125SMS45 has 1 N/O and 1N/C outputs that are switched when motor speed reaches the adjustable preset limit (0.01 to 0.10 V) for the particular output * Auxiliary output--the SR125SMS45 has 2 solid state auxiliary signaling outputs Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR125SMS4501 44510-1271 SR125 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, Back EMF Sensing, 1NO+1NC, 2 solid state S For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com S-4 SR131A Safety Monitoring Relays SR131A Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR131A will accept 24 VDC * Inputs--The SR131A is designed to monitor two magnetically encoded non-contact switches with 1N/C and 1 N/O contacts R C US C US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN292, and EN1088 UL and C-UL listed, CSA and BG approved * Outputs--the SR131A has 2 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of external device power contactors plus 2N/C auxiliary solid state outputs for signaling purposes * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and Y2 on the SR131A * Selectable reset modes--automatic/manual reset mode is available on the SR131A Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR131A00 44510-1310 SR131 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, 2 inputs (two), 2 outputs, 2 solid state aux. SR203 M & 203AM Relays Safety Monitoring SR203 Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR203 M/A will accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC * Inputs--the SR203 M/A will accept single or dualN/C inputs or dual PNP inputs from a light curtain R C * Outputs--the SR203 M/A has 3 N/O outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors, plus 1N/C auxiliary output for signaling purposes * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between S12 and S34 on the SR203 M/A * Monitored manual or automatic/manual reset modes are available on the SR203 M/A * The SR203 M/A have removable terminal blocks Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR203A01 44510-2031 SR203 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 3 outputs, 1N/C aux. S-5 US Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, ISOTR 12100 UL and C-UL listed For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com SR208 & 209AD Safety Monitoring Relays SR208AD Dual-Channel Safety Monitoring Relay * Power requirements--the SR208AD/209AD will accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC * Inputs--the SR208AD/209AD will accept single or dual N/C inputs or dual PNP inputs from a light curtain * Outputs--the SR208AD has 2 N/O immediate outputs plus 3 N/O delayed outputs. The SR209AD has 2 N/O immediate outputs plus 2 N/O and 1N/C delayed outputs to route power to the coils of power contactors (selectable from 0.5 to 10 sec.) * External Device Monitoring (EDM) is provided with aN/C loop between Y1 and Y2 on the SR208AD/209AD * Reset mode--monitored manual or automatic/manual reset modes are available on the SR208/209AD R C US * PLC Compatible--The N/O off delayed outputs make it possible to use the SR208AD/209AD on machines with Programmable Logic Controllers that require some time to execute an orderly shutdown. TheN/C on delayed output of the SR209AD may be used to apply power for unlocking a solenoid locking switch * The SR208AD/209AD have removable terminal blocks Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description SR208AD01 44510-2081 SR208 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, 3 delayed outputs SR209AD01 44510-2091 SR209 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 inputs, 2 outputs, delayed outputs 2N/O+1N/C For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com S S-6 G7SA Force-Guided Relays G7SA Compact, Slim Relays Conforming to EN Standards * Relays with forcibly guided contacts (EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE) * Supports the CE marking of machinery (Machinery Directive) * Helps avoid hazardous machine status when used as part of an interlocking circuit C * Four-pole and six-pole relays are available * The relay's terminal arrangement simplifies PWB pattern design * Reinforced insulation between inputs and outputs. Reinforced insulation between some poles of different polarity Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model G7SA-2A2B DC24 G7SA-3A1B DC24 G7SA-3A3B DC24 G7SA-4A2B DC24 G7SA-5A1B DC24 P7SA-10F P7SA-10F-ND DC24 P7SA-10P P7SA-14F P7SA-14F-ND DC24 P7SA-14P Part Number 11051-0002 11051-0001 11051-0005 11051-0004 11051-0003 11059-0012 11059-0010 11059-0008 11059-0009 11059-0011 11059-0007 G7S-9-E Description G7SA BASE MODEL, 2NO+2NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+3NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay G7SA BASE MODEL, 4NO+2NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay G7SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 24 VDC, force guided relay G7SA 4 pole socket, track mounting, no LED G7SA 4 pole socket, track mounting, LED G7SA 4 pole socket, back mounting, no LED G7SA 6 pole socket, track mounting, no LED G7SA 6 pole socket, track mounting, LED G7SA 6 pole socket, back mounting, no LED Force-Guided Relays Lineup Now Includes 10-A Models * Relays with forcibly guided contacts (EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE) * Supports the CE marking of machinery (Machinery Directive) * Helps avoid hazardous machine status when used as part of an interlocking circuit * Track-mounting and back-mounting sockets are available Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model G7S-3A3B-E DC24 G7S-4A2B-E DC24 P7S-14F-END DC24 S-7 Part Number 11052-0001 11052-0002 11060-0001 Description G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 3PST-NO, 3PST-NC G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 4PST-NO, DPST-NC G7S-E, TRACK-MOUNT SOCKET, 24 VDC For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com G7SE US Emergency Stop Devices Contents E-Stops A165E 16 mm Diameter Emergency Stop Switch T-1 A22E 22 or 25 mm Diameter Emergency Stop Switch T-2 ER1022/ ER1032 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switches T-3 ER5018 Compact Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch T-4 ER6022 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch T-5 ER6022-SS Stainless Steel Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch T-6 Rope Pulls T Rapid Delivery Products are normally in stock and available for quick shipment. T-i Emergency Stop Devices T-ii For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com A165E Emergency Stop Devices A165E Emergency Stop Switch (16 mm diameter) * Separate construction with one of the smallest class of depths in the world * Direct opening mechanism to open contacts in emergencies, such as when they are welded * Conforms to EN418 * Includes a safety lock to prevent misuse * Features separate construction that allows the switch to be separated for easier wiring and one-piece-like construction that allows easier handling * Models available with 3 contacts built into a single block (A165E-U) Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description A165E-S-01 11002-7007 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., SPST-NC A165E-S-02 11002-7008 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., DPST-NC A165E-S-03U 11002-7012 A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., TPST-NC T For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T-1 A22E Emergency Stop Devices A22E Emergency Stop Switch (22 mm or 25 mm diameter) * Install in 22-dia. or 25-dia. panel cutout * Direct opening mechanism to open the circuit when the contact welds * Safety lock mechanism prevents operating errors * Easy mounting and removal of Switch Blocks using a lever * Mount three Switch Units in series to improve wiring efficiency (with non-lighted Switch Units, three Units can be mounted for multiple contacts) * Finger protection mechanism on Switch Unit provided as a standard feature * Install using either round, or forked crimp terminals * Non-lighted versions are IP65 (oil resistant). Lighted versions are IP65 * A lock plate is provided as a standard feature to ensure that the control box and switch are not easily separated Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description A22E-L-02 11004-7013 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 60 dia. A22EL-M-24A-02 11004-7010 A22E BASE MODEL, lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 24V, no reduction, 40 dia. A22E-M 11004-2002 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 40 dia. A22E-M-01 11004-7001 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC, 40 dia. A22E-M-02 11004-7002 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 40 dia. A22E-M-11 11004-7004 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC+1NO, 40 dia. A22E-M-12 11004-7051 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC+1NO, 40 dia. A22E-MP-02 11004-7034 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-pull, 2NC, 40 dia. A22E-MP-11 11004-7036 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-pull, 1NC+1NO, 40 dia. A22E-S-01 11004-7024 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 1NC, 30 dia. A22E-S-02 11004-7025 A22E BASE MODEL, non-lighted, push-lock, turn reset, 2NC, 30 dia. T-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com ER1022/ER1032 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Devices Common Features * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the switch to withstand water washdown cleaning * Integral E-stop--the E-stop button provides emergency stopping capability at the extreme end of the installation and is field serviceable * Tension indicator makes system setup and rope tension maintenance easy * 4N/C safety contacts and 2 N/O auxiliary contacts satisfy the most demanding applications * Vibration tolerant--the snap-acting switch contacts protect against nuisance tripping due to vibration * Indicator beacon--the indicator beacon, available in 24 VDC or 120 VAC, can be wired to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a constant green to indicate a properly reset switch * Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making the switches suitable for outdoor applications ER1022 ER1032 Rope spans up to 125 m (410 ft.) Rope spans up to 200 m (656 ft.) R C R US C Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified ER1022 Rapid Delivery Ordering Information US Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified ER1032 Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description Model Part Number Description ER1022-042 MELL 44506-6410 ER1022 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, M20, E stop, LED 24 VDC, L ER1032-042 MEL 44506-7410 ER1022-042 MELR 44506-6510 ER1022 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, M20, E stop, LED 24 VDC, R ER1032 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, M20, E stop, LED 24 VDC, D ER1032-042NEL 44506-7420 ER1022-042NELL 44506-6420 ER1032 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E stop, LED 24 VDC, D ER1032-042NELAC 44506-7421 ER1032 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E stop, LED 120 VAC, D ER1022-042NELR 44506-6520 ER1022 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E stop, LED 24 VDC, L ER1022 BASE MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E stop, LED 24 VDC, R For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T-3 T ER5018 Emergency Stop Devices ER5018 Compact Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch * Compact size allows this switch to be used on smaller machines with a mounting width of 40 mm (1.57 in.) and covering rope spans up to 40 m (131 ft.) * Tension indicator makes system setup and rope tension maintenance easy * Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O or 3N/C * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the ER5018 switch to withstand water washdown cleaning R C * Heavy-duty housing--the die-cast housing and stainless steel eye nut makes the ER5018 suitable for demanding industrial applications * Integral E-Stop--the optional Estop provides emergency stopping at the extreme end of the installation * Reset button--the blue reset button must be pushed in order to return to "machine run" condition following switch actuation by a pulled or slacked rope * Vibration tolerant--the snap-acting switch contacts protect against nuisance tripping due to vibration * Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making the switches suitable for outdoor applications Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description ER5018-021M 44506-4010 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20 ER5018-021N 44506-4020 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT ER5018-021NE 44506-4120 ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop T-4 US Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com ER6022 Emergency Stop Devices ER6022 Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch * Rope spans up to 80 m (262 ft.) means fewer number of switches required per application * Tension indicator makes system setup and rope tension maintenance easy * Contact arrangements of 2N/C + 1 N/O, 3N/C + 1 N/O or 2N/C + 2 N/O * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the ER6022 switch to withstand water washdown cleaning * Reset button--the blue reset button must be pushed in order to return to "machine run" condition following switch actuation by a pulled or slacked rope R C US Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified * Indicator beacon--the optional dual indicator beacon, available in 24 VDC or 120 VAC, can be wired to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a constant green to indicate a properly reset switch * E-stop button--the ER6022 has two mounting positions where the optional E-stop button may be installed; the E-stop button may be added or replaced in the field * Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making the switches suitable for outdoor applications Rapid Delivery Ordering Information Model Part Number Description ER6022-021M 44506-5010 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20 ER6022-021ME 44506-5210 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E Stop ER6022-021MEL 44506-5410 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E Stop, LED ER6022-021NE 44506-5220 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop ER6022-021NEL 44506-5420 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop, LED ER6022-021NELAC 44506-5423 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E Stop, 120 VAC LED ER6022-022 MLSS 44506-5910 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 x M20, LED ER6022-022N 44506-5080 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT ER6022-022NE 44506-5280 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop ER6022-022NEL 44506-5480 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop, LED ER6022-022NELSS 44506-5960 ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 x 1/2 in. NPT, E-stop, LED For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com T T-5 ER6022-SS Emergency Stop Devices ER6022SS Stainless Steel Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch * Rope spans up to 100 m (328 ft.) means fewer number of switches required per application * Tension indicator maintains the proper rope tension * Contact arrangements of 3N/C + 1 N/O or 2N/C + 2 N/O * IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water washdown cleaning * 316 stainless steel cast housing and stainless steel hardware * Reset button--the blue reset button must be pushed in order to return to "machine run" condition following switch actuation by a pulled or slacked rope R C * Vibration tolerant--the snap-acting switch contacts protect against nuisance tripping due to vibration * Indicator beacon--the dual indicator beacon is optional on the ER6022-SS; the indicator beacon can be wired to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a constant green to indicate a properly reset switch * Optional E-stop button--may be added or replaced in the field * Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making the switches suitable for outdoor applications * Extreme Cold Version--for applications down to -40C T-6 US Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC9475-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304 UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.sti.com Model Number Index Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page A Series.............................. F-9 E2E Miniature................... C-11 E3G................................... A-13 E5C2...................................I-16 A3U.....................................O-4 E2E2 DC 2-Wire................. C-7 E3G-M.............................. A-15 E5CB....................................I-1 A4EG................................ R-24 E2E2 DC 3-Wire................. C-8 E3JK................................. A-14 E5CC....................................I-2 A16/A165...........................O-5 E2E2 AC 2-Wire............... C-10 E3JM................................ A-15 E5CC-T.................................I-7 A22E.................................... T-2 E2EC................................ C-12 E3K................................... A-17 E5CC-U................................I-6 A22R/A22RL......................O-2 E2EH................................ C-21 E3NC................................ A-18 E5CN-H..............................I-11 A22RK................................O-3 E2EM.................................. C-5 E3NX-FA........................... B-13 E5CN-HT............................I-12 A22RS/A22RW...................O-3 E2EQ................................ C-23 E3S-A............................... A-17 E5CSV................................I-15 A22TK............................... R-25 E2E-U............................... C-22 E3S-C............................... A-22 E5DC....................................I-5 A165E.................................. T-1 E2EV................................. C-26 E3S-CL............................. A-13 E5EC....................................I-3 A165K.................................O-7 E2EY................................. C-27 E3T................................... A-16 E5EC-T.................................I-8 A165S/W............................O-6 E2EZ................................. C-27 E3X................................... B-19 E5GN..................................I-10 CM...................................... R-7 E2F................................... C-18 E3X-DAC-S...................... B-18 E5ZN..................................I-19 D4A-N................................. F-2 E2FM................................ C-19 E3X-DAH-S...................... B-18 E6A2-C............................... H-4 D4B-9N........................... R-12 E2FQ................................ C-24 E3X-DA-S......................... B-15 E6B2-C............................... H-5 D4C.................................... F-3 E2K-C............................... C-16 E3X-DA-SE-S................... B-16 E6C3-A............................... H-1 D4CC.................................. F-3 E2K-F............................... C-17 E3X-HD............................ B-12 E6C3-C............................... H-6 D4E-N................................. F-4 E2K-L............................... C-17 E3X-MDA......................... B-17 E6CP-A.............................. H-2 D4F................................... R-13 E2KQ-X............................ C-24 E3X-NA............................. B-14 E6D-C................................. H-7 D4GS-N............................ R-16 E2K-X............................... C-15 E3X-NA-F......................... B-17 E6F-A................................. H-3 D4JL................................... R-1 E2Q5................................. C-14 E3X-SD............................. B-14 E6F-C................................. H-7 D4MC................................. F-4 E2S................................... C-14 E3Z..................................... A-3 E39-L................................ A-24 D4N.................................. R-14 E32 Standard Cylindrical... B-1 E3Z-B................................. A-9 E39-R............................... A-24 D4N-9R........................... R-15 E32 Square Shape............. B-2 E3Z-G................................. A-9 E39-VA............................... D-7 D4NH.................................. R-6 E32 Miniature..................... B-3 E3Z-K............................... A-12 EE-SA701/EE-SA801....... E-16 D4NL.................................. R-2 E32 Longer Distance......... B-4 E3Z-L................................ A-10 EE-SPW311/SPW411...... E-12 D4NS................................ R-17 E32 Built-in Lens............... B-5 E3Z-L9.............................. A-4 EE-SPW321/SPW421...... E-13 D4SL-N............................... R-3 E32 Robot Application...... B-5 E3Z-LS............................. A-11 EE-SPX301/401................. E-7 D5B.................................... F-6 E32 Chemical Resistant.... B-6 E3ZM.................................. A-5 EE-SPX303N/403N............ E-9 D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS....... R-8 E32 Heat Resistant............ B-7 E3ZM-B.............................. A-8 EE-SPX613....................... E-14 DZ Series......................... F-11 E32 Vacuum Resistant...... B-8 E3ZM-C.............................. A-6 EE-SPX749/SPX849........ E-6 E2A..................................... C-4 E32 Precision Detection.... B-9 E3ZM-V.............................. A-7 EE-SPX-W2A..................... E-8 E2A3................................... C-6 E32 Area Monitoring........ B-10 E5AC....................................I-4 EE-SPY301/302/401/402... E-7 E2B..................................... C-3 E32 Special Application... B-11 E5AC-T.................................I-9 EE-SPY319/SPY419...... E-10 E2C-EDA.......................... C-25 E3C-LDA.......................... A-19 E5AN-H/E5EN-H................I-13 EE-SPY801/SPY802........ E-17 E2CY................................ C-26 E3FA/E3RA........................ A-1 E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT............I-14 EE-SPZ-A......................... E-15 E2E Standard..................... C-1 E3FB/E3RB........................ A-2 E5AR/E5ER........................I-18 EE-SX979.......................... E-5 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com U-1 Model Number Index Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page Family Section-Page EE-SX479/EE-SX679....... E-3 H3JA................................... K-4 MY...................................... N-3 UMQ...................................Q-1 EE-SX779/EE-SX879....... E-2 H3YN.................................. K-4 PA4600............................... P-7 VB....................................... F-6 EE-SX959.......................... E-1 H5CX-N.............................. K-1 RM-1.................................. P-5 WL/WL-N........................... F-1 EE-SY671/EE-SY672....... E-11 H5F..................................... K-8 RM-2.................................. P-5 X Series............................ F-10 EJ1.....................................I-20 H5L..................................... K-8 RM-2AC & RM-2AC-IP...... P-5 XS2F-M12.......................... D-1 ER1022/ER1032.................. T-3 H5S..................................... K-7 RM-3.................................. P-6 XS3F-M8............................ D-4 ER5018................................ T-4 H7BX................................ K-11 RM-X.................................. P-6 XS5F................................... D-3 ER6022................................ T-5 H7CN................................ K-11 S8JX-G................................J-5 XW3D................................. D-7 ER6022-SS.......................... T-6 H7CX-N.............................. K-9 S8JX-P................................J-6 Y96E-M12.......................... D-6 F3EM2.............................. A-21 H7EC/H7ET/H7ER........... K-10 S8VK-G...............................J-1 Z Series.............................. F-8 F3ET2............................... A-20 H7GP................................ K-12 S8VK-R................................J-2 ZAP....................................O-9 F3SJ-A............................... P-3 H7HP................................ K-13 S8VK-T................................J-7 ZE/ZV/ZV2.......................... F-7 F3SJ-B............................... P-2 K3GN...................................L-3 S8VM...................................J-4 ZG2...................................G-10 F3SJ-E............................... P-1 K3HB-C/-P/-R.....................L-2 S8VS....................................J-3 ZS-HL.................................G-5 F3UV................................. A-23 K3HB-X/-H/-V/-S................L-1 SCC....................................Q-4 ZS-L...................................G-4 G2R9-S............................. N-2 K3MA-J/-L/-F......................L-3 SCSF..................................Q-3 ZW......................................G-8 G2RV.................................. N-1 K7L-AT50.......................... M-8 SGE & SCS.........................Q-3 ZX1.....................................G-1 G3MC............................... N-19 K8AK-AS........................... M-2 SHL..................................... F-5 ZX2.....................................G-2 G3NA................................ N-12 K8AK-AW.......................... M-3 SR101A.............................. S-1 ZX-E...................................G-6 G3NE................................ N-11 K8AK-LS........................... M-7 SR103AM........................... S-2 ZX-GT.................................G-9 G3PA................................ N-14 K8AK-PA/PM/PW............. M-4 SR104P.............................. S-2 ZX-L-N...............................G-3 G3PE................................ N-15 K8AK-PH/K8DS-PH.......... M-5 SR106ED............................ S-3 ZX-T...................................G-7 G3PF................................ N-16 K8AK-TH..................... I-17M-6 SR107, 108 & 109AD......... S-3 G3PH................................ N-13 K8AK-VS/K8AK-VW.......... M-1 SR125SMS45..................... S-4 G3R-I/O............................ N-18 LY........................................ N-4 SR131A.............................. S-5 G3RV................................ N-17 M2BJ..................................O-9 SR203M & 203AM.............. S-5 G3TB................................ N-20 M16/M165..........................O-8 SR208 & 209AD................. S-6 G7J..................................... N-8 M22R..................................O-1 T2008............................... R-18 G7S-9-E............................ S-7 MA...................................... R-9 T4012............................... R-19 G7SA.................................. S-7 MA-S................................ R-10 T4016............................... R-20 G7Z..................................... N-9 MC......................................Q-2 T5007............................... R-21 G9SA.................................. S-1 MFS.................................. R-11 T5009 & T5009-6.............. R-22 G9SX-NS............................ R-8 MGN................................. N-10 TL4019............................... R-4 H3CA.................................. K-2 MJN.................................... N-6 TL4024............................... R-5 H3CR.................................. K-3 MKS.................................... N-5 TL-W................................. C-13 H3DK.................................. K-5 MKS-X................................ N-7 TouchStart........................ R-23 H3DS.................................. K-6 MS4800.............................. P-4 TZ Series.......................... F-11 U-2 For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com Enclosure Ratings NEMA Ratings NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ratings ensure protection against the following environmental conditions. Environmental Conditions Type of Enclosure 1 2 3 3R 3S 4 4X 5 6 6P 11 12 12K 13 Accidental contact with the enclosed equipment X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Falling dirt X X -- -- -- X X X X X X X X X Falling liquids, light splashing -- X -- -- -- X X -- X X X X X X Dust, lint, fibers and flyings (noncombustible, nonignitable) -- -- -- -- -- X X X X X -- X X X Windblown dust -- -- X -- X X X -- X X -- -- -- -- Hosedown and splashing water -- -- -- -- -- X X -- X X -- -- -- -- Oil and coolant seepage -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X X X Oil or coolant spraying and splashing -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X Corrosive agents -- -- -- -- -- -- X -- -- X X -- -- -- Occasional temporary submersion -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X X -- -- -- -- Occasional prolonged submersion -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- X -- -- -- -- IP Ratings The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) defines degrees of protection provided by electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the enclosure and ingress of water. The degree of protection is expressed by the letters "IP" followed by two numerals (Example: IP67). See the table below for an explanation of the numerals. The following information is drawn from publication IEC 60529 of 2004 and 529 of 1989. By contrast to NEMA, "IP" ratings do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. Also, different parts of a piece of equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply with the standards. An example would be the opening in the base of an enclosure. 1st characteristic numeral 2nd characteristic numeral Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies. Protection against the penetration of liquids. 0 Not protected 0 Not protected 1 Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm 1 Protection against dripping water 2 Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm 2 Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15 3 Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm 3 Protection against spraying water 4 Protection against solid objects greater than 1 mm 4 Protection against splashing water 5 Dust protected 5 Protection against water jets 6 Dust tight 6 Protection against heavy seas -- 7 Protection against the effects of immersion -- 8 Protection against submersion -- 9K Protection against steam jet cleaning For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com U-3 Social Responsibility Working for the Benefit of Society Our approach to product development and business is guided by core values based on serving the needs of society. This is reflected in the Omron corporate motto... "At work for a better life, a better world for all." Conceived by Omron's founder Kazuma Tateisi, these words reflect his pioneering idea that a company should fulfill its responsibility to society rather than solely focusing on productivity, efficiency, sales and profits. Our unending commitment to identifying social needs is embedded in Omron's corporate DNA, along with a challenge-oriented spirit capable of responding to those needs. The Omron Foundation in the Americas funds charitable donations for disaster relief and recovery efforts, and matches individual employee donations to social support, education, and cultural enrichment organizations. Each year on May 10, Omron employees around the world actively participate in charitable activities to honor the core values established by the company's founder. Throughout the year, Omron offers team and individual opportunities at partner charitable organizations to underscore the need for social responsibility as a corporate priority. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Providing environmentally safe products to the world. Omron's social responsibility also takes the form of decisions and actions that help preserve and restore the environment. Far in advance of directives banning the use of harmful chemicals in making electronics (RoHS), Omron adopted an ECO policy that works to eliminate these and other pollutants. The policy also mandates significant reductions in power consumption to conserve energy and natural resources for future generations.